Н.Н. ДИАНИНА
___________________________________________________________________________
ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНЫЕ МАТЕРИАЛЫ К УЧЕБНИКУ
Gillie Cunningham & Jan Bell
Face 2 Face (Advanced)
МГИМО
Университет
1
Unit 1=9
Focus on Grammar:
Present Simple and Present Progressive
Past Simple and Past Progressive
Future Simple and Future Progressive
Exercise 1. Study the following examples and explain the use of the tense forms
(Present Simple or Present Progressive). See Grammar Reference first.
1. Mike always watches TV while he is having breakfast.
2. Most days Pamela has lunch at her desk, but today she is eating out.
3. Mary and John have split up, so now Mary is living at her parents’ place.
4. John lives with his parents but he is thinking of buying a flat of his own.
5. Why are you always interfering in other people’s affairs?
6. Old people always interfere in their children’s affairs. It’s a fact that should be
taken for granted.
7. Don’t pay any attention at the boy. He is just being funny.
8. What do you see over there? Why are you so surprised?
9. I’m seeing a dentist about my bad tooth tomorrow.
Exercise 2. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets (Present Simple
or Present Progressive).
1. Mr Roberts will see you in ten minutes. Shall I give you a magazine to read
while you _________________ (to wait)?
2. How can you listen to music while you ____________ (to do) your homework?
3. We mustn’t disturb Alison now. She ___________ (to revise) for her exams.
4. Where’s Jeff? We haven’t been in touch with him for ages. – Don’t you know?
He ______________ (to travel) in South Africa.
5. I adore my job. I ___________ (to do) a lot of travelling and ____________ (to
meet) a lot of interesting people.
6. Has Martin moved house yet? – No, he ______________ (to move) next week.
7. Mr Goldberg is rather mean. How come that he has given so much money to
charity? – He __________ (to be) generous because he wants a tax relief.
8. Why Mark ____________________ (to tell) all those silly jokes? Doesn’t he
see he _______________ (to be) stupid?
9. Wherever I go I always ________________ (to run) into my neighbour. It looks
as if she were following me on purpose.
10. When I come to my native town I always ___________ (to meet) my old
friends.
11. Jessica is crazy about cleanliness. She constantly _________ (to wash)
something or ______________ (to tidy up).
2
12. Mary’s children are terribly untidy. She _____________ (to clean) up nearly
every day, but still her apartment is a mess.
13. I can’t stand the old man. He constantly _________________ (to grumble and
complain).
14. Why Clara ________________ (to try) to be so friendly with you? She
_____________ (to be) so sweet that it ________ (to be) unpleasant. – It can
mean only one thing: she wants me to do her a favour.
15. I _____________ (to feel) the situation gradually __________ (to get) out of
control.
16. I __________ (to think) I must have a holiday. I __________ (to feel) rather
run down at present.
17. Where you ______________ (to go) for the weekend? – I ______________ (to
think) of going to see my parents.
18. How does Grace feel after her illness? – She ____________ (to recover)
quickly now, though she ______________ (not to look) quite her old self yet.
19. The baby __________ (to look) just like his father. – You really
_____________ (to think) so?
20. Don’t listen to Robert. He just ___________ (to be) sarcastic again. – He
_____________ (to overdo) it as usual. I _______ (to think) he
______________ (to ask) for trouble.
21. Where you _____________ (to go)? – To the theatre. Sorry, I’m in a hurry. The
show ____________ (to start) at 7.
22. Who ______________ (to meet) Mr Douglas? – Gerald. – He must get going.
The plane ___________ (to arrive) at 12.23.
23. How is Miles? – Fine. He’s got to pay my overdraft, so I ____ (to be) nice to
him.
Exercise 3. Vocabulary 1.
Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences into English.
Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word combinations given in
italics.
I. SB p.86
price – цена (What’s the price of this? – Сколько это стоит?)
cost – стоимость, цена (The cost of production is rather high. – Стоимость
производства довольна высокая.)
value – цена, ценность (What’s the value of human life? – Какова цена жизни
человека?)
to price – назначать цену (The house is priced at $200,000. – Дом оценивается в
200.000.)
to cost – стоить (The book costs $9.26. – Книга стоит 9,26.)
to value – (I value your friendship. – Я ценю твою дружбу.)
1. Лестер очень разборчив в том, на что он тратит деньги, и он всегда
хочет все купить за полцены.
3
2. Почему они не могут снизить цену этих машин? – Это потому, что
стоимость производства
очень высока. По-видимому, оно
нерентабельно.
3. Новая машина Роберта стоит целое состояние. Почему он потратил
так много денег на вещь, которая ему в действительности не нужна? –
Он не знает цену деньгам, потому что у него большие деньги в банке.
4. Прожиточный минимум в этом городе очень высок. – Ну, я бы этого
не сказал. Это все относительно. Есть места, где он гораздо выше.
5. Часто так случается, что дети в богатых семьях не знают цену ничему.
6. Я знаю, что ты сейчас проводишь какое-то важное исследование. Тебе
нужна помощь? – Я ценю твою заботу, но в этом нет необходимости.
II.
to raise sth – поднимать что-то
to rise (rose, risen) – подниматься
1. Статья поднимает вопрос современных тенденций в обществе.
2. Стоимость жизни в стране постоянно поднимается. Первоочередная
задача для правительства – остановить эту тенденцию.
3. Не откладывай покупку дома. Цена может подняться, и ты не сможешь
себе этого позволить.
4. Не откладывай покупку дома. Владелец может поднять цену.
III.
experience – (неисчисляемое существительное) опыт
an experience – (исчисляемое сущ.) случай, приключение, событие
1. Мартин сможет провести это исследование. У него много опыта.
2. Если у тебя мало опыта, ты не можешь найти хорошую работу.
Работодатели становятся все более и более разборчивыми в этом.
3. Джеральд счастлив по поводу своей поездки в Кению. По-видимому,
это было очень интересное событие.
4. Маргарет очень надоедлива. Вечно она всем рассказывает о своих
детских приключениях.
Exercise 4. Grammar in speech.
Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets and do the role play given
below.
A.
To Gilbert Booth, Headmaster of Westreach Secondary School
Dear Mr Booth,
I am a pensioner and I (1) _______________ (to live) opposite your school for a
considerable length of time. Although I have many happy memories of your former
pupils, at present I (2) _______ (to become) increasingly upset by the appalling
manners of your current pupils. The situation is no longer tolerable, so I (3) _____
(to write) to you in the hope that you will deal with the problem.
4
Before school and at lunchtime, gangs of teenagers constantly (4)
______________ (to gather) outside my front gate. They continually (5)
_____________ (to smoke) cigarettes and always (6) _________________ (to
throw) their drinks cans and half-eaten sandwiches into my garden. I have to
inform you that the language they (7) _______________ (to use) is quite shocking.
Why should I listen to torrents of rude words while I (8) ______ (to eat) my
breakfast and lunch? I (9) ___________ (to find) it very unfair.
If your school (10) _______________ (to represent) the younger generation of
today, there is no hope for the future. I (11) _____ (to urge) you to do something to
improve matters.
Yours sincerely,
Mrs Ada Smart
(From “Advanced Masterclass CAE” WB by T.Aspinall)
Role play.
Роль 1. Вы – Ада Смарт. С тех пор, как вы написали письмо директору
школы, прошло 2 недели, но ничего не изменилось. Ситуация даже
ухудшилась. Сейчас школьники не только ругаются и бросают мусор в ваш
сад, они теперь громко кричат и включают музыку. Когда же вы просите их
вести себя тихо, они вас постоянно оскорбляют (to abuse). Вы решили
поговорить с г-ном Бутом лично.
Роль 2 (3, 4). Вы – Маргарет Браун (Роберт(а) Адамс, Майкл O’Коннор). Вы
соседи Ады Смарт. У вас такие же проблемы, как и у нее. Пожалуйтесь
директору школы.
Роль 5. Вы – директор школы г-н Бут. По какой-то непонятной причине вы
не получили письмо Ады Смарт. Выясните у нее, чем она не довольна.
Роль 6 (7). Вы – Марвин Джоунз (Джози Смит). Вы учителя школы. Ваша
задача – оправдать своих учеников.
B.
Inhuman Nature
Rolanda Smith
I (1) ____________ (to try) to be the best person I can be, but I constantly (2)
____________ (to let) myself down. Human nature is largely something that has to
be overcome. Lots of little things in life that (3) ____________ (to give) me
pleasure are connected with someone else’s misfortunes. Not big misfortunes,
more inconveniences; little victories in life that (4) _________ (to keep) me going.
Before you start to hate me, let me give you a few examples and see if they (5)
___________ (to sound) familiar.
1. I (6) ____________ (to stay) in a hotel, and while I (7) _____ (to walk) down
the corridor I always (8) __________ (to peek) in other people’s hotel rooms to
see if they are nicer than mine.
2. Sometimes, when I am in an elevator and someone (9) _____ (to run) toward it,
I (10) ___________ (to pretend) I can’t find the Open Door button. It has
5
nothing to do with the character of the person who wants to come in. I don’t
even particularly want to be alone. I just don’t want to press that button.
3. When I (11) ____________ (to drive) down the street and someone else (12)
______________ (to fix) a flat tire, I (13) ______________ (to sit) a little
taller. I know some day that will be me out there, but it (14) ___________ (not
to happen) yet, so I’m still able to chuckle.
4. In traffic there is only one rule that is constant. The lane of traffic that you are
in is the lane of traffic that (15) _________ (not to move). If I am in the lane of
traffic that (16) ________ (to move) I (17) ____________ (to feel) sarcastic.
Sarcasm can be dangerous, though. You can easily upset or annoy people. Your
attempt to be humorous may be misunderstood and people may think you (18)
______________ (to be) nasty. But you need to be aware if someone (19)
__________ (to be) sarcastic to you.
5. I am in the movie theatre. A woman with an enormous hat (20) _____________
(to sit) directly in front of the person who (21) ______________ (to sit) next to
me. I am amused, but only for a few seconds before she (22) _______________
(to change her mind and sit) directly in front of me.
There are more things that I am ashamed of but I’m going to stop here, just in case
it’s not really human nature … and I’m the only one.
Do you think what Rolanda is speaking about is true for everybody?
Can you give similar examples about yourself?
(From “New Cambridge Advanced English” by Leo Jones)
Exercise 5. Study the following examples and explain the use of the tense forms
(Past Simple and Past Progressive). See Grammar Reference first.
1. John is awfully stubborn. We spent last holiday together and argued about
different things for hours. It was impossible to convince him.
2. My neighbours don’t get on well. They were arguing the whole day yesterday.
3. We often discussed political issues when we were students.
4. We were discussing some problems with the manager yesterday and he
mentioned your project. It seems he is going to reject it.
5. I think Gerald was in love with May. He was always giving her flowers.
6. The girl was intolerable. She was always saying a wrong thing at a wrong time.
7. I phoned Jack yesterday. He said he was coming soon.
Exercise 6. See Work Book p. 44 №2 (a, b). Проведите беседу в следующей
ситуации.
Предположим, вы не послали письмо родителям, а решили им позвонить.
Сообщите им свои новости.
Exercise 7. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets (Past Simple or
Past Progressive).
1. Amanda ____________ (to live) in Amsterdam when she ___________ (to
meet) the man who was to become her husband.
6
2. You _______________ (to work) at McDonald’s when they ____________ (to
have) that scandal over spoilt meat?
3. The phone ______________ (to ring) just as I __________ (to go) to sleep.
4. When the fire alarm _____________ (to go) off, everybody _____________
(to leave) the office building as quickly as possible.
5. At the place where we ______________ (to live) before, our neighbours
always ________________ (to have) violent rows late at night.
6. I ________________ (to talk) to Mike yesterday and he __________ (to say)
he _____________ (not to come) to our party tomorrow.
7. Violet _______________ (to work) for ‘The Times’ when that article
_______________ (to publish).
8. The manager was terribly annoyed because you always ________________ (to
get) to work late on Monday mornings.
9. When James was a little boy, they always _________ (to go) to Scotland for
their summer holidays. He really _________ (to love) the place though it often
____________ (to rain).
10. While the others ____________ (to lie) on the beach, poor old Gary
_______________ (to work) in the office as usual.
11. We ______________ (to wait) for you the whole evening. Why you
________________ (not to come)?
12. We _________________ (to wait) for Martin for half and hour and then we
________________ (to decide) to start the party without him.
13. Sheila ________________ (to work) in a fast-food restaurant for 2 months
before she ______________ (to find) a proper job.
14. I _________________ (to watch) TV yesterday and was surprised to learn that
the police _______________ (to look) for a man who _____________ (to
look) exactly like our new tenant.
15. Everybody knew Jeff wasn’t going to work after leaving school. He
_______________ (to take) a year off to travel round the world.
16. Mr Jackson told me he _______________ (to appreciate) our efforts to start
the project. – Don’t believe him, he just _____ (to be) kind.
17. We _______________ (to have) a wonderful time when we were students. We
always ______________ (to have) parties.
18. My father was a keen football fan. He ___________ (to talk) about his
favourite team for hours.
19. I decided to buy Jessica a pen because she constantly ______ (to borrow)
mine.
20. When the phone ____________ (to ring), she ___________ (to pick) it up and
___________ (to put) it down again. She knew everybody
__________________ (to watch) her.
21. I could never trust Fred. When he ________________ (not to be) brave, he
_____________ (to be) a coward.
7
Exercise 8. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Я слышал, Джеральд покупает дом. – Да, но он думает, что цена не
совсем разумная. – Вечно у него сомнения по поводу чего-нибудь. А ты
что думаешь об этом? – Ну, я должен признать, что дом стоит целое
состояние, но я думаю, что он так много не стоит. – Как я это
понимаю, когда ты покупаешь дом, ты не тратишь на него деньги, ты
их вкладываешь.
2. Сколько людей участвует в завтрашней конференции? – О, очень
много. – Ты случайно не знаешь, профессор Браун приезжает? – Да, я
его встречаю сегодня вечером. Ты хочешь с ним встретиться? – Мне бы
хотелось послушать его доклад. Он всегда поднимает важные вопросы
в своих исследованиях.
3. О чем Марвин спорит с продавцом? – Он пытается получить скидку. –
Я вижу, он опять скупится. – Не совсем. Он просто не может себе
позволить вещь, которую пытается купить.
Exercise 9. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets (Future forms).
1. Judging by the rate of inflation, prices ______________ (to rise) dramatically.
2. The problem of refugees is on the agenda at last. MPs ________________ (to
discuss) it at the next meeting.
3. There was a terrible fire in our city last night. I think it _____ (to make)
headlines.
4. As the economic situation in Africa is getting worse more and more
immigrants ________________ (to come) to Europe.
5. In 50 years’ time, children _______________ (not to use) books to study, they
_______________ (to learn) everything from computers.
6. What kind of job do you think you _____________ (to do) in a few years’
time?
7. OK. I promise I ______________ (to phone) you next week when the contract
____________ (to be) ready. – I’m afraid, I ____________ (to be) away. I
_______________ (to take) things easy for a while. – Where you
_____________ (to go)? – To Italy.
8. I expect to have the news in 2 or 3 hours. – I don’t think we ____________ (to
have) any information so soon. The police still __________________ (to
question) the witnesses.
9. Mr Jackson ________________ (to start) his business next year and he
________________ (to employ) more immigrants to build his plant. – I’m not
sure it ____________ (to work). The authorities _______________ (to want)
him to create jobs and employ locals.
10. Who are you waiting for? – For Mike. He’s half an hour late already. – Don’t
you see he _______________ (not to show up)?
8
11. So what do we do next? We _____________ (to call) the talks off or we
_______________ (to take) a risk and start them even if we are not properly
prepared?
12. Every reasonable person realises that once again the USA ________________
(to solve) disputes in the region by gunboat diplomacy.
13. We _____________ (to stay) home tonight. Some friends ______________ (to
come) round for dinner. – Oh, we ________________ (to listen) to gossip
again!
14. Immigration quotas are practically exhausted. They _______ (not to admit)
immigrants any more in the near future.
15. Nuclear weapons are a powerful deterrence, so more and more states
_____________ (to try) to gain access to them.
16. The talks between the two countries are at a standstill. Analysts predict that
they ______________ (not to resolve) the dispute by peaceful means.
Exercise 10. Grammar in speech.
Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets and do the role play given
below.
A.
Marvin Smith (1) _____________________ (to mend) his sails one day when
James Steel, a man he had worked with before, (2) _________________ (to walk)
in and (3) ____________________ (to ask) if he would like to have a drink.
Marvin (4) ______________ (to think) he probably (5) ______________ (to have)
more in mind than just a friendly drink, so he (6) ________________ (to stop)
what he (7) ____________________ (to do), (8) __________________ (to wipe)
off his hands and (9) ______________________ (to follow) him to the local pub.
It (10) _________________ (to be) there that he (11) ________________ (to find)
out that James (12) ____________________ (to recruit) people to work on
Nacho’s project. Nowadays everybody knows about that project, but then it (13)
_________________ (to sound) a bit strange.
At first Marvin (14) ___________________ (to think) James (15) _____________
(to try) to play a trick on him. But the more he (16) __________________ (to talk),
the better it (17) ________________ (to sound) – a real adventure. Marvin (18)
____________________ (to get) tired of the same sea routes year after year.
Besides he (19) _________________ (to think) it would be a great trading
opportunity; the route to Carthage, across Greek waters, (20) _________________
(to become) more and more dangerous.
It (21) _______________ (to take) Marvin just a few minutes to decide; he (22)
____________________ (to sit) there in the pub with a glass in his hand, and he
(23) ________________ (to make) a decision that would change his life – and lots
of other people’s lives as well.
There were times on the journey when Marvin (24) _______________ (to have)
doubts about his decision. Once while they (25) ____________________ (to push)
south-west by monsoon winds, he nearly (26) ___________________ (to wash)
off deck by a big wave. And another day during the long sail south, one of the men
9
(27) ___________________ (to try) to convince the rest of them that they (28)
__________________ (to be) under a magic spell when a dead blackbird (29)
___________________ (to fall) on deck; they (30) __________________ (to be)
really scared.
But there were some good times, too: they had to stop and collect supplies on the
west coast of Africa, and they (31) __________________ (to stay) there for a long
time, in one of the most beautiful places in the world. One morning while Marvin
(32) ___________________ (to sit) under a tree with the wind in his face and a big
mango to eat, he almost (33) ____________________ (to decide) to stay there for
the rest of his life. But of course he (34) __________________ (not to stay); he
(35) _________________ (to know) that he would get tired of it soon enough, and
besides, his wife and children (36) __________________ (to wait) for him in
England. They (37) _______________ (to see) thousands of birds at Gibraltar:
they (38) ___________________ (to fly) over, on their way south for the winter.
In December, when Marvin (39) ___________________ (to get) home, he (40)
____________________ (to make) sure that no one (41) ______________ (to tell)
his family before he (42) _________________ (to arrive). When he (43)
__________________ (to walk) in the door, his wife (44) _________________ (to
put) supper on the table, and his son and daughter, whom he hardly (45)
___________________ (to recognize), (46) ___________________ (to play) by
the fireplace. He knew when he saw them that he had done the right thing not to
stay under that tree.
(From ‘The New Cambridge English Course’ by M. Swan)
Role play.
Роль 1. Вы – Кевин Дуглас. Вы собираетесь написать сценарий фильма о
путешествии Марвина Смита. Проведите беседу с персонажами будущего
фильма и попросите их описать сцены, связанные с их путешествием.
Узнайте как можно больше подробностей. Помните, что для сценария вам
необходимо иметь представление не только о развитии сюжета, но и том, чем
были заняты и что делали участники каждой сцены в определенные
моменты. (См. роли 2 – 5).
Роль 2. Вы – Марвин Смит. Опишите Кевину Дугласу следующие сцены:
1) К вам обратился Джеймс Стил;
2) Вы приняли решение об участии в путешествии;
3) Шторм, когда вас чуть не смыло в море;
4) Сцена в Африке, когда вы там хотели остаться;
5) Ваше возвращение домой.
Роль 3. Вы Джеймс Стил. Опишите сцену вашей встречи с Марвином
Смитом.
Роль 4. Вы – Джон Браун. Опишите сцену на корабле, когда на палубу упал
черный дрозд. Скажите, где вы плыли в это время, какая была погода, что вы
делали в этот момент и что вы почувствовали, когда это произошло.
10
Роль 5. Вы – Мэри Смит, жена Марвина Смита. Опишите следующие сцены:
1) Марвин приходит домой и сообщает вам о своем намерении
отправиться в путешествие. Скажите, что вы делали, когда он пришел
домой, чем занимались ваши дети, что вы почувствовали, услышав
новость;
2) Возвращение Марвина домой после путешествия.
B. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets and do the role play given
below.
Harry grant went back to the camp the following morning, but it was in some
confusion. Soldiers (1) ___________________ (to wander) around carrying
equipment from one place to another, but there didn’t seem any purpose in what
they (2) _________________ (to do). Harry (3) _________________ (to feel)
disappointed. It was his bad luck. All the things that could make a story always (4)
______________________ (to happen) elsewhere. He (5) _________________ (to
try) to phone the newspaper, but something (6) _______________ (to be) wrong
with the telephone line. Suddenly he (7) __________________ (to spot) George
Grey, an officer who never (8) _________________ (to refuse) an interview.
When Harry (9) _________________ (to come) up to George he (10)
_______________________ (to load) something into his army jeep. “Hi, George!
What (11) __________________ (to go on) here?” asked Harry. “Hey, man! This
is no place for you! I (12) ______________________ (to talk) to the colonel just
an hour ago and he said we (13) _____________________ (to retreat) along the
whole front.” Harry (14) _____________________ (to look) around. A few
officers (15) ____________________ (to get) into a jeep. It (16) ______________
(not to take) a genius to realize that they (17) _____________________ (to take)
an opportunity to abandon their men and head for safety. Harry (18)
__________________________ (to try) to find out what (19) _________________
(to go on) when the first plane (20) ___________________ (to fly) over the camp.
A wooden building suddenly (21) __________________ (to disappear) in an
explosion of flame. Not before long bombs (22) _________________ (to explode)
all around him, and then the planes (23) (to vanish) and everything (24) _________
(to go) quiet. Smoke (25) __________________ (to rise) from the burning
building. A dead man (26) ____________________ (to lie) next to Harry, the first
dead person he had ever seen. And then he (27) ____________________ (to hear)
the roar of tanks. The enemy troops (28) ____________________ (to come)
Role play.
Роль 1. Вы – военный корреспондент Ричард Нельсон, друг Гарри Гранта.
Вы собираетесь написать статью об атаке, в которую попал Гарри Грант.
Гарри был ранен и сейчас находится в госпитале. Узнайте у Гарри и
Джорджа Грея (см. роли 2, 3) как можно больше подробностей.
Роль 2. Вы – Гарри Грант. Расскажите Ричарду Нельсону, что вы увидели,
когда пришли в лагерь, и что происходило, когда началась атака.
11
Роль 3. Вы – Джордж Грей. Расскажите Ричардy Нельсону, что происходило
в лагере, когда началась атака. Вы вынесли раненого Гарри Гранта с поля
боя. Опишите, как вы его нашли после бомбардировки.
Exercise 11. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
A: When you (1) ________________ (to get) changed? The taxi (2)
_______________ (to arrive) any minute, and you aren’t ready yet!
B: Don’t worry. We’ve got ages. What time the play (3) ______ (to start)? At
7.00? If the traffic (4) ___________ (not to be) too bad, we (5) ______________
(to get) to the theatre by 6.30 and then we (6) ______________ (to have) time for a
quick drink.
A: And what we (7) _________________ (to do) about eating tonight?
B: Keith (8) ________________ (to take) us out to a Chinese restaurant
afterwards. Have you forgotten?
A: Oh, yes. What time we (9) ________________ (to get) back? I (10)
________________ (to have) to tell the babysitter.
B: About midnight, I should think.
(From “Headway Advanced” WB by John and Liz Soars)
B.
Hyper-Reality?
Imagine saying to a friend, “Sorry! I can’t come over this afternoon. I (1)
________________ (to take) part in the Formula One Grand Prix and the big race
(2) _____________ (to start) in five minutes’ time!” What you would be referring
to, of course, is not a real race, but a Virtual Reality session!
Virtual reality aims to be indistinguishable from the real world. Indeed, the
boundaries between real and virtual soon (3) _____________ (to erode)
completely. As technology (4) ___________ (to improve), it (5) ______________
(to become) impossible to tell the difference.
In the near future, VR technology (6) ____________ (to use) computers to
work directly on the senses to create an illusion of ‘being there’, even if ‘there’ (7)
_____________ (to exist) only in the computer. The hope is that one day we (8)
____________ (to do) ‘virtually’ the things we cannot do in real life – because in
VR we (9) ________________ (not to restrict) by laws of physics.
Judging by the current work in progress, sound (10) _______ (to be) one of the
first things to improve new-generation systems. And that’s not all! In tomorrow’s
virtual realities, the virtual body (11) ________________ (to follow) every nuance
of movement.
Researchers now (12) _______________ (to look) for more effective links
between real and virtual bodies. American VR entrepreneurs are on the verge of
creating technologies which (13) ______________ (to provide) the VR experience
without headgear.
12
Perhaps the ultimate form of virtual entertainment (14) _____ (to be) to create a
virtual city. In the future, it is highly likely that we (15) _____________________
(not only to build) castles in the air – we (16) _________________ (to live) in
them – virtually!
(From “Advanced Masterclass CAE” by T.Aspinall)
What do you think of the problem?
Exercise 12. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. На днях я смотрел телевизор и видел программу о состоятельных
людях. Я был удивлен, узнав, что многие из них довольно скупые.
2. Когда Дейв был студентом, он часто участвовал в различных
конференциях. – Да, и он вечно поднимал одну и ту же проблему –
истощение (расточительство) мировых ресурсов.
3. Когда мы познакомились, профессор Джонсон проводил исследование по
современным тенденциям в обществе.
4. Моя сестра всегда брала с собой слишком много багажа и часто вносила
дополнительную плату в аэропорту. – Ну, по-видимому, она могла себе
это позволить.
5. Я терпеть не могла ходить за покупками с Шэрон. Она вечно пыталась
получить скидку. Стыдно быть такой прижимистой.
6. Милдред получила большое наследство в прошлом году. – Она вложила
деньги во что-нибудь или она все еще держит их на своем банковском
счете? – Ее отец посоветовал ей вложить их в «Максвелл Лимитед», но я
не знаю, сделала ли она это. Я помню, у нее были сомнения по этому
поводу в то время. – Хорошо, если не сделала. Компания обанкротилась
несколько месяцев назад.
7. Алан сказал мне, что покупает «Бентли». Он это уже сделал? – Я не
знаю, но, по-видимому, он может себе это позволить. У него много
денег в банке.
Exercise 13. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences
into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word
combinations given in italics.
I.
WB p. 44 “I’m not doing an economics degree”.
economics – экономика, экономическая наука
economy – экономика (страны)
economic – экономический
economical – экономичный, экономный
1. Ученые предсказывают, что экономическая ситуация в стране
улучшится. – У меня подозрения по поводу таких предсказаний.
Экономическая наука не может предсказать, что произойдет, она может
только объяснить, почему что-либо не произошло.
13
2. Ускорить экономическое развитие – первоочередная задача
правительства.
3. Почему ты не покупаешь товары в Интернет магазинах? Это очень
экономно.
4. Никто не подвергает сомнению тот факт, что наша экономическая
система в кризисе.
5. Правительство будут критиковать по поводу состояния экономики.
II.
WB p. 45 “Can you lend me $20?”
to lend money – давать взаймы
to borrow money – брать взаймы
1. Нам придется занять много денег, чтобы произвести этот платеж.
2. Лучше не одалживать денег друзьям. Это может привести к ссоре.
3. Элисон вечно просит одолжить ей денег.
4. Если ты хочешь провести эту сделку в течение двух дней, нам придется
занять $20,000. Не думаю, что это будет рентабельно (оправдает
затраты).
III.
SB p. 90 “It offers the speed of cash …”
to offer help (a job) – предлагать помощь (работу)
to offer an apology – принести свои извинения
to offer to do sth – предлагать сделать что-либо
(E.g. Mary was free that evening and she offered to help me.)
to suggest an idea (a plan) – предлагать идею (план)
to suggest doing sth – предлагать сделать что-либо
(E.g. The children didn’t know what to do, so Mother suggested playing hide-andseek).
to suggest that sb (should) do sth – предлагать, чтобы кто-либо сделал чтолибо
(E.g. The manager suggested that Mr Lee should be promoted.
Or: The manager suggested that Mr Lee be promoted.)
1. Мартин предложил проводить платежи, используя мобильный
телефон. Это хороший способ устранить возможные ошибки.
2. Г-н Грин предложил, чтобы мы вложили свои деньги в эту компанию,
но у нас были сомнения по этому поводу.
3. Маргарите было трудно перевести деньги на наш счет. Почему ты не
предложил помочь ей?
4. Джон Смит не признал своей вины и не принес своих извинений после
суда.
5. Ты знаешь, что Глена обвиняют в мошенничестве? – Да, но все знают,
что он не совершал его. Кевин уже предложил найти ему хорошего
адвоката.
14
6. Это важный вопрос. Ральф предложил поднять его на завтрашней
конференции.
7. Профессор Диксон предложил, чтобы они провели исследование
современных тенденций в экономике страны.
8. Марк предложил нам снизить цены на наши товары.
IV.
SB p. 90 “… no change is required …”
to require sth – требовать, испытывать необходимость в чем-либо
to require sb to do sth – требовать, чтобы кто-либо сделал что-либо
(E.g. Тhe agreement requires the partners to carry out their obligations.)
to demand sth – требовать что-либо, предъявлять требование (претензию)
to demand that sb (should) do sth – требовать, чтобы кто-либо сделал чтолибо
(E.g. The panel demanded that the report should be made public.
Or: The panel demanded that the report be made public.)
1. Элисон потребовала, чтобы Мартин признал свою вину.
2. Экономическая ситуация в стране требует, чтобы все компании
назначали разумные цены на свои товары.
3. Вопрос, поднятый на совещании, требует внимания.
4. У нас было слишком много багажа, и регистратор (an attendant) в
аэропорту потребовал, чтобы мы внесли дополнительную плату.
5. Экономическая наука требует устранения ошибок в расчетах (a
calculation).
15
Unit 2 = 1
Focus on Grammar:
Present Perfect Simple
Past Perfect Simple
Future Perfect Simple
Exercise 1. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets (Present Perfect
Simple or Past Simple).
1. It will be reasonable for this party to take part in general elections after they
_____________ (to gain) public support.
2. The sides can’t possibly break off the negotiations before they
________________ (to resolve) all disputes.
3. MPs seem to be taking the problem of illegal immigrants quite seriously. It’s
the third time they _______________ (to place) it at the top of the agenda.
4. There must be something wrong in the relations between these two countries. In
the past few months each of them _______________ (to deport) 12 diplomats.
It’s the first time they ________________ (to resort) to such extreme measures.
5. The news. Redanda and Himland _____________ (to start) reinforcing their
borders. The governments of the two countries claim it ______________ (to
do) to prevent a further development of the existing crisis in their relations.
However, it is not the first time that the countries ___________ (to use) threat
of force to resolve their disputes.
6. In California, police claim they ______________ (to be) successful in the fight
against crime since the three-strikes law _______________ (to be) in force.
7. In California, police claim they ______________ (to be) successful in the fight
against crime since the three-strikes law _______________ (to come) into
force.
8. Jack is a skilled resourceful painter, but why he _______ (to paint) that strange
shape at the background of this landscape? I never _____________ (to see)
anything half so odd.
9. The negotiations _____________________ (to come) to an end? –
Unfortunately, they __________ (not). They _______ (to be) at a standstill for
nearly a week. Neither side _______ (to make) any rational proposal so far.
10. It isn’t clear what Mr Onslow is up to. He ______________ (not to approve) a
single idea since he _____________ (to be) in charge of the office.
11. Margaret is a very cautious person. She ______________ (not to make) a single
impulsive step since I _____________ (to know) her.
16
12. Jason is a reckless driver. He ____________ (to cause) 5 road accidents since
he _______________ (to have) a car.
13. Kevin is looking for a job. Since he ___________ (to qualify) as an accountant,
he ____________ (to send) out about a dozen applications but he
______________ (not to receive) a single reply.
14. Kevin ____________ (to send) out about a dozen applications since he
___________________ (to be qualified) as an accountant, but he
_________________ (not to receive) a single reply.
15. You’ll be allowed to drive only after you _______________ (to renew) your
insurance.
16. You won’t be allowed to start your business deals before you
_________________ (to solve) all legal problems.
17. You’ll be allowed to start your business deals only after you
________________ (to solve) all legal problems.
18. So far the country __________________ (to admit) 10,000 immigrants.
19. It’s so nice that you are here at last. You _____________________ (to have) a
good trip?
20. It’s the first time that I __________________ (to go) on holiday alone.
21. Something must be wrong with our plane. Six airliners _________________ (to
take) off since we ____________________ (to be) here, and we are still
waiting.
22. What are those police officers up to? They ______________________ (to stop)
10 cars since we arrived.
23. We’ll come over after you __________________ (to find) somewhere for us to
live.
24. The police will give the journalists all interesting information as soon as they
____________________ (to finish) investigating the case.
Exercise 2. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences
into English. Use the active vocabulary of Units 1 and 2 to translate the words and
word combinations given in italics.
I.
SB p.6 “If you overhear people have a row in public, you should intervene”.
to intervene – вмешиваться, вступаться, посредничать (с целью остановить
что-либо или изменить ситуацию)
to interfere (in) – вмешиваться (вторгаться в чьи-либо дела или отношения,
особенно если на это нет права)
1. Было очевидно, что толпа становится агрессивной, и полиции пришлось
вмешаться.
2. Мои соседи снова ужасно скандалят. Мне это надоело. Думаю, пора
вмешаться.
3. Г-н Джонсон вечно вмешивается в дела своего сына и постоянно
заставляет его вкладывать деньги, куда не следует (in the wrong things).
17
4. Г-н Блант ничего не знает о современных тенденциях в бизнесе. Само
собой разумеется, что ему не следует вмешиваться в процесс принятия
решений.
II.
SB p.6 “Elderly people have reason to grumble about the youth of today.”
a reason (for) – причина (субъективная)
a cause (of / for) – причина (ситуация или действие, приводящее к чему-либо)
E.g. a cause of the war
1. Политик отказался отвечать на вопрос о своей личной жизни. Это было
хорошей причиной для сплетен.
2. Мартин и Джейн не хотят разговаривать друг с другом, хотя они оба
признают, что вообще никакой причины для ссоры не было.
3. Почему Шэрон все время побуждает Джеймса говорить о своем
исследовании? – Думаю, у нее свои собственные на то причины.
4. У меня есть причины полагать, что стоимость жизни в стране поднимется.
5. Очевидно, что люди не совершают преступлений без достаточной (good)
причины.
III.
SB p. 148 “You’ve got to learn to pay attention to what they are saying.”
to pay attention to sth – обратить внимание на что-то (самому)
to draw sb’s attention to sth – обратить чье-то внимание на что-либо
1. Мартин обратил наше внимание на тот факт, что на наши товары нет
спроса.
2. Не обращайте внимания на то, что говорят эти люди. Это просто
сплетни.
3. Мне хотелось бы обратить ваше внимание на тот факт, что политики
имеют сомнения по поводу того, какой вопрос должен быть их
первостепенной задачей.
Exercise 3. Grammar in Speech. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in
brackets and do the role play given below.
A.
Dear Mr Branston,
I (1) _____________ (to write) on behalf of the residents’ association to inform
you of our feelings regarding your behaviour. We really (2) ______________ (to
have) just about enough of you. Although we (3) ______________ (to try) to speak
to you civilly on several occasions, you always (4) _______________ (to respond)
with a stream of verbal abuse.
Ever since you (5) ___________ (to move) in three months ago, you (6)
______________ (to show) very little consideration for the other residents of the
18
building despite numerous complaints. For the past six weeks in a row, you (7)
____________ (to hold) extremely noisy parties, which (8) ______________ (not
to finish) until the early hours of the morning. As you are aware, most of the
people here are elderly or have very little children, and the noise keeps them awake
all night. Last week the situation deteriorated further when two of your
acquaintances (9) _________________ (to involve) in a fight on the first floor
landing. The disturbance (10) _____________ (to be) so great that the police had
(11) ____________ (to call). What’s more, your mates (12) ______________ (to
leave) the stairs in a terrible state – they even (13) _______________ (to smash)
two windows on their way out! It is the first time that we (14) ________________
(to have) such an outrage here, and we feel that this type of behaviour is
intolerable.
We strongly recommend that you arrange payment for the damage of the windows
soon. If you (15) ______________ (not to do) that by the end of the month and if
you (16) __________ (to carry on) being a nuisance, we (17) _____________ (to
kick) you out! Legal steps (18) ______________ (to take) if necessary.
Yours sincerely,
Julia Harrison
(From “Advanced Masterclass CAE” by T.Aspinall)
Role play. Two days have passed since Julia Harrison wrote her letter. Yesterday
Mr Branston had a party again. Some members of the residents’ association have
decided to confront him.
Role 1. You are Julia Harrison. Tell John Brasnton everything you know and think
of his behaviour.
Role 2. You are John Branston. Your cues: You – not to receive any letter. It’s the
first time you – to hear of it. You – not to pay for the broken windows because it
wasn’t you who – to break them.
Role 3. You are Ronald Eades, 72. Your cues: You – not to sleep properly since
Branston – to be your neighbour. It isn’t the first time you – to speak to him. You –
to have enough of Branston. You are going to …
Role 4. You are Mary Johnson, 34. You have 2 little children. Your cues: Your
children – not to sleep well since Branston – to move in. You – to complain several
times. Your children – to hear many rude words. You are going to …
B.
Dear Janet,
I just (1) ______________ (to start) visiting this client and I’d be grateful for some
advice.
A.J. is 23 and (2) ____________ (to have) arthritis since she (3) ____________ (to
be) five. It mostly affects her joints and she severely (4) _______________ (to
disable). She has to have help with everything. She needs a wheelchair and (5)
__________ (not to work) since she (6) ____________ (to leave) school. She (7)
_______________ (not to go) out much. Her parents (8) __________________ (to
give up) work to look after her, so they (9) ______________ (to live) on state
benefits since they (10) _________________ (to be) full-time carers.
19
A.J. (11) _______________ (to become) the center of the family which means that
her two sisters (12) ____________ (not to get) enough attention. One of them
thinks that A.J. (13) _____ (to be) too dependent on her parents and (14)
____________ (not to cope) when they (15) _____________ (can) no longer look
after her. It’s clear to me that her illness (16) ___________ (to have) an enormous
effect on the family.
It’s the first time that I (17) ________________ (to involve) in such a case. Could
you help me?
Love,
Clara
(From “Advanced Masterclass CAE” by T.Aspinall)
Role play. Suppose, Clara didn’t write the letter given above. You (roles 1, 2, 3)
met at a café to discuss the situation.
Role 1. You are Clara. Describe the situation to Janet.
Role 2. You are Margaret, A.J.’s sister. Describe the situation to Janet the way you
see it.
Role 3. You are Janet. Find out more details about A.J.
(E.g. She – ever to try to get any professional training? She – ever to try to get a
job? She – to rely on her parents for help all the time since … ? etc.)
Exercise 4. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets (Past Perfect
Simple or Past Simple).
1. When I _____________ (to come) to the mountains for the first time the view
____________ (to take) my breath away. I never _____________ (to see)
anything half so beautiful.
2. Alison ______________ (to phone) Gerald as she _________ (to promise)? –
No, she _____ . She said it __________ (to slip) her mind because she
_________ (to be) busy packing.
3. After Michael ____________ (to qualify) as an accountant he ____________
(to find) a good job with a commercial firm.
4. Michael managed to find a good job only after he _________ (to qualify) as an
accountant.
5. Mrs Atkins ____________ (not to allow) to take a job in Uganda before she
______________ (to renew) her health insurance.
6. Maggie said she _____________ (not to have) a single serious quarrel with
Mike since they _____________ (to be) friends.
7. The owner of the firm claimed he ______________ (to recruit) only trained
personnel since he __________ (to start) his business.
8. The criminal had to serve five years in prison since he ______ (to find) guilty
of burglary.
9. After extensive police inquiries ____________ (to hold) the authorities
_____________ (to assure) the population that the crime rate would go down.
20
10. The doctor said his patient would feel better only after he ______________ (to
give up) smoking for good.
11. The enemy troops were coming and the situation was becoming increasingly
dangerous for refugees. As soon as they _____________ (to settle down) they
___________ (to force) to flee again. It was the first time that they __________
(to face) such hardships.
12. After some inquiries which ____________ (to reveal) the whole truth
____________ (to hold), the police stated that they _____________ (to resolve)
the issue of repeated bank robberies. Since then several arrests ____________
(to make). It _____________ (to turn out) that the robbers __________ (to
have) inside help.
13. The authorities found the immigration problem hard to solve. Though hundreds
of illegal immigrants _______________ (to deport) since the new immigration
law ____________ (to be) in force, it was virtually impossible to stop people
coming.
14. Skilled workers were in great demand in the city. So as soon as qualified people
_____________________ (to arrive and acquire) work permits they
___________ (to find) well-paid jobs.
15. Mr Jenkins had to spend two months at hospital after he _______________ (to
injure) at work. When he was being discharged he suffered a psychological
trauma. It was the first time he ______________ (to refer to) as ‘disabled’.
16. There were many foreign workers in the city. Their families, however, couldn’t
___________ (to admit) into the country before they _____________ (to settle
down) properly.
17.When the fire brigade arrived the house _________________ (to burn) down.
18.I recognised the man at once. I __________________ (to meet) him in New
York, though he _________________ (to look) much younger then.
19.After the children __________________ (to clear up) the mess their mother let
them go and play in the garden.
20.The boy was allowed to watch TV only after he _________________ (to do)
his homework.
21.I didn’t realise how grave the situation was until I ______________ (to read)
that newspaper article.
22.You shouldn’t have left before you _________________ (to hear) the whole
truth.
23.It was clear that nobody ___________________ (to visit) the place since we
____________________ (to be) away.
24.I knew they _____________________ (not to see) much of each other since
Polly ____________________ (to move) away.
25.It was the first time they _________________ (to have) such a serious quarrel.
21
Exercise 5. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Ты знаешь, кто такой Джек Браун? – Да, я только что с ним познакомился.
– Ну, и что ты о нем думаешь? – В первый раз встречаю такого заносчивого
человека.
2. Рональд и Джейн опять скандалят. Мы должны вмешаться и остановить
это до того, как ситуация зайдет слишком далеко.
3. Почему Ричард избегал говорить со мной? – Он это сделал из лучших
побуждений. Он думал, что это может быть неловко.
4. Кевин и Шэрон не ладят с тех пор, как у них был тот ужасный скандал.
5. Об этом политике было много сплетен за то время, что он близок к
премьер-министру.
6. Ты будешь производить на людей хорошее впечатление только после того,
как заставишь себя быть менее надменным.
7. Мы продали почти все наши товары за то время, что на них такой большой
спрос.
8. Почему Дейв обвинил Мартина в краже? – В нашем офисе было 3 кражи с
тех пор, как он наш сотрудник. Мы все это время были к нему
подозрительны. – Но как вы можете обвинять человека в преступлении до
того, как найдете достаточно доказательств?
Exercise 6. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
Victorian Britain
When Queen Victoria (1) ______________ (to die) in 1901 she (2)
___________ (to reign) for 63 years. During her reign many great scientific
discoveries (3) ______________ (to make) and the population of Britain (4)
_______________ (to rise) from 18 million to 40 million. The British Empire (5)
________ (to grow) to become the largest empire the world ever (6)
________________ (to know) and by then it (7) ____________ (to include) a
quarter of the world’s population. During her reign Britain (8) _____________ (to
enjoy) a time of peace and prosperity and (9) _______________ (not to fight) in
any major war since the battle of Waterloo in 1815. No one (10) ________ (to
suspect) that the First World War, in which so many people (11)
_______________ (to kill) (12) ______________ (to break out) some 13 years
later.
During the reign of Queen Victoria life for the middle classes and the
aristocracy (13) ___________ (to be) fine, in fact, it never (14) ______________
(to be) better: the Industrial Revolution and the Empire (15) ______________ (to
provide) them with unheard-of luxury and wealth – but at the expense of the lower
classes. Although slavery (16) ______________ (to abolish), the working classes
in the slums of Britain’s industrial cities (17) _____________ (to treat) almost as
badly as slaves, and even young children (18) ______________ (to force) to work
long hours in factories and coal mines.
22
(From “New Cambridge Advanced English” by Leo Jones)
B.
Out Go the Pounds
On the 14 of February 1966 Australians said goodbye to the currency
denominations they (1) _____________ (to know) since Europeans (2)
_______________ (to settle) in Australia in 1788. Naturally enough when the
British (3) ____________ (to establish) what was then a penal colony, they (4)
___________ (to use) currency denominations of their homeland, which (5)
_________ (to be) pounds, shillings and pence.
From as early as 1901, when Australia (6) ________ (to gain) independence
from Britain, there (7) ___________ (to be) discussions about the introduction of
decimal currency, which has considerable advantages over non-decimal systems.
Nevertheless, it (8) _____________ (to be) more than half a century before it (9)
________________ (to introduce). The new notes and coins, whose names (10)
_____________ (to be) the subject of quite heated debates, were roughly parallel
to the old denominations. A dollar was the same colour and size as ten shillings,
the note that (11) ____________ (to have) an equivalent value in the old system.
The two-dollar note was greenish in colour like the pound note, whose place it (12)
_____ (to take). The only completely new coins which (13) _________ (to
introduce) at this stage were the one- and two-cent coins, though many of the old
coins, such as the penny, the halfpenny and the threepence, (14) ______________
(to cease) to be valid currency and gradually (15) _______________ (to withdraw)
from circulation. Australian school children, who (16) ________ (to struggle) with
complicated sums done in the old currency, breathed a sigh of relief on that day
because arithmetic suddenly (17) ____________ (to become) much easier.
(From “Advanced Gold Exam Maximizer” by S.Burgess)
C.
Last Wednesday my friend Susan talked to me on the phone and told me she (1)
________________ (not to be able) to see me this week. She (2) _____________
(to have) a call from her brother and (3) ______________ (to find out) that her
grandmother (4) ______________ (to arrive) there at the end of the week and this
(5) _______________ (to be) the first time she (6) _____________ (to see) her
since she (7) _________ (to go) to New Zealand in 1990. She hoped I (8)
_____________ (not to mind) if we (9) _____________ (to change) our meeting
from this week to next week.
(From “New Cambridge Advanced English” by Leo Jones)
th
D.
Dear Sir,
I (1) _____________ (to write) to complain about the service I received at your
hotel last weekend.
First of all, on arrival, there was no record of my booking although I (2)
_____________ (to fax) the details several weeks earlier. Secondly, when I got to
23
my room, I found that it (3) __________ (not to clean) properly and there were
used towels in the bathroom. Furthermore, when I came down to breakfast the next
day, I (4) ____________ (to tell) I already (5) __________ (to be) late, even
though it was only 10 a.m. Finally, when I (6) _____________ (to give) the bill I
(7) _____ (to charge) for items in the minibar which I (8) ___________ (not to
use).
I’m afraid, I never (9) _______________ (to treat) so appallingly. Unless I (10)
___________ (to get) a refund for the hotel services I (11) ____________ (to
force) to take the matter up with the Consumer Protection League.
I look forward to hearing from you in due course.
Yours faithfully,
John Smith
(From “Advanced Gold Coursebook” by R.Acklam)
Exercise 7. Grammar in speech. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in
brackets and do the role play given below.
A.
Dear Sir/Madam
I just (1) _____________ (to return) from a holiday in Spain, staying at the Bella
Vista Hotel, and I (2) __________ (to write) to complain about a number of points.
In the first place, I (3) _____________ (to inform) just before my departure that
the flight time of the outgoing journey (4) ______________ (to change), so that
instead of arriving in the morning, I arrived at nearly midnight. Then, contrary to
the information I (5) _____________ (to send), there was no representative to meet
me on arrival, so I had to take a taxi at a cost of $25.
I was also very dissatisfied with the Bella Vista Hotel. Although I specially (6)
____________ (to book) a room with a sea view, it was hardly possible to see the
sea at all. Among other problems, the lift constantly (7) ________________ (to
repair) so I had to walk up four floors, the food in the coffee shop was almost
inedible, and the ‘small extra charge’ for windsurfing and other activities that (8)
________________ (to mention) when I (9) _______________ (to book) the
holiday turned out to be prohibitive.
Naturally, I complained to your representative. I meant to tell her that I (10)
____________________ (not to take care of) properly since I (11)
______________ (to be) there. However, I found her unable or unwilling to do
anything to help me. It was the first time I (12) _________________ (to treat) so
badly.
In view of these problems and also the fact that the holiday was effectively one day
shorter than I originally (13) ____________ (to book), I feel I am entitled to
compensation and I think that 25% of the cost of the holiday (14) ______________
(to be) an appropriate sum.
Yours faithfully,
Roberta Smith
(From “Focus on Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’Connell)
24
Role play
Role 1. You are Roberta Smith. You sent the above letter 2 weeks ago, but have
received no reply so far. You decided to go to the travel agency and talk to the
manager in person and demand compensation.
Role 2. You are Alfred Grumble, manager of the travel agency. Find out what
Roberta Smith is dissatisfied with (you haven’t seen her letter). Try to prove to her
that she has no right to claim compensation.
Role 3. You are Victor/ia Davis, the agency lawyer. Find out as many details about
Roberta’s holiday as possible. Prove to her that all her problems are the hotel’s
fault.
B. Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets and do the role play given
below.
I never (1) _____________ (to be) white water rafting before … and now I
know why! There were 8 of us crammed into a flimsy rubber boat clutching our
paddles as if our lives (2) _________ (to depend) on them. The leader sat in the
back, presumably so that he didn’t have to look into our terrified eyes. I was scared
stiff. I (3) ____________ (to be) extremely reluctant about going rafting but
foolishly (4) ______________ (to allow) my friend to persuade me. The river was
a churning mess of murky brown water, creamy foam, branches and other debris
that was unidentifiable because it (5) _____________ (to move) so fast. There (6)
_____________ (to be) a torrential rain only the week before.
As soon as we (7) ___________ (to set off), we (8) ________ (to toss) about
violently by the furious torrent. It was almost impossible to hear the instructions
the leader (9) __________ (to bellow) above the roar of the water. Our attention
was fully occupied by desperate efforts to avoid the menacing rocks that
surrounded us. Then before I (10) ______________ (to realise) what (11)
_____________ (to happen) we came to this sickening drop. Gallons of water
rushed into the boat. Then I felt I (12) _____________ (to hurl) backwards into the
river.
Somehow I managed to cling to the leader’s paddle. He (13) _____________
(to scream) something at me, but I had no idea what. The boat (14)
______________ (to lurch) uncontrollably as I (15) _______________ (to try)
desperately to heave myself back into it. But I (16) ______________ (to manage)
to clamber back into the boat only after we (17) ______________ (to find)
ourselves in a large expanse of relatively calm water. It was the first time I (18)
____________ (to be) such a quivering mass of sodden terror.
(From “Advanced Gold Coursebook” by S.Burgess)
Role play
Role 1. You are Donald Gray. It’s you who went water rafting. You returned home
safe and sound. Now you are celebrating your return in a café. Tell your girlfriend
about the trip and the accident.
25
Role 2. You are Sue Jones, Donald’s girlfriend. Find out more details about the
accident.
Role 3. You are Leo Walton, the water rafting group leader. Describe the accident
as you remember it.
Exercise 8. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
1. By the end of next month Mark ________________________ (to pass) all his
exams.
2. We are late. When we arrive the talks __________________ (to come) to an
end.
When we arrive the talks ______________________ (to be) over.
3. You needn’t tell Alice anything. She already ________________________ (to
find out) the truth.
She already ______________________ (to know) the truth.
4. When we phoned Gerald already _________________________ (to return)
from Paris.
When we phoned Gerald already ________________________ (to be) back.
B.
1. A police spokesman says they can’t reveal any information about the robbery
now. However, he is certain that the police _______________ (to complete)
their inquiries by the end of next week and then they ______________ (to give)
the journalists all facts worth mentioning. So by the time the next issue of your
magazine ____________ (to be) in print you _____ (to have) all interesting
facts.
2. The detectives are going to bring dogs to the scene of the crime to help find the
burglars. – They needn’t try. By the time they _______ (to get) there the scent
____________ (to wear off) and there __________ (to be) no traces left.
3. It’s time for Robert to start looking for a job. By the end of the year he
______________ (to acquire) all necessary skills and _______________ (to be)
fully qualified.
4. The police will have to be really swift if they are eager to catch the terrorists.
Otherwise, by the time they _________ (to set) them up they _____________
(to flee) and _________ (to be) far away and out of danger.
5. I’m afraid, your efforts are doomed to failure. By the time you ____________
(to get) a search warrant the drug dealers _________________ (to launder) the
money and __________ (to transfer) it into their accounts abroad, so there
_________ (to be) no proof of their illegal activities.
6. Let’s hope that by the end of the century all states _________ (to abolish) visas
and people ______________ (to be able) to travel freely to any part of the
world.
7. This country is admitting too many immigrants. If they _____ (to go on) at the
present rate they ______________ (to exhaust) all quotas by the end of the
month and __________ (to have) to exclude even refugees.
26
8. Ernest is much too generous. By the end of the year he _____________ (to
waste) his money and __________ (to be) penniless.
9. I believe it’s time you made your suggestion. By the time the conference
______________ (to start) we already _________ (to know) all important facts
and figures but our opponents ______________ (not to be) ready yet.
10. I have spoken to the boss and asked him to reveal some confidential facts to
you. – Thank you, but you needn’t have bothered. I already ______________
(to have) access to classified information and ___________ (to do) most of the
work since I _______________ (to have) it.
11. You are late and cannot come in. They already ____________ (to discuss) the
results of opinion polls. You’ll have to wait till they ____________ (to have) a
break.
12. You can speak freely now. Your mother already _________ (to know) what
risk you have taken. She _____________ (to know) it all along, in fact.
13. When we arrived at the party, everybody already _________ (to be) there,
though the snacks ______________ (not to be) ready yet and the hostess still
_____________ (to do) something in the kitchen.
14. When Mr Bloomfield entered his office he saw at once that his safe
_____________ (to open). He understood it by the fresh scratches around the
lock. He found that $10,000 ________________ (to steal) and the most
important documents ________________ (to be missing), too.
15. Kevin loves visiting remote places. By the time he was 20 he already
___________ (to be) an experienced traveller. – Well, his brother
_______________ (to be) to many exotic places by that time, too.
Exercise 9. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Профессор Грин увидел, что его исследования говорят о том, что
(указывают на то, что) люди потратили зря много ресурсов за последние
несколько лет. Однако это был не первый раз, когда он нашел указание на
это.
2. Было очевидно, что у мальчика инфекционная болезнь (an infectious
disease). Врачи были обеспокоены, потому что он вступал в контакт со
многими людьми с тех пор, заразился (to get) ею.
3. Мартин сказал своим друзьям, что у него было много стрессовых ситуаций
за то время, что он студент.
4. Г-н Дуглас понимал, что он сделает свой бизнес прибыльным только после
того, как станет нанимать людей, которые действительно (истинно)
интересуются работой.
5. Г-н Стинсон обвинил Мартина в мошенничестве. Это было очень неловко,
потому что все знали, что Мартин этого не совершал. Кроме того, это был
не первый раз, когда г-н Стинсон зашел слишком далеко за то время, что он
наш менеджер.
6. Джеральд Хаггард знал, что ему следует начинать свой бизнес только
после того, как он подсчитает все затраты.
27
7. Шейла сказала мне, что она очень хорошо ладит с Дэвидом и что они
регулярно встречались с тех пор, как были детьми.
Exercise 10. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
Ecological Disaster
Professor Robert Townly, Institute of Ecological Research
‘I’m not too optimistic about the future. My main worry is the greenhouse effect.
The earth is heating up and at the current rates the sea level (1) ______________
(to rise) by about 20 centimeters by the end of the 21 st century. It might not seem
like much but it (2) ______________ (to have) devastating effects. Large parts of
the Indian sub-continent (3) ___________ (to be) under water during the monsoon
season – an area that already (4) ________________ (to suffer) from famine. We
have an observation center in Antarctica and we (5) _____________ (to watch) the
ice-caps carefully over the next decade. From what I have seen so far it’s clear that
the ice (6) ______________ (to continue) to melt at an accelerating rate in the
future. And the destruction of the rainforest doesn’t help. By 2035 over 95% of the
rainforest in South East Asia (7) _____________ (to lose). I (8) _____________
(to fly) to Brazil next month to chair a conference on this very subject and we (9)
____________ (to discuss) the loss of the natural habitat in the Amazon region. If
we want the earth to survive we (10) ____________ (to have) to do something
about it soon.’
(From “Focus on Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’Connell)
B.
Living to Be 125
The human organism is made up of an estimated 100,000 genes, all of which
completely (1) ______________ (to describe) by the year 2020, if not before. By
that time, according to predictions we not only (2) ________________ (to be able)
to find the genes that heal the sick, but those that make us ill in the first place. We
(3) ______________ (to invent) new drugs to cure diseases such as Alzheimer’s or
cancer and vaccines to protect us from AIDS. Perhaps scientist (4) __________ (to
find) a way to grow organs for transplants. In 1900, the average European’s life
expectancy was fifty. By 2050, it (5) _________ (not to be) unusual to live to be at
least ninety. One way our lives (6) _______________ (to extend) is through
therapeutic use of genes to protect us from disease and strengthen our resistance
against the ravages of time. Geneticists already (7) ___________ (to establish) the
location of the gene responsible for keeping time in each cell and helping us to
know whether it is morning or night. The next step (8) ___________ (to be) to find
the gene that determines the rate at which we grow old. Soon we (9) _______ (to
think) of aging not as something inevitable but as a situation that can be controlled.
Presumably that (10) ________ (to come) true by 2050.
(From “Advanced Gold Exam Maximizer” by S.Burgess)
C.
28
Your Stars
Aquarius (Jan 21 – Feb 18) Next week a prominent public figure (1)
______________ (to invite) you to take part in a public debate. You (2)
____________ (to be) a huge success. Keep it a secret! Remember that your
friends (3) ______________ (to understand and forgive) your failure but they
never (4) ________ (to forgive) you your success.
Pisces (Feb 19 – Mar 20) By the end of next week your only True Love (5)
_____________ (to come) into your life. However, don’t rush into marriage. Have
a good look at your prospective mother-in-law since this is what your wife (6)
________________ (to be) like in 25 years.
Aries (Mar 21 – Apr 20) You (7) ______________ (to lose) your job pretty soon.
You (8) ___________ (to be) terribly upset. Don’t fret too much since every cloud
has a silver lining, you know. However, if you (9) _________________ (not to
draw) conclusions from mistakes you (10) ______________ (to make), your silver
lining (11) _____________ (to be) very thin indeed.
Taurus (Apr 21 – May 21) You are much too frank and open with friends and this
(12) _______________ (to lead) to quarrels. If you (13) _____________ (not to
get) more diplomatic, by the end of the year you (14) _______________ (to lose)
all your friends and (15) _____________ (to be) very lonely. Remember that you
must always tell the truth but you should never tell the whole of it.
Gemini (May 22 – June 21) Remember that you are “two in one”. One of the
twins is exceptionally bright and the other is a complete idiot. The clever one (16)
____________ (to sleep) next week. Don’t even dream of taking any serious
decisions before he (17) ______________ (to wake up).
Cancer (June 22 – July 22) According to the stars, your life (18) ______________
(to change) completely, (not necessarily for the better, by the way) and very soon
you (19) _____________ (to take) crucial decisions. Act only after you (20)
___________ (to weigh up) all pros and cons.
Leo (July 23 – Aug 23) Next week’s problem (21) __________ (to be) relatives.
They (22) ______________ (to fall) ill in packs, and you (23) ______________ (to
rush) from one sick bed to another. They (24) _______________ (to recover) by
Saturday but by Sunday you (25) ____________ (to be) ill yourself. Do you think
your relatives (26) _______________ (to come and take) care of you? – You
guessed right! They (27) ___ (negative auxiliary).
Virgo (Aug 24 – Sept 23) Next week you (28) _________ (to be) blissfully happy.
Most of your dreams (29) ___________ (to come) true. The happy period (30)
____________ (to be) over by Friday. Enjoy it while it (31) ____________ (to
last).
Libra (Sept 24 – Oct 23) You (32) ________________ (to become) rich quite
soon. Probably you (33) _____________ (to get) an inheritance. (Do you happen
to have a wealthy uncle in an oil-rich country?) But you don’t know how to take
care of big money, so soon you (34) _____________ (to buy) everything you can
lay your eyes on. If you go on like this long you (35) ______ (to spend) it all by
the end of the year and you bitterly (36) ______________ (to regret) it.
29
Scorpio (Oct 24 – Nov 22) You (37) _____________ (to travel) next week though
you don’t know it yet. Most probably it (38) ___________ (to be) a business trip.
It will be the first time you (39) _________________ (to travel) alone to a foreign
country. Don’t be afraid. It might mean a promotion!
Sagittarius (Nov 23 – Dec 21) Next week you (40) __________ (to start) a new
career. It will be the first time you (41) ________ (to have) such great
opportunities. But be careful! Fate (42) _________ (not to be) kind to you forever.
Capricorn (Dec 22 – Jan 20) Your future is very dark as you love money too
much. Because of this you (43) _____________ (to miss) your chance for
happiness.
Exercise 11. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences
into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word
combinations given in italics.
I.
SB p. 4 “I spend most of the time trying to avoid making eye contact with her.”
to avoid sth (doing sth) – избегать чего-либо (принимать меры, чтобы чтолибо не произошло)
to escape sth – избегать чего-либо (спастись, отделаться от чего-либо)
E.g. He avoided trouble. (Он старался не попадать в ситуации, которые могли
бы привести к неприятности).
He escaped danger. (Опасность существовала, но он нашел путь к
спасению).
1. Кейт избегает разговаривать с Тедом, но почему она говорит, что она с ним
в хороших отношениях?
2. Когда толпа вышла из-под контроля, полиции пришлось вмешаться. К
сожалению, двум полицейским не удалось избежать телесных повреждений
(injury)в схватке (fight).
3. Джейсон совершил мошенничество, но избежал наказания, потому что его
адвокат выручил его.
4. Избегай оказывать давление на своих друзей, иначе ваша дружба долго не
продлится.
II.
SB p.8 “Apparently, some psychological studies have shown that …”
a study – исследование (проект, который изучает какой-либо предмет или
проблему)
research – (неисч.) исследование (обширное и подробное исследование
проблемы на уровне НИИ с целью поиска новых фактов)
1. Последние психологические исследования указывают на то, что все
больше и больше людей полагаются на помощь своих друзей.
2. Мы сможем говорить о современных тенденциях в обществе только после
того, как это исследование будет завершено.
30
3. Последние исследование профессора Аткинса показывает, что молодые
люди склонны (имеют тенденцию) искать работу после окончания школы,
а не идти в университеты.
4. Предсказания относительно экономического развития страны могут быть
сделаны только на основе обширных (extensive) исследований.
III.
SB p.10 “It’s a huge commitment, the kind that keeps you awake at night.”
“Americans call it ‘obligation overload’”.
a commitment – обязательство (a duty or responsibility that you have accepted)
to take on a commitment – взять на себя обязательство
an obligation – обязательство, обязанность (something you must do for legal or
moral reasons)
to have an obligation to do sth – иметь обязанность сделать что-либо
1. Почему этот политик требовал, чтобы бывший премьер-министр признал
свою вину? – Во-первых, у него были причины это сделать, а кроме того, он
чувствовал, что сделать это – его обязанность.
2. Когда ты вынуждаешь кого-либо что-то сделать, ты берешь на себя
определенные обязательства.
3. Твоя обязанность – выручать друзей, когда они в беде.
4. Я понимаю, что ты пытаешься заставить меня подписать договор из лучших
побуждений, но я не хочу больше брать на себя никаких обязательств.
Exercise 12. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
Every year I dream I am in an examination hall and cannot start to write until I
(1) ___________ (to find) the right size of paper. Exams haunt our nightmares.
But an exam is one of my best memories. I took the Cambridge Entrance exams
in 1983, the only girl in my school. I (2) ______________ (to summon) to an
interview at Cambridge, and I (3) ____________ (to walk) away when the
secretary (4) ____________ (to call) me back – I (5) ____________ (to want) for
an oral examination for a scholarship. I remember (6) ______ (to stand) at a
blackboard, and (7) ___________ (to find) the examiners (8) _______________
(to interest). Those exams were the first time I really (9) _____________ (to feel)
anyone was interested in what I thought about. At school you had to hide what you
really (10) ________________ (to think) about, not to speak about the music you
(11) ______________ (to listen) to or the poetry you (12) _____________ (to
read).
(From “Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’Connell)
31
B.
Junk Story That Beat the Experts
The strangest story I ever (1) ____________ (to report) began one spring
morning in Hong Kong. I (2) __________________ (to be born and brought up) in
Hong Kong and I just (3) ________ (to start) working as a radio reporter there.
In March, ninety-five fishing junk boats (4) ____________ (to spot) (5)
__________ (to sail) over the horizon. Immediately they (6) _________ (to
surround) by police launches who thought they (7) _______ (to try) (8) ________
(to sneak) into Hong Kong against the law.
One of Hong Kong’s greatest problems was to keep out thousands of people
who (9) _________ (to think) life was better there. Hong Kong already (10)
______ (to be) the most crowded place in the world, and there was no room for
more people.
But when the police asked the junk people why they (11) _________ (to come),
they said they (12) ___________ (to stay) for a few days to escape the terrible
calamity that was about (13) ____________ (to strike) their villages. They said
there (14) ________ (to be) complete panic at home because everyone (15)
___________ (to believe) an earthquake (16) _____________ (to come).
Throughout its history China (17) ____________________ (to suffer) terrible
earthquakes, cities (18) _________________ (to destroy) and thousands (19)
_____________________ (to kill). Nowadays, all over the country there are
seismographic centers where earthquakes can easily (20) ________________ (to
predict).
The Hong Kong authorities phoned one of those centers to find out if they (21)
____________ (to warn) about a forthcoming earthquake, but the answer was
‘No’. Experts in Hong Kong agreed that there was no reason for the junk people’s
fears. Consequently the junk people (22) _____________ (to send) home. On their
way back an earthquake indeed (23) _____________ (to strike (emphasized) their
village. No one (24) __________ (to hurt) but the mystery (25) ____________ (to
remain). How the junk people (26) ___________________ (to know), when the
scientists and experts with all their sophisticated machines (27) _________
(negative auxiliary)?
(From “Headway Advanced” by John and Liz Soars)
C.
Ask hundreds of people what they (1) _____________ (to do) on a certain day in
August next year, or the year after, and there (2) ________________ (to be) only
one answer – they (3) ________ (to visit) Memphis, Tennessee. Provided, of
course, that the people you (4) __________ (to ask) (5) __________ (to belong) to
the Elvis Priestly Fan Club. Although the King of Rock and Roll (6) _________
(to die) many years ago, his fans (7) ______ (to meet) every year since then
outside his home in Memphis to show respect for this singer they (8)
____________ (to love) so much. One of them is Jean Thomas who (9)
____________ (to visit) Gracelands, the house where Elvis (10) ____________ (to
32
suffer) his fatal heart attack, twice in the past five years. “The first time I (11)
____________ (to borrow) money from my Mum, as I (12) ______________ (not
to work) then. But two years ago I (13) _____________ (to get) married and since
then I (14) _______________ (to work) in my husband Chris’s garage. Chris and I
(15) ____________ (to go) together last year, and we (16) ____________ (to
think) of spending two or three months in the USA next year. Since I (17)
____________ (to be) Elvis’s fan, I always (18) ______________ (to want) to visit
some of the places he (19) _______________ (to perform).”
Jean says that Elvis (20) _______________ (to be) her obsession since she (21)
____________ (to be) ten years old, and she (22) _______________ (to own)
every single one of his records, good or bad.
(From “Advanced Language Practice” by M.Vince)
D.
‘When you really (1) ______________ (to begin) to feel at home at the office?’
Paul asked. ‘Oh, you’ve got me there!’ John replied. ‘Let’s just say you won’t feel
you truly belong until you (2) ______________ (to fall out) with your colleagues
and until you (3) ________________ (to make it up) several times. Over the last
two months I (4) _____________ (to lose) it with all of them countless times. I (5)
____________ (to lose) count of the times I (6) _____________ (to say) to myself
– That’s it! I (7) _______________ (to have) enough! But I come back the next
day, time after time. I often (8) ______________ (to wonder) why I do. As far as
the boss goes, just wait until you (9) _______ (to make) a major mistake. Your
colleagues will go: “Oooh, now you (10) ____________ (to have) it!”, and the
boss comes in and just smiles at you. Then you’ll know you (11) ___________ (to
make) it.’
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
33
Unit 3 = 6
Focus on Grammar:
Present Perfect Progressive
Past Perfect Progressive
Future Perfect Progressive
Exercise 1. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
1. I ______________ (to phone) Jonathan at the office since morning but I can’t
get hold of him. And we won’t see him tonight, either. By the time we
___________ (to get) home, he _____________ (to go out).
2. The talks __________________ (to come) to an end? – No, they are at a
standstill. The sides ______________ (to try) to resolve the issue of immigrant
quotas for three days but _________________ (not to find) any acceptable
solution.
3. When are we going to have some sunshine? I __________ (to be) here for
nearly a week, and it ____________ (to rain) all the time.
4. You ____________ (to have) a good time when you were on holiday? – No, it
_____________ (to rain) all the time.
5. I hear Michael _____________ (to catch) cheating at the exam. – You
__________________ (to listen) to gossip. Michael is incapable of doing
anything like that.
6. Why are your eyes so red? – I ________________ (to work) on my computer
too long.
7. Why is the kitchen such a mess? – I ______________ (to make) a cake. I hope
you’ll like it.
8. What are we going to do about work permits for our workers? – I don’t know.
Our personnel manager _________ (to try) to solve the problem for the last few
days but _________________ (not to succeed) so far.
9. We _______________ (to get) work permits for our workers? – Not yet. Our
personnel manager ____________ (to try) to solve the problem. I hope he
______________ (to do) it by the end of the month.
10. Why the minister _______________ (to look) angry? – He isn’t angry. He is
out of his mind with rage. Mass media ___________________ (to misquote)
him much too often recently. I take it that some editors _____________ (to
give) the sack.
11. We ________________ (to try) to resolve the issue for months. It’s obvious we
can’t cope with the problem since no one _____________ (to come) up with
any reasonable suggestion. Let’s invite a good specialist and make a fresh start.
12. The police _____________ (to hold) inquiries of the bank robbery for a week
and ______________ (to make) only one definite conclusion: the criminals
______________ (to have) inside help.
13. The head accountant _______________ (to complain) about a shortage of
investment funds lately. It _________________ (to mean) they are going to
34
14.
15.
16.
17.
stop our project? – Of course not. It’s just his way of dealing with the
management. He ______________ (to work) here for five years and he
_______________ (to complain) about something all this time.
Where is the boss? I ____________ (to try) to get hold of him since morning. –
I don’t know. I had an appointment with him for 11 o’clock. I ___________ (to
wait) for nearly an hour but he ______________ (not to show up).
Sheila is a talented tennis player. – Yes, she ____________ (to play) tennis
since childhood. She even ____________ (to win) some tournament.
You ____________ (to play) tennis well? – No, I _________ (to play) tennis
for three years but then I ________ (to injure) my knee and _____________ (to
give it up).
I _______________ (to find) a new way to avoid paying tax. – You
________________ (to look) for trouble? You ________ (to avoid) paying tax
since I ________________ (to know) you. You ______________ (to get
caught) some day.
Exercise 2. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
Ewa: Where are you from?
Roberta: From Albacete in Spain but I (1) ___________ (to live) in London for the
last six months. What about you?
E: I’m from Lublin in Poland but I (2) ___________ (to live) in London too at the
moment. You (3) ____________ (to visit) London before you came to live here?
R: No, this is the first time I (4) _____________ (to be) away from home, actually.
I really (5) _____________ (to enjoy) it. How long you (6) _______________ (to
plan) to stay here?
E: Until I (7) ________________ (to perfect) my English! No, I only (8)
______________ (to joke). I (9) ___________ (to think) of taking the Proficiency
exam next year, though.
R: Wow! So, how long you (10) ______________ (to live) here?
E: Well, by the end of the month I (11) _____________ (to be) here for exactly
two years.
R: That’s a long time. You (12) _______________ (to miss) your family all this
time?
E: I would, but they always (13) _______________ (to phone) and (14)
____________ (to send) me letters and e-mail messages so it (15)
________________ (not to be) too bad so far. Oh, and of course several of them
(16) ______________ (to be) here to visit me. You (17) ______________ (to be)
very homesick all this time?
R: Yes, but I (18) _____________ (to go) back to Spain for Christmas. I really (19)
______________ (to look) forward to it.
E: You must be.
(From “Advanced Gold Exam Maximizer” by S.Burgess)
35
B.
Feel Better Naturally
Britons are downing a record number of nutritional supplements. Researchers
maintain that you should get most of your nutrients from a well-balanced diet. But
they also say that there may be real benefits to some natural remedies. Here is an
example.
St John’s Wort
People (1) ______________ (to use) this herb, which is available in most
health-food shops, for centuries to calm the mind and heal the body. St John’s
Wort is an antidepressant and doctors in Germany (2) ____________ (to prescribe)
it for many years. Clinical trials of the herb (3) ___________ (to find) that St
John’s Wort is effective for patients with mild to moderate depression. In addition,
fewer patients who (4) ______ (to use) the herbal remedy report minor side-effects
than those who (5) ______________ (to take) prescription medicine.
Who should take it? If you (6) _____________ (to feel) ‘down’ for a while, you
might consider St John’s Wort. Though the herb (7) ___________ (to sell) without
prescription, experts agree that it should (8) ____________ (to take) under a
doctor’s supervision – especially if you (9) ______________ (to take) an
antidepressant or any other prescription drug. High doses of the drug may also
cause sun sensitivity.
(From “Advanced English CAE Practice Tests” by Sue O’Connell)
C.
No Excuses
I was born premature and (1) ______________ (to be) late ever since. Those of
you who are punctual will know about us, the other half of the world, the
latecomers. Doubtless, you (2) ______________ (to wait) for us; the chances are
that you (3) _______________ (to keep) waiting by us many times. You probably
(4) _______________ (to notice) us leaping in and out of taxi cabs throwing notes
(no time for change!) We are the strange creatures bursting with wild eyes into
restaurants, in the hope that you (5) _____________ (to wait) for us.
But there is a curious thing: in these moments we hate ourselves so much that
we have no alternative but to transfer our hatred to you, the punctual, instead.
Here we see this aggressive lateness in action.
‘I’m sorry I’m late.’
‘Yes, but why are you late?’
‘I just am.’
‘But why? Where you (6) ____________ (to be)? What you (7) ____________ (to
do)? You (8) _____________ (to realise) how long I (9) _____________ (to stand)
here? I (10) _____________ (to wait) for over an hour!’
‘It (11) ____________ (to matter)?
‘Yes, you should respect me enough to turn up on time.’
36
‘But I’m not late on purpose. Look, I’ll go.’
‘But you only just (12) ______________ (to arrive)!’
‘So you want the truth?’
‘Yes.’
‘Well, I’m late because I (13) ________________ (to make) a choice – a choice to
be myself. I’m the kind of person who never (14) ________________ (to be) on
time and never will be. That’s what I’m like. Sorry!’
(From “Advanced Masterclass CAE” by T.Aspinall)
Exercise 3. Grammar in speech.
Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets and do the role play given
below.
A.
Ask anyone over forty to make a comparison between the past and the present
and nine out of ten people will tell you that things (1) ______________ (to get)
steadily worse for as long as they can remember. Take the weather for example,
which (2) _________________ (to behave) rather strangely lately. Everyone
remembers that in their childhood the summers were considerably hotter, and that
winters always included abundant falls of snow just when the school holidays (3)
__________ (to start). Of course, the food those days was far superior too, as
nothing (4) ____________ (to import) and everything was fresh. Unemployment
was negligible, the pound was really worth something, and you could buy a sizable
house even if your means were limited. And above all, people were somehow
better in those days, not inclined to crime or violence, and spent their free time
making model boats and tending their stamp collections. But you (5)
_____________ (to think) it is true? Life really (6) ________________ (to get)
worse for the past 20 years?
(From “Advanced Language Practice” by M.Vince)
Role play
Role 1. You think that life has been steadily getting worse for the past 15 years.
(Summers – to become increasingly hotter. Winters – to become increasingly
warmer (and you like winter sports). The food – to become more and more
dangerous for health. Food producers – to use more and more genetically modified
products.)
Role 2. You think that life has been getting better for the past 15 years. (People –
to get increasingly affluent. People – acquire more and more friends in the Internet.
Scientists – to work successfully to develop new technologies. People – to get
iphones, computers, etc – the things their parents – not even to dream of).
Role 3 (4). Say what your parents think on the subject.
B.
A Successful Bond Dealer
I don’t mind (1) ___________ (to be) 30 at all except that in work terms it does
mean I pretty much (2) ________________ (to reach) the last stage of my career as
a bond dealer. In the old days it (3) ____________ (to be) possible to carry on until
37
you (4) ____________ (to be) 40, but in today’s market people burn themselves
out more quickly. The pressure on the trading floor is unbelievable and since my
late twenties I (5) ____________ (to find) it increasingly difficult to cope with the
stress. And I don’t really want to any more. Work used to be the most important
thing in my life but this gradually (6) ______________ (to change) lately.
For example, I (7) ___________ (to get married) recently and in fact I just (8)
________________ (to return) from my honeymoon in Europe. While we were
there, we (9) _________ (to go) to the opera and ballet several times and I (10)
________ (to love) it. I (11) ______________ (not to have) much time for leisure
and cultural activities up to now, but that (12) ________ (to change) from now on.
I also (13) _______________ (to change) in that now I try to see more of my
parents than I (14) ___________ (to do) when I was younger. I hardly ever (15)
____________ (to see) my father when I was a child because he always (16)
____________ (to work), so in the last couple of years I (17) _______________
(to try) to make up for the lost time.
When I (18) ______________ (to reach) my late twenties I (19)
_____________ (to feel) the need to settle down and I (20) _____________ (to be)
lucky enough to meet the right person. I really feel that I (21) ____________ (to
mature) over the last couple of years and I think I can face the future with a
reasonable sense of optimism.
(From “Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’Connell)
Role play. A Family Party.
Role 1. You are David Clark, the bond dealer. Two months have passed since you
got married. Now you are talking to your father. Tell him about your life.
(Your cues: You – to live in a new house since you – to return from Europe and
you – not to like it very much. You – to grow increasingly irritable. You – to work
very hard all this time. You – to become overstressed. You – to make money since
you – to graduate from university and you think you – to earn enough. It’s time
you retired.)
Role 2. You are John Clark, David’s father. Say what you think of David’s
complaints. Tell him how you – to work all your life.
Role 3. You are Sean, David’s younger brother. You are a university student. Tell
the family what you – to do lately.
Role 4. You are Sheila, David’s wife. You are talking to Katherine Clark, your
mother-in-law. Tell her what you have been doing since you returned from Europe.
You are also worried about David. (Your cues: David – to get irritable. He – not to
sleep well since you – to return. He – to lose weight recently. He – not to eat
properly. He – to complain of headaches for the past two weeks. Ask Katherine for
help.)
Role 5. You are Katherine Clark. Find out more details about the problems your
son and your daughter-in-law are talking about.
38
Exercise 4. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A. (Past tenses)
1. John expected to get a pay rise because he ____________ (to work) for the
company for many years. He knew he _____ (to sell) more cars every year than
any of his colleagues. He _______________ (to sell) cars all his life and knew
exactly how to deal with every customer.
2. I met Margaret and she looked exhausted. I think she _______ (to work) too
hard.
3. Roland wanted to tell me about his secret but I already _____ (to know) it,
_____________ (to know) it all along, in fact.
4. The children’s hands and faces were all dirty, they _________ (to eat)
chocolate. Their mother was furious since they _______________ (to eat) it all.
5. Jill realised that somebody ______________ (to steal) money from her credit
card for quite a time. Her bank account _________________ (to be overdrawn)
though she ________ (not to use) it a single time in the past few weeks.
6. John felt dead tired. It was a grueling job that he __________ (to do). He
____________ (to work) non-stop since morning and still he ____________
(not to be) half through. He definitely __________ (to need) a break.
7. I was eager to tell Martin that the company he ____________ (to work) for
____________ (to avoid) paying tax for years. However, he already
__________ (to be aware) of it.
8. Adam said he ______________ (to study) the situation in the stock market for
the last few months and __________ (to come) to the conclusion that it would
be better to transfer our savings into a British bank.
9. Do you know Japanese? – Well, I ___________ (to study) it for a year when I
lived in Japan with my parents, and by the time we left the country I
_______________ (to acquire) some skills, but I never ______________ (to
speak) it later. So now, I’m afraid, I don’t remember a word.
10. Mass media reported the police _____________ (to question) the people
concerned since they ____________ (to start) their inquiries and
______________ (to find) some clues. However, when they came to arrest the
suspect it turned out he ___________ (to flee).
11. Immigration authorities insisted that they _____________ (to admit)
immigrants for a very long time and _____________ (to exhaust) all quotas.
That’s why they _____________ (to exclude) even refugees for the past few
weeks.
12. The refugee said nothing could frighten him any more – he
___________________ (to flee) from country to country since he __________
(to be) a child.
B. (Future situations)
1. When the police get this information, the criminals _________ (to cross) the
border and ____________ (to be) out of reach.
2. When the police get this information, the criminals ________ (to drive) for
hours and ___________ (to be) far away.
39
3. I have no right to demand a holiday now but in May I ______ (to be entitled) to
it. I _______________ (to work) for eleven months.
4. The materials of the conference won’t be ready in time. By the end of the day
the secretary ________________ (to type) them for 6 hours, and she
_____________ (not to be) through, she _____________ (to do) only half.
5. Because of the traffic jams, we’ll be awfully late. Jane will be furious. When
we finally _____________ (to arrive) she ____________________ (to wait) for
more than an hour. – She _______________ (not to wait) already. I’m sure she
______________ (to leave) by then.
6. What are they going to do about the new tenant? By the first of October he
__________________ (to live) here without paying rent for three months. – If
he _______________ (not to pay) by the end of the month he ______________
(to evict).
7. When the management __________________ (to settle) the problem of a payrise? By November they ______________ (to consider) it for nearly half a year.
If they ____________ (not to take) a decision soon, all qualified personnel
________ (to quit) by the end of the year and there ___________ (to be) no
good specialists left.
8. Mr Jackson can’t have caused the accident. He’s quite careful and experienced.
By next summer he ______________ (to drive) for full thirty years.
Exercise 5. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Глен Коллин нарушал закон в течение многих лет. Теперь он должен
отвечать за последствия этого.
2. Последнее время власти занимаются решением проблемы
антиобщественного поведения футбольных болельщиков. Однако они
допускают (признают), что пока они не имели успеха.
3. Все то время, что г-н Ричардс является главой нашей компании, он
оказывает давление на наш совет директоров (the board of directors),
чтобы заставить их давать больше денег на благотворительность.
Они уже сделали так много пожертвований, что это может
отразиться на нашем бизнесе.
4. Полиция давно опрашивает свидетелей преступления? – С утра, но
никакого ключа к раскрытию преступления пока не нашли.
5. С тех пор как Майк купил машину, он постоянно превышает скорость.
– Он готов нести ответственность за последствия?
6. Как долго профессор Дуглас исследует проблемы современного
общества? – 2 года. Какие результаты он уже имеет? – Никто этого еще
не знает. Последнее время он пишет книгу о полученных данных.
7. Как ты думаешь, почему поведение Марка было каким-то странным
последние 2 месяца? – Разве ты не знаешь, что все это время, несмотря
на протесты родителей, он готовится стать добровольцем Красного
Креста и поехать в Африку?
40
Exercise 6. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
I (1) ___________ (to work) in Spain for a few months when I met Des, my
husband to be … Anyway, he had the chance of getting a good job in the UK, in
London. So we agreed we (2) ____________ (to go) there. I never (3)
____________ (to live) in Britain before but was really quite excited about it. In
the end though it was quite different to what I (4) __________ (to expect). I
suppose part of the problem was that I never (5) ________________ (to find) a
decent job and it was much harder to make friends than I (6) ____________ (to
imagine) it (7) ________________ (to be). There was also something about the
English which I found quite hard. I often felt I didn’t know if people really (8)
_______________ (to mean) what they (9) ________________ (to say) to me. I
kind of think people are more direct, more straightforward somehow in the States.
(From “Advanced Gold Coursebook” by R.Acklam)
B.
It was last May, while we (1) __________ (to take) our annual holiday in
Lindos that our house (2) ___________(to break) into. All our TV and video
equipment (3) _______ (to steal), but what was worse was when we discovered
that the final draft of my husband’s latest novel (4) ___________ (to tear) into
pieces and the disks he (5) ___________ (to write) on (6) ___________ (to
disappear). Of course, I heard about people who had their property vandalized and
others whose most prized possessions (7) ______ (to take), but it was a terrible
shock when it happened to me personally, when I knew that my house (8)
____________ (to invade) and some strangers (9) _________ (to handle and
examine) my most intimate belongings.
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
C.
I don’t normally go to the cinema. Not because I don’t like it but because it’s
just a habit I never (1) __________ (to get) into. However, on this occasion I
decided to go because my friends constantly (2) ________________ (to go on)
about this film all week and eventually (3) ______________ (to wear) me down. It
(4) ____________ (to star) some ephemeral Hollywood actor whom I vaguely (5)
______________ (to hear of). We got to the cinema early and found people
already (6) ___________ (to wait) outside which suggested that my friends (7)
_________ (not to be) the only ones who (8) ____________ (to think) it was worth
(9) __________ (to see).
In the end the film turned out to be not half as bad as I (10) ________________
(to expect). The plot centered on two men who (11) ____________ (to plan) to
carry out some immensely complicated robbery, though they completely failed to
realise that their plans closely (12) ________________ (to monitor) by the police.
Somewhat unpredictably, however, they got away with it because they (13)
41
____________ (to change) their plans at the last minute. It was OK but I (14)
_______________ (not to think) of going again.
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
D.
Frogs in My Car
I (1) ______________ (to wait) for over an hour when Barry finally (2)
______________ (to turn up) on the tractor. He (3) _____________ (to explain) he
(4) _____________ (to hold up) by a fallen tree on the road. I (5) _____________
(not to find) this hard to believe as a gale force wind (6) ___________ (to blow)
for the past 5 hours accompanied by torrential rain. The reason why I (7)
___________ (to call) Barry was that my car (8) _____________ (to lie) on its side
in a ditch. I (9) ________ (to drive) along very slowly in the terrible weather when
suddenly a large dog appeared in front of me. I (10) _________ (to brake) to avoid
hitting it and the car (11) __________ (to skid) on the mud into a ditch. I managed
to get out through the window. The problem was that the car (12) ___________ (to
fill up) with water and mud!
Within seconds Barry, who (13) _____________ (to wear) enormous rubber
boots, (14) ______________ (to tie) a rope to the front bumper of the car and (15)
____________ (to pull) it out with the tractor. A few minutes later the car was
back on the road again. We opened the door and out jumped two big frogs who
(16) ______________ (to swim in) through the open window.
(From “Focus on Advanced English CAE Grammar Practice” by R.Walton)
E.
Sandra: Incredible, isn’t it?
Kevin: What?
S: Oh, of course you (1) _____________ (not to hear). The principal says we (2)
______________ (not to allow) to use the sports hall for the end-of-the-year disco.
K: You (3) ______________ (to joke)?
S: Unfortunately, no. He says they (4) ______________ (to have) the floor revarnished the following week and that they need to get it ready over the weekend
for the workmen to come in.
K: And we are supposed to reprint all the posters and invitations saying that ‘due to
unforeseen circumstances it (5) ___________ (to hold) on the football pitch.’
S: That’s right! How did you know?
K: It’s just so typical of him. He (6) _______________ (to demand) we wear
uniforms next.
S: Just let him try! Thank heavens he (7) _____________ (to retire) next year.
K: Just think! He (8) _________________ (to rule) this college with his iron fist
for five whole years by then. Actually, I heard a rumour the other day that he (9)
______________ (to resign) over the argument he had with Elena Perez.
S: Oh, that (10) _________ (to get) everyone in the administration really excited, I
bet. I wonder if both of them (11) _______________ (to come) to the disco.
(From “Advanced Gold Exam Maximizer” by S.Burgess)
42
Exercise 7. Choose the right word.
1. My sister speaks English good/well.
2. She speaks good/well English, and it is good/well.
3. The girl was singing happy/happily. She felt happy/happily.
4. My mother cooks good/well. All her dishes taste good/well.
5. The meat looks fine/finely.
6. The waiter brought in a dish of fine/finely carved beef.
7. We were so tired that could hard/hardly breathe.
8. The sick man was breathing hard/hardly.
9. The plane was flying so high/highly that the people could hard/hardly see it.
10. Your apology would be high/highly appropriate in the given situation.
11. Your idea sounds nice/nicely, mostly because it was nice/nicely put.
12. The audience won’t be listening to you if you give too many details. Speak
short/shortly.
13. These new facts came to light short/shortly after this newspaper article was
published. The people will hard/hardly believe they are true.
14. The partners have just had a dead/deadly quarrel. – You are dead/deadly right.
They will hard/hardly ever make it up.
15. If you want to get this job, speak direct/directly to the head manager.
16. Take this flight if you want to get to Paris quickly. This one goes there
direct/directly.
17. Don’t worry! He got you right/rightly. Your arguments were right/rightly
chosen.
18. She was standing by the window deep/deeply in thought. She was deep/deeply
hurt by his words.
19. He dived so deep/deeply that he could hard/hardly hold his breath long enough
to get to the surface.
20. You are free/freely to choose whatever you like in this shop and you will get it
free/freely as a token of our good will.
21. They talked free/freely for hours without being afraid of being overheard.
22. You must be sorry you’ve lost that ring. – Not at all. Easy/easily come,
easy/easily go.
23. There is no time to lose. You must be quick/quickly. – Don’t worry. I’ll do
everything as quick/quickly as possible.
24. This device is quite useful. It is wide/widely used.
25. She opened the door wide/widely and invited us to come in.
26. People think that Gerald is high/highly arrogant. – It’s because he holds his
head high/highly when he walks, but he’s real/really rather shy.
27. Do you understand what you are supposed to do? – It seems clear/clearly.
28. This can be done simple/simply. – It only sounds simple/simply.
29. You aren’t coming. Did I get you right/rightly?
30. The member of the delegation right/rightly assumed that his proposals were not
wanted.
43
Exercise 8. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences
into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word
combinations given in italics.
I.
SB p. 57 “Some evidence suggests that …”
Существительные “evidence, knowledge, news, information, advice, progress”
являются неисчисляемыми. Они, следовательно, согласуются с глаголом в
единственном числе, заменяются местоимением “it”, определяются
местоимениями “much / little”, не употребляются с неопределенным
артиклем.
1. Полиция расследует это дело почти неделю и нашла много важных
улик. Они дадут ключ к разгадке преступления.
2. Есть много данных, имеющих отношение к бесчестным поступкам
этого политика. Они косвенно указывают на то, что он
злоупотребляет властью много лет.
3. В
сегодняшних
газетах
есть
какие-нибудь
новости
об
антиобщественном поведении футбольных болельщиков? – Я
подозреваю, что там много новостей, но они мне до смерти надоели. Я
не собираюсь больше читать никаких газет.
4. Лингвистические знания – неотъемлемая часть вашего образования.
Они важны для вашей профессии.
5. Эрик посоветовал мне перевести все свои деньги на счет в
швейцарском банке. – Это был хороший совет, хотя с точки зрения
твоего гражданского долга (your civic duty) это не вполне патриотично.
Эрик вечно дает тебе советы, которые до некоторой степени
бесчестны.
6. Эта компания планирует свою рекламную кампанию уже несколько
недель. Как идет работа? – Семимильными шагами. Они сделали
большие успехи.
II.
SB p. 57 “Focusing on the body rather than the mind, researchers …”
WB p. 31 “… few websites have found a way to make money other than through
advertising.”
rather than – скорее …, чем … / …, а не … / вместо того чтобы
other than – иначе, по-другому
1. Этот бизнесмен предпочитает отдавать свои деньги на
благотворительность, а не позволять своим детям тратить их.
2. Сейчас невозможно содействовать продвижению какого-либо
товара иначе, чем рекламой, которая стала неотъемлемой частью
нашей повседневной жизни.
3. Роджер слишком упрям. Он способен делать одну и ту же ошибку
снова и снова, а затем нести ответственность за последствия
вместо того, чтобы допустить, что он может быть неправ.
44
4.
То, что сделал г-н Гейбл, бесчестно. Это не может рассматриваться
иначе, как мошенничество.
III.
SB p. 57 “The ‘K’ sound … has always been regarded … as especially funny.”
funny – смешной
ridiculous – смешной, смехотворный, нелепый
1. Когда что-то смехотворно, в этом нет ничего смешного.
2. Как ты думаешь, кто собирается представлять нашу компанию на
переговорах? – Г-н Кларк. – Это смешно. Я уверен, что наши партнеры
не готовы иметь дело с ним.
3. Полицейский сказал, что я превысил скорость, но это смешно. Я ехал
со скоростью 40 миль в час.
Exercise 9. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets. (Tense revision)
A.
The Hold-up
The hold-up had started going wrong. Clyde, who (1) ______ (to assign) the
task of looking out for the security van from a flat which looked on the main street,
(2) ___________ (to go) to sleep due to the fact that he (3) _____________ (to
drink) double brandies all morning to build up his courage. So Bugsy, Danny and
Studs completely (4) _______________ (to take aback) when the security van (5)
_____________ (to pull up) outside the bank without a word of warning from
Clyde. It was the first time that they (6) _______________ (to attempt) such a
robbery and it was too late to give up the operation they (7) __________ (to plan)
so long.
Studs started up the getaway car and pulled over to a spot just past the bank.
Bugsy and Danny jumped out of the car even before it (8) ___________ (to stop)
and ran towards the bank. Studs suddenly realised just how shaky he (9)
_____________ (to feel) for the past few days and got out of the car for a breath of
fresh air.
A few minutes later Bugsy and Danny came running back from the bank
shouting to the still dazed Studs that they (10) ________________ (to pull it off).
Studs, however, didn’t seem to be interested. He (11) ______________ (to stand)
at the spot where he (12) ______________ (to leave) the car.
“Good God! Is nothing sacred these days? Some crook just (13)
______________ (to steal) our car!”
(From “Advanced Gold Exam Maximizer” by S.Burgess)
45
B.
A Mountain Excursion
My friend, Nigel, who just (1) _______________ (to complete) an advanced
orienteering course, somehow (2) _____________ (to persuade) me to go to an
excursion across the mountains with him.
When we set out just after lunch, it (3) ___________ (to be) clear and sunny but
for the past hour or so it (4) _____________ (to get) foggier and foggier. We (5)
___________ (to walk) along under a blanket of thick fog for about an hour when
Nigel suddenly turned to me and announced we (6) ____________ (to lose) our
way!
‘Oh, that’s marvelous!’ I said. ‘First of all you make me come on this stupid
hike with you, you lead me up a mountain in the fog and now you tell me we (7)
_____________ (to lose) our way! I thought you (8) _______________ (to know)
how to read a map.’
‘I do,’ protested Nigel. ‘It’s just that all the landmarks (9) _______________ (to
cover) by this fog.’
‘OK, OK, but it (10) _____________ (to get) dark now, what we (11)
____________ (to do)?’ I asked.
‘We’ll have to find somewhere to spend the night,’ he said ominously.
We walked on a little until we came up against an old stone wall which seemed
to be part of an old farmhouse which I supposed (12) ________________ (to
abandon) by its former occupants.
‘Well, it looks like survival tactics from now on,’ said Nigel apparently
enjoying the idea. ‘The tougher it (13) _________ (to get), the better I (14)
____________ (to like) it,’ he added with a grin, causing me to wonder if he (15)
_____________ (not to get) a little overexcited.
‘Right, what we need now is firewood. You just stay here and unpack the
survival kit,’ ordered Nigel as he disappeared into the fog.
After about five minutes, he came back with an armful of sticks which
apparently (16) _____________ (to cut) into convenient lengths.
‘OK, I (17) ________________ (to try and fix) up a shelter. In the meantime,
you get a fire started,’ he barked.
As soon as I (18) _____________ (to get) the fire started I heard a movement. I
turned round to see a little old lady. She (19) ________________ (to look) at me
rather angrily.
‘What on earth do you think you (20) ______________ (to do) in my field? For
goodness sake put that wood back. I need it to repair the fence with.’
(From “Focus on Advanced English CAE Grammar Practice” by R.Walton)
46
C.
Today Is Cancelled!
Blinding blizzards brought London to a
virtual standstill today and British Rail told 700,000 commuters:
“Forget it. There’s no way we can get you to work.”
As Arctic conditions spread eastward from snowbound Essex and Kent, rail
chiefs extended their ‘stay at home’ plea to the whole of Southern and Eastern
regions. Weathermen warn there could be worse to come.
Heavy overnight snowfalls, which (1) ___________ (to drive) into huge drifts
by fierce winds, (2) ______________ (to bring) chaos to every major route into
London and (3) _____________ (to reduce) traffic to a crawl. South of the
Thames, only one bus in ten (4) ______________ (to run) on some routes. North
of the river, only half the usual number of buses (5) ____________ (to run). They
(6) _______________ (to catch up) in huge traffic jams in many areas.
As thousands of freezing commuters (7) ______________ (to leave) stranded
on empty platforms or (8) ___________ (to trap) in dozens of London-bound
trains, and only a tiny number of trains still (9) ____________________ (to
attempt) to move, British Rail said: “That’s it. We can no longer guarantee any sort
of service. The weather (10) ________________ (to beat) us.”
In Brief
Motorists who (11) ____________ (to strand) in snow and traffic yesterday (12)
_______________ (to overtake) by a man on a pair of skis on the A12 in Essex.
A fire crew (13) ____________ (to call) in to help dig out five ambulances
which (14) ________________ (to snow in) at Chelmsford Ambulance Station.
In Blyth, Northumberland, the snow (15) ___________ (to trap) burglars who
(16) ________________ (to raid) a supermarket. Their footprints (17)
____________ (to lead) police to their hideout.
Parts of Norway were colder than the North Pole yesterday. The Norwegian ice
skating championships at Hamar (18) _________ (to cancel) because officials (19)
______________ (to consider) temperatures of –30C too dangerous to the
contestants. Doctors there (20) _______________ (to warn) people against taking
hot drinks immediately after coming in from the extreme cold, to avoid (21)
____________ (to crack) tooth enamel.
(From “Advanced English C.A.E.” by Sue O’Connell)
Exercise 10. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. К тому времени, как Джеральд получил какую-то прибыль на свои
капиталовложения, он финансировал компанию полтора года.
2. Все знали, что комитет собирает деньги на эти спортивные
соревнования с тех пор, как было принято решение их организовать.
47
3. Эдвард сказал, что с тех пор как он является служащим этой компании,
он мечтает делать какую-нибудь творческую работу.
4. Средства массовой информации сообщили, что с тех пор как случилось
землетрясение (an earthquake) в …, люди делают пожертвования в
благотворительный фонд, и было собрано 2 миллиона долларов.
5. Комитет подтвердил, что этот политик злоупотреблял властью многие
годы.
6. К тому времени, как этот продукт появится на рынке, они уже будут
его рекламировать почти месяц.
7. К концу года мы будем заниматься проблемой спроса на
потребительские товары уже 4 месяца и будем готовы опубликовать
доклад о полученных данных.
8. К концу месяца полиция будет расследовать дело 12 дней. К тому
времени как они найдут ключ к разгадке преступления, преступник уже
будет далеко.
Exercise 11. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences
into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word
combinations given in italics.
I.
SBp.57 “The experiment involved people from all over the world.”
to involve sb – включать, вовлекать, привлекать к участию
to include sb – включать, содержать, включать в состав
1. Список гостей включал людей, с которыми мы никогда раньше не
встречались.
2. Благотворительные программы включали людей разного уровня
достатка (зажиточности). В том, что касается сбора денежных
средств, программы были вполне успешными.
3. Есть сообщения о столкновениях (clashes), в которые были вовлечены
местные жители и иммигранты.
4. Студенты, представляющие наш университет, включены в группу,
которая будет принимать участие в спортивных соревнованиях 1-ого
декабря.
II.
WB p.32 “Within 10 years, experts predict, advertising on TV will be dead.”
to predict – предсказывать, пророчить
to forecast – предсказывать, делать прогноз
1. Ученые предсказывают увеличение доходов (прибыли) до 15%. С
точки зрения будущего развития страны, полученные данные очень
важны.
2. Никто не может предсказать, за какие последствия нам придется нести
ответственность.
3. Сейчас легко предсказать, что большая часть выпускников
университетов будет иметь трудности в поисках работы.
48
4. Экономисты предсказывают, что к концу года стоимость жизни
поднимется на 8%.
III.
WB p.32 “The latest electrical wizardry … is the personal video recorder.”
the latest – последний (к моменту речи)
the last – последний
1. Президент компании всегда имеет последнее слово в процессе
принятия решений.
2. Последняя реклама программного обеспечения компьютеров весьма
занимательна.
3. Последние новости подтверждают, что последние развития событий
скажутся на экономическом положении в стране.
4. Фирма обанкротилась, потому что ее последний владелец был
нечестным.
49
Unit 4 = 8
Focus of Grammar:
Passive forms
Exercise 1. Change the following sentences into passive.
A. Mind the tense form.
1. Our accountants are now estimating the cost of the project.
2. Experts are considering ways to cut down interest rates.
3. Mr Smith has moved house and they are forwarding his mail to the new address
at present.
4. We are going to complain to the hotel management that they aren’t taking
proper care of us.
5. We can’t say we have dealt with the problem of wasting natural resources.
6. Have you received the goods? – No, our partners have put off deliveries due to
bad weather conditions.
7. The police are searching Mr Greenwood’s office but they haven’t found any
incriminating documents so far.
8. Did they sign the contract? – No, they didn’t conclude the talks yesterday. They
were discussing a penalty on late deliveries the whole day but didn’t reach
agreement.
9. Did you inform the head of the company that you found the wording of the
contract misleading? – No, I was late. When I arrived they were already signing
it.
10. The security caught the boy shoplifting: he took a ‘Mars’ bar from the shelf and
put it into his pocket. He thought nobody was watching him.
11. Did you learn anything new about the forthcoming public opinion polls? – No,
they were still considering ways to raise money for them.
12. The economy of the country was I crisis as the government hadn’t taken
appropriate measures to prevent it.
13. It was the first time that the authorities had done something about the problem.
14. Why did the minister get so furious when he saw the article? – The reporter had
misquoted him.
15. Why did Paula have to quit? – The authorities hadn’t renewed her work permit.
16. Don’t worry. I’m sure we’ll have delivered all the goods by the end of the
week.
17. I hope they will have confirmed this information by the time we release this
issue of the newspaper.
18. We are sure they will have solved the problem by the end of the week.
19. Mr Jackson’s assistants say they will have prepared the necessary materials by
the time the talks begin.
50
B. Give two passive constructions if possible. Translate the sentences into Russian.
1. The boss promised Brian a pay rise.
2. We sent our partners a copy of the contract.
3. This university offers a postgraduate course to every student who graduates
with honours.
4. The management will give a reward to the one who finds the lost documents.
5. The lawyer explained to us the consequences of our actions.
6. They explained to us why it was necessary to include a penalty clause in the
contract.
7. The insurance agent announced the deadline of his premium payment to the
client.
8. The ministry spokesperson announced to the reporters that they would do
everything possible to cut back interest rates.
9. The teacher pointed out to me my mistakes.
10. The manager dictated a draft of the document to the secretary.
11. The stockbroker pointed out to us that our profits might shoot up and then drop
suddenly.
12. I have repeated to you several times that if you go on like this you’ll go
bankrupt.
13. Our partner pointed out to us that the wording of the contract was misleading.
14. I suggest that we should set the deadline for the delivery as soon as possible.
15. We suggested a way of dealing with the crisis to the head of the delegation but
he rejected it.
16. He pointed out to us that such a deal could affect our business.
17. We offered our partners new goods.
18. The minister promised manufacturers new business opportunities.
19. Experts explained to the ministers that the economy would go into stalemate if
they didn’t take urgent measures.
20. The accountant sent the head of the company the monthly bank statement.
21. We pointed out to our clients that their profits were gradually increasing.
22. The manager repeated to the employee the terms of his contract.
23. Can James cope with the problem? – Well, we offered him help but he refused.
24. The press-secretary announced to the reporters the date of the President’s visit
to China.
Exercise 2. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
Dear Sir/Madam
On October 5 your courier service agreed to send a package of confidential
materials to Monsieur Lebleu, a colleague of mine in France. I (1) _____________
(to assure) that, if I (2) _______ (to take) advantage of your ‘Star’ express service,
the materials (3) _______________ (to guarantee) to arrive within 24 hours and (4)
________________ (to deliver) personally to the addressee.
51
However, the materials did not arrive until a week later, by which time my
colleague (5) ______________ (to leave) the country. The parcel (6)
______________ (to leave) on the doorstep and eventually (7) ________________
(to take in) by a neighbour.
Needless to say, this caused great inconvenience. I (8) ________ (to expect) a
more efficient and reliable service, especially considering the higher charges for
‘Star’ delivery.
Although I (9) _____________ (to contact) your office by phone on two occasions
and explained the circumstances, I still (10) _______________ (to await) a
response to my complaint. I would appreciate if you could arrange for the package
(11) ____________________ (to collect and return) to me as soon as possible. The
address where the package can (12) ___________ (to collect) is at the bottom of
this letter.
I look forward to receiving your reply.
Yours faithfully,
Kenneth Thompson
(From “Advanced Masterclass” by T.Apinall)
B.
A government report on the increase in crime amongst juveniles has made
recommendations to schools and parents to supervise children more carefully,
especially during holidays and after school. The report suggests that many children
(1) _______ (to leave) to their own devices at these times and some (2)
_________________ (to involve) in illegal or dangerous activities. It recently
came to light that a gang of children from a primary school (3) ______________
(to tie up) a seven-year-old boy in his bedroom and proceeded to ransack the
house. The report also recommends that it is time the police (4) __________ (to
get) tough with the parents of youngsters who break the law.
***
For the third time this year, a ten-year-old child in the care of the local authority
(5) _________________ (to escape) from a security unit by wriggling under an
electrified fence. The child, who (6) ______________ (not to name) for legal
reasons, (7) _________________ (to place) in a secure unit after he (8)
_______________ (to run) away from a local children’s home on six occasions
over the last two years. A spokesperson for the authority told a news conference
that there was no satisfactory way children could (9) ______________ (to detain)
against their will other than (10) _______________ (to send) to adult prisons.
(From “Advanced Masterclass” by T.Apinall)
C.
Little Joey’s Lost Childhood
One day last summer, when Joey (1) ______________ (to arrest) yet again for
another burglary, his solicitor went down to the police station to see him. He sat
down opposite him in the interview room and asked him straight: ‘Joey, why you
52
(2) __________________ (to do) it?’ And Joey looked straight back and told him,
‘I dunno. It’s money, you know …’
Soon afterwards, he became famous when, in October last year, he (3)
_____________ (to lock away) in a secure unit outside Leeds where he was three
years younger than any other inmate. As he (4) ______________ (to lead) away
from court, he hurled insults at the press. He made all the papers. Soon his case (5)
_______________ (to use) as precedent to lock up more children, like the six
‘Little Caesars’ from Northumbria who (6) _______________ (to blame) for 550
offences.
Joey grew up with his father Gerry, a Southern Irish labourer. Gerry says he is
not too sure when Joey first (7) ___________ (to break) the law. He thinks he stole
some crisps from dinner when he was four. By the time he (8) ____________ (to
be) ten, thieving (9) _____________ (to be) the only game Joey knew. He (10)
_____________ (to have) 35 arrests behind him and the social workers decided he
had (11) _____________ (to lock up). They (12) _____________ (to try) taking
him into care but he simply (13) ____________ (to walk) out from the homes
where they put him, so in December last year he (14) ____________ (to send) to
the secure unit at East Moor outside Leeds.
Joey is due (15) _____________ (to release) from the secure unit in February.
Everyone who (16) _____________ (to deal) with him is sure that he soon (17)
______________ (to lock up) again. They say they (18) ______________ (to give
up) on him. They have two options: lock him up or let him go.
(From “Advanced Masterclass” by T.Apinall)
D.
Chairman of the Snow Board
The sport snowboarding is booming and the person responsible for it is Jake
Burton. He is the president and founder of what is now a multimillion-dollar
corporation. ‘I have the best job in the world,’ says Burton. ‘I ride my board
several days a week, the company (1) ____________ (to make) money, the sport
(2) ____________ (to blossom).’
Though Burton often (3) ____________ (to call) the inventor of the snowboard,
he (4) ______________ (to refuse) to take credit for anything more than improving
on somebody else’s idea. He (5) ____________ (to settle), instead, for the label
‘snowboard pioneer’. The first snowboard-like object (6) _________________ (to
produce) by Sherman Poppen who, in 1965, bolted two skis together for his
children to slide on. It was the first time that a snowboard-like object ever (7)
__________ (to use). Poppen called his invention the Surfer. Jake Burton (8)
______________ (to give) a Surfer when he was 14 years old. ‘I always (9)
______________ (to feel) there was an opportunity for it (10) _____________ (to
market) better,’ he says, ‘for serious technology (11) ______________ (to apply)
to it, so Surfing could become a legitimate sport instead of a cheap toy.’
Jake Burton’s teenage years (12) _____________ (to mar) by tragedy: his elder
brother (13) _____________ (to kill) in Vietnam when Burton was 12, and their
53
mother died five years later. The losses made for two things: real independence
and an ability to persevere. Both (14) ______________ (to bring) into play in
December 1977, when, shortly after he (15) __________ (to earn) a degree in
economics and (16) ______________ (to leave) a small sum in his grandmother’s
will, he (17) ________ (to found) Burton Snowboards. He was 23.
In the beginning Burton (18) ______________ (to employ) as a barman by
night and (19) ______________ (to make) snowboard prototypes by day. More
than 100 models (20) _____________________ (to construct) when he finally had
a board he was pleased with. Now he had to convince people to buy the things. The
major stumbling block was the fact that snowboards (21) _____________ (to ban)
at virtually all ski areas. Finally, after 1983, when restrictions at many ski resorts
(22) _____________ (to loosen), snowboard sales (23) _______ (to climb). Now
95% of the ski areas in the USA (24) ________ (to allow) boarding, as do all ski
areas in Europe, and the sport made its Olympic debut at the 1998 winter Games in
Nagano, Japan.
(From “Advanced Gold Exam Maximizer” by S.Burgess)
Exercise 3. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Членам комитета указали на то, что необходимо немедленно
задуматься над (исследовать) проблемой изменения климата.
2. Рональду предложили работать над программой (проектом) по
влиянию глобального потепления на здоровье людей.
3. Роберту предложили интересную книгу о работе защитников
окружающей среды в Тихом океане.
4. Программу конференции по вопросам защиты окружающей среды дали
всем участникам.
5. Комитету предложили много оригинальных идей по организации
предстоящих выборов.
6. Секретарю уже продиктовали доклад о работе комиссии?
7. Доклад об изменении климата послали г-ну Идену? – Нет, этот доклад
послали г-ну Дугласу. Г-ну Идену послали доклад по выбросам СО2.
8. Рональду объяснили, что ему следует признать свою вину и облегчить
свою совесть.
9. Журналистам указали главу делегации.
10.Г-ну Кларку предложили провести аудит работы банка.
11.Студентам объяснили правило дважды, но они его все же не поняли.
12.Наконец нам объявили время совещания.
13.Тебе когда-нибудь предлагали работать над этим проектом?
14.Менеджеру компании объяснили, что это только вопрос времени,
когда ему придется уйти с работы.
54
Exercise 4.Grammar in speech.
Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets and do the role play given
below.
A.
Dear Sir,
On December 12, your company moved the contents of my house from 35 George
Street to 12 Oak Tree Lane. During the move several items (1) ______________
(to damage). As soon as your employees (2) _______________ (to discover) the
damage they reported this to me and they agreed that the damage (3)
_______________ (to cause) by a table inside the van which (4)
_______________ (to break) loose during the journey. They admitted that the table
securely (5) ________________ (not to fasten). As I (6) ______________ (to hear)
nothing from you since reporting the damage I would be grateful if you could
contact me immediately. In your ‘guarantee of satisfaction’ it (7) _____________
(to state) that all damage to items (8) ________ (to repay) in full if it (9)
_____________ (to occur) in transit. As both of your employees (10)
______________ (to admit) responsibility, I assume that there will be no difficulty
in reimbursing me.
Please let me know if there is any more information that (11) ______________ (to
require).
(From “Advanced Masterclass” by T.Apinall)
Role play
Role 1. You are James Clark. You wrote the above letter to the transportation
company but didn’t get any reply. You decided to go to the manager of the
company in person and lodge a complaint.
(Your cues: An antique table – to damage. It – not to fasten securely before the
journey. Several items – to damage. The damage – to cause by the table which – to
break loose. The items damaged: 1) an antique Chinese vase (very expensive) – to
break. 2) a Venetian chandelier (€ 30,000) – to break. 3) A Chinese tea set – to
crack and to break. You want – to reimburse.)
Role 2. You are Alison Gable, manager of the company. You don’t remember
getting any letter from James Clark. Find out all the details about the journey and
the damaged items. After you’ve done it talk to the lawyer of the company (role 3)
and the van driver (role 4).
Role 3. You are Caroline Irving, lawyer of the company. Your task is to prove that
your company is not obliged to reimburse Mr Clark. Find out everything about the
damaged items: the price, when and where – to buy. They – to insure before the
journey? They – to examine by experts before they – to insure? It – can / prove that
the price declared by Mr Clark is correct?
Role 4. You are John Smith, the van driver. Say what happened during the journey.
Now you are reluctant to admit your guilt.
55
B.
The US National Symbol
After living under the threat of extinction for more than thirty years, the
national bird of the United States (1) ____________ (to grant) an official reprieve,
as the bald eagle and twenty-eight other animal and plant species (2)
____________ (to earmark) for removal from America’s list of endangered
species. The bald eagle, which also (3) _________________ (to know) as the
white-headed sea eagle, (4) ______________ (to place) at the top of a list of
species likely (5) ________________ (to take) off the endangered register in the
coming years. The proposed ‘delisting’ (6) __________________ (to promote) by
the US Interior Secretary to counter a growing feeling among Republicans that
endangered species laws do not work. Charges of ineffectiveness (7)
__________________ (to level) against these laws before, but more recently it
even (8) ______________ (to suggest) that the situation actually (9)
_________________ (to make) worse by them. The recovery of the bald eagle
follows thirty-one years on the critical list. Its numbers (10) ____________ (to
reduce) to fewer than five hundred by the use of pesticides that affected its
reproduction system. The number of nesting pairs now (11) __________________
(to estimate) at five thousand. The Interior Secretary claims that the new list
followed the legislation under which the eagle, a national symbol that originally
(12) ________ (to take) from the Indians, and more than a thousand other species
(13) _____________ (to protect).
Until now, few species ever (14) ____________ (to remove) from the list, when
they (15) ___________ (auxiliary verb), it was normally because they (16)
_____________ (to become) extinct.
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
Role play. You are taking part in a TV panel devoted to the problem of
protecting endangered species.
Role 1. You are Jason Smith, an environmentalist. You have been studying the
bald eagle and other endangered species for the last 3 years. Tell the panel about
your findings. (See the article given above.)
Role 2. You are Winston Ramsfield, the US Interior Secretary. State your views on
the endangered species laws.
Role 3. You are Roberta Carson, an environmentalist. Speak about the need to
protect the bald eagle and other species. (Your cues: if the bald eagle – to remove
from the list, pesticides – to use again, and then the eagle – to endanger again.)
Role 4. You are Glen Stinson, a representative of the Ministry of Agriculture.
Speak about your concern over the future development of agriculture. (Your cues:
you understand the importance of protecting wildlife. But pesticides – to use to
protect farm fields. If they – to ban, agriculture – to affect. Food prices – to rise,
etc.)
56
Exercise 5. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences
into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word
combinations given in italics.
I.
SB p.76 “Eddy Canfor-Dumas … has recently added politics to his ‘to do’ list.”
politics – политика (сфера деятельности)
a policy – политика (политическая линия, план действий)
1. США – один из самых больших правонарушителей по выбросам СО2.
Как ты думаешь, почему они не принимают достаточных мер, чтобы
сократить их? – Ну, это невозможно объяснить. Это вопрос политики.
2. Из-за предстоящих выборов все начинают интересоваться политикой.
3. Политика правительства направлена на улучшение здравоохранения.
4. Это только вопрос времени, когда правительство изменит свою
политику и обратит внимание на проблему изменения климата.
II.
SB p.76 “It’s time we all accepted the fact that …”
NB В конструкции “It’s time sb did …” употребляется глагол в форме Past
Simple.
1. Правительству пора задуматься над проблемой загрязнения
окружающей среды.
2. Мальчику пора научиться воспринимать ответ «нет».
3. Пора, чтобы эта информация стала общеизвестной (была предана
гласности).
4. Джеральду пора признать свою вину и облегчить свою совесть.
III.
SB p.76 “It’s time we accepted the fact that …”
to accept – принимать, признавать, мириться с чем-то
to adopt (a law) – принимать (закон)
to receive (visitors) – принимать (посетителей)
1. Делегация защитников окружающей среды была принята одним из
советников президента, который сообщил им, что это только вопрос
времени, когда закон о загрязнении окружающей среды будет принят.
2. Люди в этой стране и в других местах уже приняли / примирились с
мыслью, что все должны защищать окружающую среду.
3. Члены парламента сегодня не принимают посетителей.
4. Премьер-министр уверен, что новый закон будет принят на следующей
неделе, даже если члены парламента не будут торопиться, обсуждая
его.
Exercise 6. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
Incident Report
I left the office at 1 p.m. and on my return at 2 p.m. I noticed the box where I
store my laptop computer was on the desk. It normally (1) ____________ (to keep)
in the filing cabinet. I looked inside the box and the laptop (2) ____________ (to
be) missing. The laptop last (3) ____________ (to use) at the weekend and I
57
returned it to the office this morning. There does not appear to be anything else
missing although my in-coming tray (4) ___________ (to empty) on the floor. The
door to the office (5) _____________ (to lock) and nobody has access to my room
in the office hours apart from Judy Oldham, my secretary and myself. You are
probably aware that there is a combination security lock on the door. The code to
the lock only (6) _______ (to know) to myself, Ms Oldham and the cleaning staff.
They (7) _______________ (to question) at the moment.
It (8) _____________ (to report) to me that a man (9) ______ (to see) in the
area during the morning but his identity was unknown.
Nothing (10) _____________ (to touch) since the incident and messages (11)
______________ (to send) via Ms Oldham’s computer.
(From “Advanced Masterclass” by T.Apinall)
B.
Gunmen Walk into Police Ambush
A big armed robbery (1) ___________ (to foil) yesterday when gunmen walked
into a police ambush in central London.
The gang (2) _____________ (to hold up) a security van after it (3)
______________ (to collect) more than £600,000 from shops around the city, but
they (4) ________________ (not to have) time to begin putting their plan into
operation.
It was the first time such a big robbery (5) _____________ (to attempt) this
year. However, the gang’s carefully planned raid (6) _______________ (to betray),
and the police who (7) __________________ (to act) on a tip-off knew where and
when it (8) _____________ (to take) place.
Officers from the Metropolitan Police set an elaborate plan. Plain-clothes
detectives (9) _______________ (to position) in streets and cars around the
London Electricity showrooms just north of the City, where the van (10)
________________ (to pick up) takings. The robbers, who (11) ____________ (to
arm) with pistols, (12) _______________ (to allow) to loiter outside the
showroom entrance and wait for the van to arrive.
A police spokesman refused to discuss what happened next or to say how many
officers (13) _______________ (to involve) in the operation. Witnesses say that as
the raid (14) ___________ (to begin), plain-clothes detectives came out from a side
road and used a Post Office van to block off a possible escape route down the
street.
Meanwhile, marksmen who (15) _______________ (to hide) behind a wall in
front of the showroom appeared behind the gunmen and called on them to
surrender.
The three (16) ______________ (to throw) to the ground and (17)
_______________ (to handcuff). Scotland Yard said no shots (18)
_______________ (to fire).
Last night the three men (19) ______________ (to interview) at City Road
Police Station. They (20) _______________ (to take) to court tomorrow.
(From “Headway Advanced” by Liz and John Soars)
58
C.
Book Reading a Lost Art at Harvard
Hardly a day goes by without a fresh demonstration of the ignorance of
America’s first video generation. Illiteracy gradually (1) ______________ (to
grow) and new polls which (2) _____________ (to carry out) in the past few years
show that a quarter of university students have no idea when America (3)
_______________ (to discover).
Some institutions, at least, until now (4) ______________ (to presume) above
the decay. It (5) ______________ (to imagine), for example, that they still (6)
______________ (to read) books at Harvard. But that illusion (7)
______________ (to shatter) by Professor Sven Birkets, who teaches Creative
Writing to undergraduates there. 'Almost none of my students (8) ________ (to
read) independently,’ he said in a powerful lament which just (9)
________________ (to publish) by Harvard Magazine. Every year, he says, he
conducts a survey among his students, and ‘the responses are heartbreaking.’
The Harvard undergraduates studying under Professor Birkets (10)
________________ (to describe) as reluctant readers. Professor Birkets says that
the trend away from reading (11) _________________ (to reach) a critical stage.
‘It is not lack of interest. It’s merely that they no longer (12) _____________ (to
receive) the world through the medium of print. They find it difficult to sit in front
of a stationary page.’
Professor Birkets wonders how his students imagine they can learn to write
without bothering to read. He says they give all kinds of explanations for their
failure to read. “Too busy.” “I always (13) _____________ (to have) a hard time
with books that (14) _____________ (to suppose) to be good for me.” And then,
proudly: “If I have time, I like to relax with Stephen King.” Professor Birkets adds:
‘The world (15) ____________ (to be) different if people stop reading? Very likely
it once again (16) ________________ (to be) flat.’
(From ‘Focus on Advanced English CAE Practice Tests” by Sue O’Connell)
D.
The New £20 Note to Prevent Forgeries
The Central Bank of Ireland has had to introduce a new £20 note, said Mr
Maurice Doyle, the Governor of the Central Bank in Dublin yesterday. It (1)
____________ (to introduce) to combat the increasing banknote forgery which (2)
___________ (to come about) in recent years as a result of developments in
photocopying and printing, he said. Anyone with access to a high quality colour
photocopier and the correct paper could make a copy of the old £20 note that was
good enough (3) _____________ (to pass) unnoticed over a crowded shop counter,
he added.
The new note, which (4) ____________ (to come) into circulation on Monday,
incorporates several features that will make it harder to forge. It has a watermark
incorporating the number 20 and a silver security thread which (5) ___________
(to show) when the note (6) ___________ (to hold) up to the light. It also
59
incorporates a hidden image of the letters IR, which can only (7) ______________
(to see) when the note (8) ______ (to lift) towards the light, and microprinting on
the front and reverse. The note also contains features that will enable visually
impaired people to recognise it, including a mark that can (9) ______________ (to
feel) with the fingertips. The old £20 notes (10) ___________ (to take) out of
circulation by the end of next year.
(From ‘Focus on Advanced English CAE Practice Tests” by Sue O’Connell)
Exercise 7. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Тебе когда-нибудь объясняли, что не следует брать на себя
ответственность за такие вещи?
2. Туристам указали на то, что когда они будут путешествовать в
Африке, у них не будет доступа к чистой воде.
3. Мартин обратился в Мидленд банк по поводу приема на работу, но
ему ничего интересного не предложили.
4. В прошлом году профессору Брауну предложили провести
межкультурное (межэтническое) исследование в Гане. С тех пор
было проведено много экспериментов. Полученные им данные,
однако, еще не обнародованы. Они все еще изучаются.
5. Министру объяснили влияние нехватки чистой воды на здоровье
людей. Ему также указали на то, что пора заняться этой проблемой.
6. Мэру города объяснили, что люди больше не собираются мириться с
качеством воды в городе.
7. Задачу изучения природных ресурсов в этом районе дали профессору
Смарту. Когда сообщат полученные им данные? – На следующей
конференции, хотя дату конференции еще не объявили.
8. Людям еще не предлагали лучшего способа сократить влияние
загрязнения воздуха на окружающую среду.
60
Unit 5 = 7
Focus on Grammar:
Conditionals
Subjunctives
Exercise 1. Transfer the sentences into the second and third conditionals.
E.g. If I meet Jack I’ll tell him everything.
- If I met Jack now I would tell him everything.
- If I had met Jack before I would have told him everything.
1. If you have a difficult job, you won’t be able to go to parties very often.
2. If Mark agrees to help you out, he won’t do it for free.
3. If Jessica goes on holiday abroad, she’ll take out travel insurance.
4. If Michael finds it necessary to tell you something about the event, it will most
certainly be a downright lie.
5. If Major Smith has a family to take care of, he won’t risk his life.
6. If I have no money to live on, I’ll try to find a well paid job.
7. If I find something out about this delicate matter, I’ll tell you about it face to
face.
8. If this crazy woman doesn’t feed her numerous pets properly, some of them
will die from malnutrition.
9. If Sheila doesn’t get psychiatric help after the accident, she won’t be able to get
rid of horrible memories.
10. If Maggie buys everything she fancies, she’ll be broke in a week.
11. If I have some free time, I’ll give you a hand with the job.
Exercise 2. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
1. Now we are lost! If you ______________ (to ask) Mary for directions, this
__________________ (not to happen).
2. Why don’t we emigrate? If we ___________ (to live) in Australia, at least the
weather ___________ (to be) better.
3. That Smith is a hardened criminal. If we ____________ (not to punish) him this
time, he only ____________ (to commit) more crimes.
4. I’m sorry, I can’t lend you any money. You know if I ______ (to have) it, I
___________ (to lend) it to you.
5. Don’t be afraid. If you ________ (to touch) the dog, it ______ (not to bite) you.
6. In those days if you ________ (to have) a job, you ______ (to be) lucky.
7. What a terrible thing to happen! Just think, if we _________ (not to miss) the
plane, we ________________ (to kill) in the crash.
8. We got the project only thanks to Pauline. If she __________ (not to be)
interested, the project ____________ (to abandon).
9. If I ___________ (to be) you, I ____________ (to think) twice before buying a
car like that. Don’t waste your money.
61
10. If Sue ____________ (to know) her sister wasn’t coming, she
_______________ (not to go) to so much trouble cooking.
11. That was lucky! If I _____________ (not to miss) the bus, I _____________
(not to meet) you.
12. Why don’t you quit? I ______________ (not to stay) in this job even if they
____________ (to offer) a double salary.
13. Be careful! If you ___________ (to tease) the cat it _______ (to scratch) you.
14. Thanks very much. If you ____________ (not to help) me, I ____________
(not to finish) the work so quickly.
15. I’m not selling! I can repeat it a hundred times! It _________ (not to make) any
difference if you __________ (to offer) me a million pounds.
16. If Hilary ___________ (to look) out of the window at that moment, she
___________ (to spot) the criminal trying to break into her car.
17. Nobody _______________ (to guess) he was a thief if he _____________ (not
to catch) red-handed taking money from the safe.
18. We must invite Eric to join the hike. If he ___________ (not to be) with us we
____________ (to get) lost.
19. If there _________ (to be) a train strike on Monday, we ____ (not can) to come.
20. We ______________ (to be) home in bed ages ago if you _____________ (not
to lose) that map!
21. You should do something about your health. If you _______ (to have) a bit
more exercise you _____________ (to feel) a lot better.
22. If I ___________ (to know) about the company’s difficulties, I
______________ (not to agree) to work for them. Unfortunately, ‘what is done
cannot be undone.’
23. I think you should put on something more formal. I ________ (not to wear) this
dress to an interview if I _______ (to be) you.
24. If I __________ (to realise) you were really serious about what you said, I
______________ (to think) it over much more carefully.
25. The party is OK but I _____________ (to enjoy) it much more if there
____________ (not to be) so many people here.
26. If the fire brigade _______________ (to arrive) at least a quarter of an hour
earlier, the damage _____________ (not to be) nearly so great.
27. If you _____________ (to take) your mother’s advice at least sometimes, you
______________ (not to get) into trouble so often.
28. Try to find a better spot for taking photos. If the sun ______ (to be) in the right
direction, the photographs __________ (to come) out really well.
Exercise 3. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
I didn’t go to university when I was younger, but I’m sure I (1) ____________
(to enjoy) it if I (2) ______ (auxiliary verb). I (3) _______________ (to study)
medicine. I always wanted to be a doctor, but I was no good at science. Instead, I
(4) ______ (to study) business administration at a polytechnic. Now I (5)
____________ (to work) in a textile factory. I still think I (6) ________________
62
(to become) a good doctor. If I (7) ____ (auxiliary verb), I (8) ____________ (to
earn) a lot more than I (9) _____ (auxiliary verb) now.
B.
A: I (1) ___________ (to drive) to London tomorrow to see my friends.
B: Really? It (2) ___________ (to be) possible for you to deliver a parcel for me?
It’s very valuable, and it (3) __________ (to be) much safer if you (4) _________
(to take) it than if I (5) ______ (to post) it
A: Certainly if you (6) ________ (to give) it to me and (7) _____ (to tell) me the
address, I (8) __________ (to deliver) it with pleasure.
B: I’ve had another thought. You (9) ___________ (to mind) if I (10) ________ (to
come) with you? Then I (11) __________ (to deliver) it myself.
A: My car is full of books, I’m afraid, so there (12) _________ (not to be) room for
you. Sorry.
C.
I met my wife while I was on a cruise. I fell ill, and she was the ship’s doctor.
Now we run a health food shop. Just think! If I (1) __________ (not to go) on that
cruise and (2) ___________ (not to fall) ill, I (3) ______________ (not to marry)
her, our children (4) ______________ (not to be born) and I still (5) _________ (to
work) as a teacher.
D.
I haven’t got a car, but if I (1) ________ (to have) one, I (2) ___________ (to
be able) to drive to the country for the weekend. I think I (3) _________ (to buy)
one as soon as I (4) _______ (can). It (5) __________ (to be) so convenient.
E.
Harry is a remarkable chap! He is sixty now, and he (1) ____________ (to
work) all his life as a designer. He (2) _______ (to retire) next year. He has so
much talent that he (3) ________ (to make) a success of any job he (4) ________
(to turn) his hand to, but he always says he is happy in what he (5) _______ (to
do). I think he (6) ______________ (to be) a very good administrator in something
like the Civil Service. He (7) _____________ (mod.v./rise) very high in it, maybe
even to ministerial level. On the other hand, I don’t think he (8) _______ (to enjoy)
it so much as being a designer, where he (9) ________ (to be) his own boss.
(From “Headway Advanced” by John and Liz Soars)
Exercise 4. Say what you would do in the following situations.
1.
You have been to a party with a friend, who is supposed to be driving you
home. It is late at night and time to go home, but you think your friend has had too
much to drink, even though he can drive all right.
Begin: If I had a party with a friend …
2.
Your neighbour, Henry, is having a row with his wife. Henry asks you a favour.
‘If my wife asks you where I was last night, say I was with you, OK?’
63
3.
You are having a dinner party at your house. Suddenly a husband and wife that
you have invited start having a violent argument.
4.
You are at a party. You meet a man/woman who you fall instantly in love with.
At the end of the party, the man/woman proposes that you should get married
immediately.
5.
You are in the street. You see a mother beating her four-year-old child.
6.
You have been invited to a very posh dinner party. You are eating your meal
when you discover a dead beetle in it.
7.
You have arranged to meet a friend to go out for the evening. You wait at the
pre-arranged spot. He/She turns up three-quarters of an hour late.
8.
You are in an exotic restaurant. Not knowing what to order, you ask for what
someone at the next table is having. It looks delicious. When yours arrives, you ask
the waiter what it is. ‘Fried worms’ comes the answer.
9.
You have been playing roulette at a casino, and have won over $5,000. If you
bet it all and win, you will never have to do another day’s work in your life.
10.
You have just had a meal at an expensive restaurant. The bill comes and you
realise that you have no money and no credit card on you.
Exercise 5.
I. Analyse the meaning of the verb forms in the following examples and translate
them into Russian.
If you should meet Bob, tell him about our plans face to face.
Take this ring. If you should be broke, you’ll be able to sell it.
If you should get into trouble, Michael will certainly help you out.
If the reporter should reveal his source of information, he’ll have problems.
If Mike’s parents were to learn that his bank account is overdrawn, he would be
in real trouble.
If Sheila were to find out that her husband is cheating on her, they would split
up immediately.
If the assailant were to confess to his crime, he would get a lenient punishment.
If Martin were to get involved in something illegal, it would be hard for him to
keep his job.
64
II. Change the sentences according to the given example to show that the events
mentioned are not very probable. Translate the sentences into Russian.
E.g. If by any chance we miss the train, we’ll be late for work.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
- If we should miss the train, we’ll be late for work.
- If we were to miss the train, we would be late for work.
If by any chance you rely on Mary for help, you’ll make a bad mistake.
If by any chance your car breaks down again, the service station will have to
repair it for free.
If by any chance you come up against a problem, we’ll give you a hand.
If by any remote chance Edwin decides to climb Everest, it will mean gambling
with death.
If by some remote chance a drought strikes the country, a lot of people will die
of hunger.
If by any chance a journalist misquotes a prominent public figure, he’ll get into
trouble.
If by any chance Mr Gregory is found guilty, he will hardly get a lenient
punishment.
If by any chance Hilary decides to make a fresh start, she will probably make
the same mistakes.
If by any chance the police start inquiries into that matter, some unpleasant
facts will probably come to light.
If the boys happen to start a fight in the street, they will be taken in.
Exercise 6. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Если бы у Джеральда было чувство ответственности, он бы вел свой
бизнес по-другому.
2. Джон Смит отбывает 4-годичный срок заключения за мошенничество.
Если бы он был умнее, это бы сошло ему с рук.
3. Если бы Мартин обиделся (to get offended), когда Роберт назвал его
мошенником, он бы давно ему отомстил.
4. Если бы у меня была реальная власть, я бы отделила (изолировала)
преступников от нормальных граждан и держала бы их в
реабилитационных центрах.
5. Тедди жалуется, что с ним плохо обращаются в школе. – Я ему не
верю. Если бы с учениками здесь плохо обращались, эта школа не
считалась бы лучшей в нашем городе.
6. Почему Рональд отказался от этой работы? – Если бы он нашел здесь
жилье, он бы принял ее.
7. Если бы Майку не запретили водить машину, он бы, конечно, помог
тебе переехать в новый дом. Теперь тебе придется попросить помощи у
Роя.
65
8. Если ты вдруг предложишь эту работу Полу, ты сделаешь большую
ошибку. Все знают, что он уже отбыл срок тюремного заключения за
мошенничество.
9. Если этот преступник вдруг совершит кражу снова, это вряд ли
сойдет ему с рук.
10.Если власти вдруг запретили бы курение на улице, многие люди
бросили бы курить.
Exercise 7. Change the sentences according to the given example. Translate them
into Russian.
E.g. If it weren’t for her mother-in-law, she would be happy.
- But for her mother-in-law, she would be happy.
1. If it weren’t for the weather, we could go hiking in the country.
2. If it weren’t for the headache I have now, I would give you a hand with the
translation.
3. If it hadn’t been for your request, he wouldn’t have gone to much trouble to
help Bob out.
4. If it weren’t for his demanding job, he would keep us company.
5. If it hadn’t been for the bad line, I would have understood what Ryan wanted to
tell me.
6. If it hadn’t been for the breach of discipline, the pupils wouldn’t have been
punished.
7. If it hadn’t been for the takeover, these workers wouldn’t have been made
redundant.
8. If it hadn’t been for the conflict of interests, the companies would have merged
long ago.
9. If it weren’t for his age, he would be running his business himself.
10. If it hadn’t been for this evidence, he wouldn’t have been found guilty.
Exercise 8. Change the sentences according to the given example. Translate them
into Russian.
E.g. If you should change your mind, let me know.
- Should you change your mind, let me know.
1. If you should come up against a problem, we’ll be happy to help you.
2. If our police should fail to serve its purpose, we’ll have to resort to different
measures.
3. If the news should make headlines, it will cause many politicians a bad
headache.
4. If Mr Hodges should gain access to the personal files of our employees, some
of them will have problems.
5. If the sides should fail to resolve the dispute within the next few days, the talks
will go into stalemate.
6. If the measures we are taking should prove inadequate, the whole project will
make no sense.
66
7. If Mr McLane had employed only trained personnel, his business would have
been successful.
8. If you had addressed the problem in time, you wouldn’t face these difficulties
now.
9. If you had persuaded your friend to quit, he would have secured a much better
job long ago.
10. If Martin hadn’t shown up, we would have wasted a lot of time looking for
him.
11. If Linda hadn’t put us up, we would have spent the whole night at the railway
station.
12. If Kevin hadn’t given up smoking, he would have got a smoking-related
disease.
Exercise 9. Read WB p.35 (6) and answer the following questions.
1. What mistake do you think Robert’s parents made when they were raising
him?
2. What kind of life would Robert be leading now if his parents hadn’t made
those mistakes?
3. What would have happened to Robert if his parents hadn’t called the police?
4. What would you have done if you were Robert’s father / mother?
5. Would you have forgiven your parents if you were Robert?
Exercise 10. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences
into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word
combinations given in italics.
I.
SB p.66 “ … residents return to comfortable houses shared between four or six
people.”
to share – делить, разделять (пользоваться вместе)
to divide – делить, разделить (на части)
1. Если бы Джейсон установил сигнализацию в своем новом доме
вовремя, дом бы не обокрали. – Я разделяю твое мнение.
2. Г-на Рейнольдса невозможно убедить, что когда родители
воспитывают ребенка, они должны разделять ответственность за его
будущее.
3. Г-н Стинсон хорошо ведет дела. Однако, если вдруг он откажется
разделить прибыль поровну, его партнер, без сомнения, очень
рассердится.
4. У людей часто бывают проблемы, когда они делят деньги, которые они
получают в наследство (to inherit).
II.
Глагол “to fail” часто употребляется с модальными глаголами для выражения
отрицания, относящегося к последующему инфинитиву.
E.g. You mustn’t fail to do it. – Тебе нельзя не сделать этого.
67
If you should fail to do it … - Если ты вдруг этого не сделаешь … (Если
случится так, что ты этого не сделаешь …)
1. Если случится так, что полиция не поймает убийцу, местные жители
не перестанут беспокоиться.
2. Если случится так, что мы не убедим Стинсонов, что им не следует
баловать своего единственного ребенка, у них позже будут проблемы.
3. Если вдруг какие-нибудь служащие не будут отвечать требованиям
компании, их уволят.
4. Если случится так, что г-н Блейз не будет управлять компанией
хорошо, она обанкротится.
III.
SB p.66 “If you treat people badly, they will behave badly.”
to behave – вести себя
to feel – чувствовать себя
1. Ребенок совершенно избалован. Он не знает, как вести себя.
2. Пациент чувствовал себя плохо, и врач решил не выпускать его из
больницы.
3. Кевин чувствует себя прекрасно, потому что бросил курить.
4. Марвин ведет себя странно. Почему он избегает своих друзей? – Без
сомнения, он должен им денег, а он снова без гроша.
Exercise 11. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets. Some
sentences will require inversion (Should I …).
A.
‘A cat? … All right,’ I said, ‘on condition you (1) ________ (to look) after it,
provided that you (2) __________ (to feed) it and as long as you (3) ___________
(not to expect) me to clean up after it!’ If only I (4) _____________ (to be) more
firm! Now the animal never (5) ____________ (to feed) unless I (6) ________ (to
do) it. But for me it (7) ______________ (to starve) to death months ago. I (8)
____________ (to know) the children’s interest in the beast would wane as soon as
it (9) __________ (to arrive), I (10) _____________ (to answer) differently. The
poor thing (11) _____________ (to ignore) by them even if it springs into their
laps. I (12) ______________ (to kidnap) the thing, I don’t think they would notice.
They ever (13) ___________________ (to ask) for a dog, I think I’ve got my
answer ready.
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
B.
Good News for Dog Owners!
If you often travel abroad for your holidays, what you (1) ____________ (to do)
with your beloved dog? You (2) _______ (to put) him in a kennel or you (3)
____________ (to leave) him with friends? One thing is certain, you are extremely
unlikely to take him with you because if you (4) __________ (to do), he (5)
_______________ (to have) to spend six months in quarantine when you (6)
68
_________ (to return). A bit of a stiff penalty for two week’s traveling! But this is
set to change soon. From April your dog (7) ____________ (mod.v./go) with you
providing he (8) ___________ (to have) a rabies vaccination and (9) _______ (to
wear) an identification chip. Cara Lewis, a spokesperson for the Animal Welfare
Society, said, ‘This is very good news for all British animal lovers. I know many
people who (10) _________ (to take) their dogs on holiday with them if only they
(11) _____ (can). Indeed, I used to travel to northern France regularly and I (12)
______________ (to take) my dog Wolfie with me every time but for the
quarantine regulations.’ But Cara also has words of warning: ‘Pet owners should
remember that there are other considerations when taking animals abroad. Your
animal (13) ______________ (to become) disoriented, he (14) ___________
(mod.v./run) away, so ensure that he (15) __________ (to wear) a collar with your
holiday address at all times.’
It isn’t all good news, however. If you (16) ____________ (to travel) to a
country outside Western Europe this year, you (17) ______________
(mod.v.negative/take) your pet with you – it will be some time before regulations
for other destinations (18) _______________ (to relax), if ever.
(From “Advanced Learners’ Grammar” by M.Foley)
C.
No Pain, No Gain?
It’s January 1st. You are on the bathroom scales, groaning. If you (1)
________________ (not to eat) that last piece of Christmas pudding , perhaps you
(2) __________ (not to put on) that extra kilo. Never mind, you can lose it and get
fit in the gym!
Or is that the right thing to do? If you (3) _______ (to be) unfit, you (4)
__________ (to stand) a huge chance of injuring yourself in the gym or on the
squash court. You (5) __________ (mod.v./take) care before launching yourself
into a vigorous exercise routine: if you (6) ____________ (not to treat) your body
with respect, it (7) _____________ (not to function) as you want it to. The knee, in
particular, (8) _____________ (mod.v./ cause) untold problems. We (9)
_____________ (not to have) problems with our knees if we still (10)
___________ (to walk) on all fours, but they are not up to a vertical pounding on
the treadbahn for an hour a day. All of our joints can cause problems; if you want
to play football safely, make sure you (11) ____________ (to wear) the right boots
to protect your ankles.
Many sports injuries (12) ____________ (to cause) by insufficient warm-ups. If
everyone (13) ___________ (to spend) a few minutes stretching their muscles
before exercising, they (14) _____________ (to experience) much less pain during
exercise itself. But people can be stubborn about pain when exercising. The phrase
‘no pain, no gain’ is rubbish. You (15) _______________ (to feel) pain when you
(16) __________ (to exercise), you must stop at once!
Sport has many other hazards, though. Golf, you would think, is relatively
harmless. Not so for Anthony Phua, a Malaysian golfer who (17) __________ (to
kill) by getting in the way of his partner’s swing. Now, if he (18)
69
_______________ (not to take up) that particular form of exercise in the first
place, it (19) ____________ (not to happen).
What can you do if you don’t want to risk sport, but still you want to lose
weight? Well, it’s not all bad news for coach potatoes. If you (20) __________ (to
be) happy to lose calories steadily but soundly, just stay at home: sleeping burns 60
calories an hour, ironing 132 and cooking 190. Just don’t eat what you cook!
(From “Advanced Learners’ Grammar” by M.Foley)
Exercise 12. Say what you would have done in the following situation.
1.
A friend of yours got on a train, anxious to find a seat as she was very tired.
There was only one seat free, next to a drunk who was singing and shouting abuse
at the other passengers. She sat down next to the drunk, got out a book and started
reading.
Begin: If I had got on a train …
2.
A friend of yours was at an airport. Suddenly a well-dressed stranger
approached him. He explained that his money had been stolen and asked to borrow
$20 to get home, with a promise of repayment. Your friend gave him the money
and left his address.
3.
Your friend arrived home one afternoon, opened the front door and came face to
face with a burglar. She hit him with her bag.
4.
Your friend fell out with her neighbor and was not on speaking terms with her
any more. One day, she was going out when she saw her neighbour’s front door
was open. She knew no one was in – the neighbour must have forgotten to lock the
door. Your friend phoned her neighbour on her mobile phone.
5.
My girlfriend bought some new clothes, which she thought were wonderful. I
thought they looked ridiculous. When I was asked for my opinion I said outright
what I thought.
6.
Your friend, a personnel manager, took a new employee, who was doing very
well. Then he discovered that the man had a criminal record. Your friend gave him
the sack immediately.
7.
Your friend was driving at night. It was very cold and wet. Suddenly he saw a
hitchhiker, a girl looking shabbily-dressed and staggering slightly. Your friend
stopped and offered her a lift.
8.
Your friend had been invited to a fancy-dress party. She arrived, looking
outrageous, to find that it wasn’t a fancy-dress party at all. Everyone was very
smart and elegant. Your friend left immediately.
70
9.
In his attempt to impress a girl your friend told her that he was a very good
tennis player, which was not true. A little later she invited him to spend the
weekend with some friends. He was over the moon. Then his girlfriend said:
“Bring your tennis racket. They’ve got a tennis court.”
Exercise 13.
I. Analyze the way wishes and regrets are expressed in the following sentences.
Translate them into Russian.
1. I wish Amanda had a sense of responsibility.
2. You’ll wish you didn’t treat the boy badly.
3. I wish you hadn’t been banned from driving.
4. They’ll wish they had installed an alarm in their apartment.
5. I wish he wouldn’t get his own back on Sheila.
6. I wish they would convince Mr Goldberg that he is wrong.
7. If only the boy had faith in his future!
8. If only we had managed to persuade them to change their minds!
9. I’d rather you didn’t spoil the boy so much.
10. I’d rather he had admitted his guilt and eased his conscience.
II.
Express wishes and regrets based on the following sentences. Learn them for
back translation.
E.g. It’s a pity you are going away.
- I wish you weren’t going away. (If only you weren’t going away. Or (if
possible): I’d rather you weren’t going away).
1. I really think Jason is dishonest. It’s a pity you always take him at his word.
2. I realise that Tom must be taught a lesson, and still you shouldn’t started a fight
with him.
3. I understand Mr Hodges knows how to convince people. It’s a pity you believed
him.
4. You trust people much too often. It’s a pity you take everything at its face
value.
5. You shouldn’t have told anybody about our plan. It’s only too bad you didn’t
keep quiet about it.
6. This contract is no good. You’ll be sorry you signed it.
7. Martin gave me a lot of useless advice. It’s a pity he didn’t give me a hand with
the job.
8. It was going to be a very profitable deal. You’ll be sorry you gave it up halfway
through.
9. You are overworked. That’s why you are so irritable. I think you should take a
holiday. Why can’t you do it?
10. The idea was good, but you did it all wrong. You’ll be sorry you didn’t look
into the problem carefully and didn’t make a fresh start.
71
11. What Kevin tells you is not necessarily true. You’ll be sorry you always believe
him.
12. If I were you I wouldn’t give that information away. Some day you’ll be sorry
about it.
13. It’s too late to take any measures now. It’s a pity you didn’t address the
problem in time.
Exercise 14. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Если бы не улики, которые нашла полиция, преступник избежал бы
наказания.
2. Если бы не неопровержимое алиби, которое удалось представить (to
provide) подозреваемому, он бы сейчас отбывал пятилетний срок
заключения.
3. Если бы не преступление, которое он совершил, Паттерсон бы стал
политиком.
4. Случись так, что этот правонарушитель снова совершит преступление,
он, по всей вероятности, получит длительный срок тюремного
заключения.
5. Был бы преступник аккуратнее, он бы не оставил отпечатков пальцев
в квартире.
6. Не перехитрил бы мошенник полицию, это преступление не сошло бы
ему с рук.
7. Не убедила бы Шэрон Мартина, что ему не следует мириться с
неудачами своих служащих, он бы сейчас не вел дело столь успешно.
8. Случись так, что ты станешь нештатным журналистом, ты
заработаешь много денег. – Легко сказать!
9. Оставили бы преступники след, полиция давно бы нашла ключ к
разгадке похищения.
Exercise 15.
I.
Analyse the difference in the structure and meaning of the following sentences.
Translate them into Russian.
1. Mr Gladstone suggested rejecting the offer.
Mr Gladstone suggested that the board of directors (should) reject the offer.
2. The chairman ordered the reporters to leave the conference hall.
The chairman ordered that the reporters (should) leave the conference hall.
3. The doctor recommended her to have more exercise.
The doctor recommended that she (should) have more exercise.
4. It is necessary for you to acquire more experience.
It is necessary that you (should) acquire more experience.
5. It is important for students to know how to use the Internet.
It is important that students (should) know how to use the Internet.
72
II.
Make up sentences according to the given example and learn them for back
translation.
E.g. The director ordered (the manager / carry out) this plan.
- The director ordered the manager to carry out this plan.
- The director ordered that the manager should carry out this plan.
1. For some reason, the board of directors ordered (we / stop) the project halfway
through.
2. The authorities recommended (banks / report) all suspicious incidents to the
police.
3. The headmaster demanded (all pupils / be treated) well.
4. The public insisted (the police / impose) heavy fines on motorists breaking
traffic rules.
5. The parents of school children requested (the teachers / inform) their pupils
about the danger of drug abuse.
6. The manager suggested (we / address) the issue of possible discounts
immediately.
7. Members of the public advised (the authorities / keep) underage criminals in
rehabilitation centers.
8. Our lawyer proposed (our company / take) legal action against our partners.
9. It is essential (journalists / not reveal) their sources of information.
10. It is necessary (you / have) good grounds for accusing the boss of misusing the
company funds.
11. It is advisable (school leavers / learn) a trade before they get a permanent job.
12. It is important (we / do) our best to prevent the takeover of our small firm.
13. It is desirable (you / have) a university degree if you are going to look for a job
with a big company.
14. It is odd (Martin / fail) to find a justifiable cause to take legal action against
Jason.
15. It is strange (Sheila / conceal) the truth. She’s generally quite sincere.
Exercise 16. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
Thank you for your e-mail. I agree that it is essential that you (1) ___________ (to
be) fully acquainted with the facts of the case. They are as follows. It was agreed
six months ago that the above residence (2) ____________ (to decorate) inside and
out before the end of June. This (3) ______________ (not to happen) and my
solicitor (4) ______________ (to recommend) I (5) _______ (to proceed) with
legal action forthwith. May I suggest that you (6) _______________ (to contact)
me as a matter of some urgency.
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
73
B.
Dear Maria,
I’m afraid, I got some bad news. I know that we agreed that it was desirable that
Stavros (1) __________(to spend) the summer holiday with you. Unfortunately,
my parents (2) ___________ (to change) their minds and now (3) _________
(insist) he (4) _____________ (to go) to Athens to stay with aunt Sofia. Suffice it
to say, they are not allowing any discussion! Athens it is, although he really wishes
he (5) _______ (can) at least share the period between you and his aunt. Denis (6)
__________ (to go) to England for the summer. If only life (7) ___________ (to
be) so simple for all of us!
C.
It is with regret that we have to inform you that your phone (1) __________ (to
disconnect), due to the non-payment of your phone bill. We (2) ________ (to
make) every effort to establish a means whereby you settle the bill by installments.
You (3) ___________ (to answer) our enquiries, alternative arrangements (4)
____________ (to consider) to enable you to keep your phone, since we are
generally most unwilling to take this measure. However, we received no reply.
Consequently, we have no alternative but to terminate your account. We intend to
place the matter in the hands of our solicitors.
However, you (5) _______________ (to find) yourself able to rectify the
situation, we (6) ___________ (to be) pleased to hear from you. We consider it
important that you (7) _________ (to have) your phone reinstalled as soon as
possible.
A great deal of inconvenience (8) _____________ (to avoid), your bills (9)
_________________ (to pay) promptly.
(From “Headway Advanced” by John and Liz Soars)
D.
A: I wish we (1) ____________ (not to have) to go out tonight, but we have no
choice. I (2) __________ (to like) to stay in and watch the film on television. If
only we (3) ________ (can)! If only your boss (4) _____________ (not to invite)
us!
B: I know, but it’s important. It (5) __________ (to be) OK if he (6)
_______________ (not to go) on and on about how wonderful his children are, but
he always does. He talks as if they (7) __________ (to be) angels, but they always
(8) _______ (to misbehave).
A: Listen! Suppose we (9) ___________ (to ring) them and (10) ________ (to say)
that we (11) __________ (to break down) on the way there. That’s a good excuse,
isn’t it?
B: No, I’d rather we (12) ________ (to go). Don’t worry. It won’t last long. Just
look as if you (13) _____________ (to enjoy) yourself.
A: All right. But still I’d rather we (14) _____________ (not to have) to go.
(From “Headway Advanced” by John and Liz Soars)
74
E.
A: Hello, dear! Have a nice day at the office?
B: No.
A: You look as though you (1) ________ (can) do with a drink. What’s the matter?
B: It’s Anne at the office. She acts as if she (2) ______ (to be) the only one who
does any work. She always (3) ____________ (to go on) about her sales record,
and how many machines she (4) _________ (to sell) this month. So I told her what
I (5) ____ (to think) of her.
A: Oh dear! I’d rather you (6) _____________ (not to do) this. If I (7) _______ (to
be) you, I (8) __________ (to try) to be a bit more diplomatic. How she (9)
___________ (to take) it?
B: She blew up.
A: I wish I (10) ______________ (to see) her face when you told her that.
B: I wish she (11) ______________ (to listen) to other people sometimes! And I’d
rather she (12) _____________ (not to tell) us what she does every evening. As if
it (13) ___________ (to matter)!
A: Yes, and from what I’ve heard, it’s not as though she (14) _____________ (to
have) much to boast about! I’d rather you all (15) __________ (to ignore) her. Do
you think that (16) ______ (to work)?
B: No.
A: How much she (17) __________ (to earn)? Twenty thousand a year?
B: I don’t think she earns as much as that, judging by the way she dresses. She
looks as though she (18) _________ (to get) all her clothes from jumble sales.
Everybody wishes she (19) _____ (to buy) some decent clothes.
A: Is the office busy at the moment?
B: Terribly. I (20) ____________ (to give) three new projects today. As if I (21)
_______________ (not to have) enough to do already! I wish I (22) ___________
(mod.v./turn) them down, but I had to accept them.
A: But still I’d rather you (23) _____________ (to refuse). You sound as though
things (24) _________ (to get) you down at the moment. I wish you (25)
___________ (mod.v./take) a holiday.
B: You can say that again!
(From “Headway Advanced” by John and Liz Soars)
Exercise 17. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Заключенные потребовали, чтобы с ними лучше обращались.
2. Г-жа Смайли получила еще один штраф за превышение скорости, и ее
муж потребовал, чтобы ей запретили водить машину.
3. Председатель предложил, чтобы комитет рассмотрел вопрос выработки
надлежащих мер против преступности.
4. Было приказано, чтобы полиция не разглашала информацию о
расследовании этого дела.
75
5. Инспектор полиции посоветовал, чтобы мы начали судебное
преследование служащих банка, которые разгласили информацию о
наших банковских счетах.
6. Нам предложили иметь при себе удостоверение личности, куда бы мы
ни ходили.
7. Продавец в магазине посоветовал, чтобы мы вошли в Интернет и нашли
информацию о вещах, которые мы собираемся купить.
8. Важно, чтобы магазины следили, какие товары покупают чаще.
9. Необходимо, чтобы вы нашли обоснованную причину для приобретения
такого оборудования.
10.Желательно, чтобы служащие компании знали по крайней мере 2
иностранных языка.
11.Странно, что полиции так часто не удается обнаружить украденные
машины.
Exercise 18. Grammar in speech.
Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets and do the role play given below.
A.
Dear Sharon,
What a stroke of luck winning all that lovely money! Well done! I’d like to give
you some advice on how to deal with it. You remember I had a similar win myself
about three years ago and I made a few mistakes . If there (1) _____________(to
be) somebody to consult I (2) ____________________ (not to make) them, and
now I wish (3) _____________________ (can / turn) back the clock.
Well, first of all, it’s essential that you (4) _________ (to spend) some of it on
something you (5) _________ (to be) eager to have for ages, may be a better car or
a really luxurious holiday or a whole new wardrobe. You’d probably like to give
some to charity as well. As for me, I thought I had to get the most of my winnings.
Now I wish I (6) ____________ (not to be) too careful with them. I’d rather we (7)
_______________ (to have) at least a minor spending spree.
Once you (8) _______ (to get) that out of your system then with what’s left, let’s
say about $40,000, it’s advisable that you (9) ___________ (to make) a plan of
how to get the most advantage from it. Obviously, what you do depends on your
circumstances. I know that you and Colin (10) ________ (to save) to buy a flat. I
suggest you (11) ___________ (to use) $20,000 as a deposit on some property,
then your monthly mortgage payments (12) ____ (not to be) so hefty and (13)
__________ (mod.v./confine) to 10 rather than 20 years. It’s important that you
(14) ____ (to make) some provision for the future with the remaining $20,000. If I
(15) _____ (to be) you, I (16) _______ (to invest) it in a pension fund or some
other tax-free fund. You (17) ______ (mod.v./buy) a holiday cottage or a flat that
you (18) _________ (mod.v./rent out) as a source of income and of course use it as
a holiday home for yourselves. Good luck with your spending!
Love, Mel
(From “New Cambridge Advanced English” by Leo Jones)
76
Role play
Role 1. You are Mel. Suppose, you didn’t write the letter given above. Phone
Sharon and tell her what to do with the money she has won.
Role 2. You are Robert(a). You are Sharon’s friend. Give her your advice.
Role 3. You are Sharon. You are sick and tired of all those conversations about
money. Tell your friends what you think.
B.
Dear Mrs Greefall,
I am writing to you in your position as secretary of Clivedon Mansions Residents’
Association in connection with the problem of residents leaving bicycles in the
common entrance hallway.
My wife and I yet again (1) ____________ (to have) a lot of trouble with Steve
and David Brown, the tenants of flat 16 on the first floor, and we demand this
persistent source of dispute finally (2) ___________ (to resolve). These tenants
own two bicycles which they insist on leaving in the entrance corridor. No doubt
you are aware that the leases of all flats in our building require that the entrance (3)
____________ (to keep) clear of obstruction at all times. The local fire officer also
(4) _________ (to point out) to me that under the building regulations the common
entrance corridors to flats (5) _____________ (to treat) as if they (6) __________
(to be) exits of a public building, and are therefore subject to the same regulations
as those in force in theatres, cinemas, etc. Supposing the corridor (7) _________
(to block) with bicycles and there (8) __________ (to be) a serious fire? We all (9)
______________ (to trap) in our flats.
Apparently last month you told the Browns that they could keep their bicycles
there for a temporary period. Well, I certainly wish you (10) _____________ (not
to agree) to that, because they continually use this as an excuse when we ask them
to remove the bikes. I (11) ____________ (to point out) to them that there is space
to store bicycles in the back yard, though I would rather they (12) __________ (to
keep) the bikes in their own flat as the presence of two mountain bikes (13)
_________ (mod.v./attract) thieves. They say there isn’t any space in their flat and
I wish I (14) ______ (to be able) to offer them somewhere else. But, as you know,
all the space in the bicycle shed now (15) _____________ (to allocate).
Unfortunately, they still seem unwilling to move their bikes, though we requested
on several occasions that they (16) ________ (to do) this. In fact it now (17)
_______ (to reach) a stage where I feel I must insist that the chairman of the
residents’ association (18) _______ (to demand) they (19) ________ (to remove)
the bicycles forthwith.
I would rather we (20) _______ (not to have) to refer this matter to our solicitors
but we feel that if the residents’ association is unable to resolve the matter, we will
have no alternative.
Yours sincerely,
Howard Blenkinsop
(From “Advanced Learner’s Grammar” by M.Foley)
77
Role play
Role 1. You are Mrs Greefall. You got the above letter from Howard Blenkinsop
and decided to speak to the people concerned in person. Try to pacify them.
Role 2. You are Howard Benkinsop. State your point of view.
Role 3. You are John Atkins, a fire inspector. Speak about the building regulations.
Role 4. You are David Brown. You are very angry because according to your lease
you have a right to some space in the bicycle shed. On several occasions you
demanded / insisted that … but … .
Exercise 19. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences
into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word
combinations given in italics.
I.
SB p.155 “I agree with a certain degree of state intervention … “
to agree with sb/sth – соглашаться с кем-то / чем-то
to agree to sth – соглашаться на что-то
to agree on sth – сходиться во взглядах по …
to agree that – соглашаться, что …
1. Мэр города предложил, чтобы с водителей брали плату за проезд по центру
города. Однако муниципальный совет (the local council) не согласился на
это.
2. Все были согласны, что проблемой уборки мусора необходимо заняться.
3. Члены парламента не сошлись во мнениях по вопросу освобождения от
налогов людей, состоящих в браке. Даже те, кто был за эту идею, были
согласны, что это предубеждение против людей, не состоящих в браке.
4. Джейсон предложил, чтобы Дэвид нашел законную причину и начал
судебное преследование своего партнера. Дэвид не согласился на это,
потому что думал, что это не вполне честно, хотя он был согласен, что он
бы получил выгоду от этого.
II.
SB p.155 “ … the seal of an envelope was re-examined …”
re – приставка, означающая повторение действия
E.g. rethink – подумать заново, пересмотреть прошлое решение
reread – перечитать
remake – переделать, делать заново
reconsider – пересматривать, изменять решение
1. Комиссия постановила, что этот убийца должен быть выпущен из тюрьмы.
– Я думаю, там была какая-то ошибка. Без сомнения, они изменят решение.
2. Странно, что они решили переснять этот фильм. Первый вариант был
замечательный.
3. У Роджера есть некоторое предубеждение против иммигрантов. Я думаю,
он должен пересмотреть свои политические убеждения.
4. Смысл письма был неясен, и мне пришлось перечитать его.
78
Unit 6 = 3
Focus on Grammar:
Emphasis
Exercise 1. Make the following sentences emphatic. Translate them into Russian.
A. Make up cleft structures.
1. The chief executive officer deserves a stiff punishment because he has been
misusing the company’s funds for years.
(Begin: The person … . What … . The reason … .)
2. Tabloid reporters feel justified in criticizing prominent public figures.
(Begin: Who … . What … in … .)
3. Sheila succeeded in gaining the reputation of a tough businesswoman because
she could cope with any problem.
(Begin: Who … . What Sheila … in … . Why … .)
4. President John Kennedy was assassinated in the 1960s.
(Begin: The president … . The time … . What happened … .)
5. Jonathan can only help you with this problem on Monday because later he’ll
have other things to attend to.
(Begin: The person … . The only thing … . The time … . Why … )
6. A celebrity cannot live an ordinary private life.
(Begin: Who … . What a celebrity … .)
7. The manager is always finding fault with the new employee.
(Begin: Who … . The person … with …)
B.
Emphasize every possible word in the sentences using preparatory 'it'.
1. Alison doesn’t feel up to discussing important issues today.
2. The finance minister was severely criticized about the budget last month.
3. The mayor of the city ended up with a long prison sentence for misusing public
funds 2 years ago.
4. Ordinary people don’t want to put up with the government’s extreme policies.
5. I am responsible for delivering equipment today.
6. We are to blame for this accident.
7. In today’s economy, chief executive officers need to have very specific skills to
succeed.
8. I am satisfied with my life at the moment.
9. I can’t face the consequences of my actions right now.
Exercise 2.
A.
Make the following sentences emphatic by putting adverbial expressions at the
beginning of the sentences.
79
1. Show him the video. He will admit he was involved in the attack only then.
2. Tell her she must help the police. She will feel justified in giving away this
information only then.
3. The criminal couldn’t get a lenient punishment under any circumstances.
4. You can’t blame others for your own faults under any circumstances.
5. We didn’t doubt for one minute that we would succeed.
6. You can’t leave such a child unattended for a single minute.
7. Elvis has never had to stand in for his boss at such important meetings.
8. I will never speak about such delicate matter in her presence again.
9. Such people never admit their guilt.
10. You won’t find such natural resources anywhere.
11. Martin didn’t realise his car couldn’t be repaired until he took it to the service
station.
12. The investigation had hardly begun when the criminal confessed to his crime.
13. We had hardly started working together when we came to understand that our
partnership wouldn’t last.
14. As soon as we had started discussing this problem the boss was called away on
some urgent business.
15. As soon as my father had invested all his money in government bonds the stock
market collapsed.
16. He won’t only ruin his business, but he will lose all his private property if he
doesn’t employ good specialists.
17. He didn’t only feel justified in interfering in the decision making process, he
also took some steps without consulting anybody.
18. We know about the private life of this politician very little.
19. You have little faith in your abilities.
B.
Make the following sentences emphatic using the structure ‘not … nor …’.
1. The police hadn’t started the investigation, and they were not going to.
2. He didn’t get the job, and he didn’t want it.
3. The prime-minister couldn’t be sure of the support of his voters, and he didn’t
have faith in his allies in Parliament.
4. The situation was hopeless. Alison couldn’t put up with her husband’s behaviour
any longer, and she couldn’t leave him, either.
5. Gerald isn’t sorry for what he has done now, and he isn’t likely to suffer because
of it in future.
6. Kevin’s friends didn’t talk him out of getting into this kind of business and they
didn’t tell him about possible consequences of his actions.
Exercise 3. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Я не выношу, когда люди скупые.
2. Я ненавижу то, что моя сестра смущается по поводу каждого пустяка.
3. Политики находят необходимым завоевать общественное признание.
80
4. Роберт очень тщеславен. Он терпеть не может, когда он проигрывает
своим соперникам в соревнованиях.
5. Каждой матери нравится, когда ее ребенок становится первым в
классе.
6. Именно служащие компании обнаружили, что менеджер не может
справиться с работой.
7. Мой брат тратит много денег зря. Это я экономна с ними.
8. Это Роджер подчиняет всех своей воле в группе, и именно я особенно
осознаю это.
9. Именно Дуглас предложил нам давать больше денег на
благотворительность.
10. Это наши друзья настаивали на том, чтобы мы как следует подумали о
последствиях наших действий.
Exercise 4. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
It was just before midnight, not the best time for clear thinking, when there was
a knock at the front door. On the doorstep was a man in his late thirties, deeply
apologetic and in clear distress. He (1) _____________ (to notice) that my light (2)
_____________ (to be) on and hoped I (3) _____________ (to forgive) him
bothering me. What (4) __________________ (to happen) was that his daughter
(5) ____________ (to injure) in an accident and (6) ______________ (to operate
on) at hospital. The problem was he (7) _______________ (to have) no money for
a taxi to get there and desperately needed the £9 fare. He (8) _________________
(to be back) the following morning to repay it. I thought it a bit strange because a
virtually identical story (9) __________________ (to report) in the newspaper. On
top of that, and incredible as it may seem, a colleague recently (10)
_____________ (to tell) me that a man (11) ___________ (to knock) on his door
with a story about … you (12) _______________ (to guess) it: accident, hospital,
no money, back tomorrow. That it was the same man was obvious: the same thing
happening twice had to be more than purely coincidental.
Like any con men (they usually are men), what he relies on is the victim’s
compassion, even if it is sometimes against your better judgment. You may have
more than a sneaking feeling that you (13) _____________ (to trick), but it is the
nagging doubt in your head that he may actually be in trouble that is enough to
make you hand over the cash.
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
1. Single out emphatic structures in the text given above. Say what other
emphatic structures you could use if you were telling that story to a friend.
2. Have you ever been conned out of your money? Tell your friends about it. (If
nothing like that has ever happened, invent a story.) Make your speech vivid
and expressive by using different emphatic structures.
81
Exercise 5. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
White for All Occasions
The 17th century Irish farmer Robert Cook was the most startling figure in the
region. Never in his life he (1) __________ (to wear) anything but white linen. Not
only his nightclothes and shirts (2) __________________ (to be) in purest white
but so his suits, coats and hats (3) ____________ (to be). He became so famous for
his clothes and his passion for white that he (4) _____________ (to know) all over
Ireland as ‘Linen Cook’. He refused to have any black cattle in the fields and even
his horses had to be pure white. On one occasion a fox which (5) ________ (to
attack) his poultry (6) ______________ (to catch). However, he refused to allow it
(7) _______________ (to kill). Instead, he gave it a lecture on the evils of murder
and then gave it a sporting chance to escape. Cook was a passionate vegetarian and
(8) __________________ (not to eat (refusal) the flesh of any animal, nor he (9)
_____________ (to wear) anything produced by an animal. He had a long and
healthy life and finally died in 1726 when he was over 80 years old.
Unsurprisingly, he (10) ________________ (to bury) in a white shroud.
(From “Advanced Gold Coursebook” R.Acklam)
B.
It’s a Friday afternoon and you (1) _____________ (to sit) in a small, dark
room at Edinburgh University. All you can see is a haze of pink light. All you can
hear is a gentle hissing. And somewhere, someone (2) _____________ (to send)
you a psychic message … .
This is just part of an everyday routine experiment for Professor Robert Morris
who probably has the most fascinating job in the world. He is director of the
Koestler Parapsychology Unit and Britain’s leading investigator of the paranormal.
For the past 10 years what they (3) ______________ (to attempt) to do is to
conduct a series of paranormal experiments, in search of scientific evidence to
finally prove or disprove whether some human beings possess Extra-Sensory
Perception (ESP).
Morris and his team began their experiments back in the late 1980s. Not only
they (4) ________________ (to devise) a range of rigorous tests for ESP ability,
but they also (5) ___________ (to produce) some startling results. For example,
the proportion of people able to select one picture from several that telepathically
(6) ________________ (to beam) to them was 48% - almost twice the rate
expected.
But under no circumstances orthodox scientists (7) ________ (to appear)
prepared to take parapsychology seriously just yet. Why is that? Because only after
people experience something unusual themselves they (8) ______________ (to
believe) it. In fact on no account most scientists (9) _______________ (to believe)
in the reality of ESP if there is a more plausible explanation – like fluke, error or
fraud. ‘In situations like this,’ says Professor Lewis Wolpert of London University,
82
‘I think we must follow the philosopher David Hume, who said that extraordinary
claims require extraordinary evidence.’
Not only Morris fully (10) ______________ (to accept) this, but he also builds
his strategy for convincing skeptics. It neatly (11) _________________ (to sum
up) by the writer Sir Arthur Conan Doyle: “When we (12) _____________ (to
eliminate) the impossible, whatever remains, however improbable, must be the
truth.”
(From “Advanced Gold Coursebook” R.Acklam)
C.
The first sign that something was wrong came on Sunday afternoon when I
logged onto the Internet to check my weekend mail and found that someone (1)
_____________ (to enroll) me in a Barry Manilow fan club, a Mercedes owners
discussion group, a Fiji Islands appreciation society and 103 other Internet mailing
lists I never (2) _____________ (to hear) of. I (3) __________________ (to know)
from experience that any of these lists can generate 50 messages a day. To avoid
junk mail I painstakingly unsubscribed from all 106 – even Barry Manilow’s.
However, no sooner I (4) _______________ (to switch on) my computer on
Monday than I discovered I (5) _________________ (to subscribe) overnight to
1,750 more. My file of unread e-mail (6) _____________ (to grow) by the minute.
I (7) ______________ (to hear) about “spam” – Internet jargon for machinegenerated junk mail – and over the years I (8) _______________ (to receive) my
share of e-mail junk. But never I (9) __________________ (to experience)
anything like this: a parade of mail that just (10) _____________ (to get) bigger
and bigger. Not only I (11) _____________ (to get) hundreds of subscription
notes, but also (12) _____________ (to receive) copies of every piece of mail
posted to those lists. By Monday evening the e-mail (13) _______________ (to
pour in) at the rate of four a minute, 240 an hour, 5,760 a day.
(From “New Cambridge Advanced English” By Leo Jones)
Exercise 6. Grammar in speech.
Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets and do the role play given below.
A.
I never (1) ____________ (to be) superstitious – or rather I (2)
_______________ (not to be) until the 13th January 2004. That day, I woke up at
6.30 and stumbled into the bathroom. While I (3) _____________ (to have) a
shower I heard a horrible noise coming from the hall. I ran out, dripping wet, and
was stunned to see that the hall mirror (4) ____________ (to fall) to the floor and
(5) _____________ (to shatter) into hundreds of pieces. Nevertheless, I swept up
the broken glass, dressed and left for work without really giving it a second
thought.
I had a nine o’clock meeting with some very important clients. I (6)
___________ (to spend) weeks making a detailed model of the new building we
(7) _____________ (to design) for them. When I got to their head office, I got into
a lift to go up to the top floor boardroom. No sooner the door (8) ____________
(to close) than I realised something (9) __________ (to be) horribly wrong. The lift
83
(10) ______________ (not to work) and it was pitch dark inside. Never before I
(11) _____________ (to be) so frightened. I shouted and thumped on the door but
my cries for help fell on deaf ears. Only then I (12) _____________ (to realise)
what (13) ______________ (to happen). In no way I (14) ________________
(can/get) to the meeting in time. I continued shouting and thumping for another
hour. At exactly 10.30 the lights came on and the lift started moving. Hardly I (15)
______________ (to reach) the boardroom when I heard our clients congratulating
our competitors on winning the contract.
I didn’t lose my job, but I certainly didn’t get the promotion I (16)
_____________ (to promise), either. Sometimes now I (17) ______________ (to
wonder (emphasized) if I should have stayed in bed that day and I often (18)
_______________ (to think (emphasized) about that date … and that mirror.
(From “Advanced Gold Exam Maximizer” by S.Burgess)
Role play. You are having a meeting after the events described in the story.
Role 1. You are Jessica Brown, the unfortunate one. Tell your colleagues what
happened to you.
Role 2. You are Gordon Green, the head of the department Jessica works in. You
are out of your mind with rage because you needed the contract badly. Tell Jessica
what you think of her irresponsible behaviour. Speak about discipline in your
department and the promotion Jessica hoped to get.
Role 3. You are David Douglas. You made a great contribution to the project and
hoped to get a big bonus for it. Now all your hopes are ruined. Naturally, you are
very angry. You think Jessica is lying (perhaps, she just overslept). Say what you
think of the situation.
Role 4. You are Katherine Calvert. You are sympathetic because you yourself are
very superstitious. Try to defend Jessica.
NB Use as many emphatic constructions as possible.
B.
Dear Mum and Dad,
You must be wondering why you (1) ___________ (not to hear) from me in the
last couple of weeks. Actually, it is because I (2) _________ (to try) to collect my
thoughts to find the right words to tell you what (3) ___________ (to happen).
Naturally, I don’t want anyone to feel hurt as a result of any decision I might take.
I know I promised when I took the job here that it (4) ______________ (to be)
for a maximum of two years and after that I (5) ______________ (to return) home
and run the family business. Believe me, in the beginning that was what I
genuinely planned to do. However, two things (6) ___________ (to happen) to
make me want to change those plans – not only I (7) _________ (to offer) a
permanent contract, but also I (8) ___ (to fall) in love with Nigel, a colleague in the
same department. – I often (9) ____________ (to mention) him in my letters.
Anyway, we would like to get married out here quite soon. I (10) ______________
(to hope (emphasized) you both aren’t too shocked or disappointed by all of this. In
84
any case, Paul always (11) _____________ (not to show) more flair for business
than me? Personally, I think he’d do it very well. Not for a moment I (12)
______________ (to doubt) you think so too.
Please write soon. I can’t feel truly and completely happy about it all until I (13)
______________ (to hear) your reaction. I can’t wait for you to meet Nigel. I (14)
______________ (to hope (emphasized) you’ll love him!
Love,
Lissa
(From “Headway Advanced” by Liz and John Soars)
Role play. Lissa and Nigel have come to see Lissa’s parents. Now they are having
a family party.
Role 1. You are Lissa. Tell your parents about your plans and explain why you
cannot take over the family business.
Role 2. You are William Spark, Lissa’s father. You are frustrated because you’ve
been working all your life to make your business successful, and now you feel it
may be ruined.
Role 3. You are Martha Spark, Lissa’s mother. You are unhappy because you took
a great dislike for Nigel the moment you saw him. You think he is after Lissa’s
money. Try to convince Lissa that she should not marry him, at least right away.
Role 4. You are Paul, Lissa’s younger brother. You are quite happy and want to
have your father’s business all to yourself. Try to convince everybody that you can
cope with running it.
Role 5. You are Nigel. Try to make Lissa’s parents understand that Lissa may have
a great future in London and she’ll make a bаd mistake if she misses this
opportunity.
NB Try to make your speech emotional and use as many emphatic
constructions as possible.
Exercise 7. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Боб не очень решительный. Ни при каких обстоятельствах он не будет
первым в классе.
2. Гордон Блек знает, как завоевывать симпатию людей. Отсюда следует,
что он не только получит общественное признание, но он также будет
доминировать над другими политиками.
3. Если ты будешь пить слишком много кофе, это не продлит тебе жизнь,
да и в общем это не будет способствовать твоему здоровью.
4. Только после того как ты подсчитаешь, сколько калорий в день ты
поглощаешь (to consume), ты сможешь похудеть.
5. Элисон должна найти себе хобби и придерживаться здоровой диеты.
Только тогда она сможет снять депрессию.
6. Когда люди стареют, у них начинаются проблемы со здоровьем. Только
тогда они начинают ценить преимущества хорошего здоровья.
85
Никогда ты не будешь ладить с людьми, если ты упрям и заносчив.
Ни при каких обстоятельствах ты не снизишь риск болезни сердца, если
ты будешь слишком много курить.
9. Эти таблетки совершенно бесполезны. Они не будут тебе полезны, да и
боль они не облегчат.
10. Тебе не следует помогать Джеральду. Он не оценит твои усилия, и
благодарен он тоже не будет.
11. Едва г-н Иванс закончил свое исследование, как ему дали другую задачу.
12. Не успели мы начать работать с Джереми, как мы поняли, что он не
может справиться со своей задачей.
7.
8.
86
Unit 7 = 4
Focus on Grammar:
The Infinitive
Exercise 1. Analyze the following sentences and replace the clauses given in
italics with corresponding infinitive forms. See Grammar Reference p. 250.
E.g. Mr Jackson is sorry that he is causing so much trouble.
Mr Jackson is sorry to be causing so much trouble.
1. Mr Wolf is proud that he is handling the situation properly.
2. The retired movie star was happy that she was living an ordinary private life.
3. Mr Sands is proud that he is facing the situation with dignity.
4. Mrs Glyde is happy that she is recovering from her illness.
5. Jack was proud that he was speaking on behalf of the head of the company.
6. Mr Bailey was sorry that he was undermining his son’s confidence in
himself.
7. Sharon was proud that she had taken a risk and won.
8. The man was sorry that had ended up with a prison sentence.
9. The student was proud that he had succeeded in getting his BA degree.
10.The criminal is lucky that he has received such a lenient punishment.
11.The head of the company is sorry that he has talked his partners out of the
deal.
12.Mr Gladstone is sorry that he confessed to his crime.
13.Mrs Williams was sorry that she hadn’t paid her insurance premium in time.
14.The owners of the company were sorry that they hadn’t addressed the
problem in time.
15.The businessman is happy that he has been servicing his debt properly.
16.Mrs Smith is happy that she has been living with a clear conscience all these
years.
17.Mr Stone is proud that he has been working for the company for 40 years.
18.The boy is lucky that he is interested in mathematics.
19.Mr Jackson is sorry that he is considered liable for his wife’s debts.
20.Jason is happy that he is fully qualified now.
21.Jessica is foolish that she got so offended.
22.Amanda is happy that she has been promoted.
23.The official was glad that he hadn’t been found guilty of misusing public
funds.
24.Mrs Lee was glad that she hadn’t been taken in by her son’s story.
25.The immigrant is happy that he hasn’t been deported from the country.
87
Exercise 2. Change the following sentences replacing the clauses given in italics
with ‘for + infinitive’.
E.g. It’s time you did it.
It’s time for you to do it.
1. It’s important that they shouldn’t conceal the truth.
2. It’s important that we shouldn’t contradict each other.
3. It’s natural that parents take pride in their children.
4. It’s natural that people show consideration for somebody’s grief.
5. It was natural that she turned a blind eye to her son’s behaviour.
6. There is a plan that the company should pay the interest on the bank loan not
every year, but every month.
7. It was a big mistake that the board of directors didn’t address the problem in
time.
8. It is a big mistake that the government is going to raise interest rates.
9. It is a real shame that they miss deadlines so often.
10. The idea is that Roy and May should find a justifiable cause to take legal
action against Jason.
11. There is nobody we can ask for help in case of emergency.
12. There was nowhere we could go in such nasty weather.
13. There will be nothing you could say if he accuses of misusing the company’s
funds .
14. The bank offered them a loan so that the company wouldn’t go bust.
15. You must collect the necessary information as soon as possible so that they
could publish it in time.
16. Mt Jenkins changed the password on his computer so that his employees
couldn’t retrieve any information from it.
17. Local authorities arranged that war veterans would be awarded by the
president in person.
18. The police detained the witness of the crime so that detectives could question
him.
Exercise 3. Change the following sentences according to the given example.
Translate them into Russian.
E.g. It is said that he has done everything possible.
He is said to have done everything possible.
1. It is reported that the finance minister has been misquoted.
2. It is reported that all the hostages have been released.
3. It is believed that the participants of the talks have succeeded in reaching
agreement.
4. It is expected the troops will pull out of the occupied territories within a week.
5. It is expected that the bank robbers will be given a stiff penalty.
6. It is supposed that tabloids are thriving on scandal.
7. It is reported that the foreign minister is planning a visit to the Middle East.
8. It is known that their contradictions are hindering the decision making process.
88
9. It is believed that the rate of inflation has been gradually decreasing in the past
few months.
10. It was said that some politicians had been misinforming the public about the
situation in the country.
11. It was heard that the bank manager was saying something about lack of funds.
12. It was known that many refugees had fled the country.
13. It is supposed that the bank robbers had inside help.
14. It was said the investigation was at a standstill, but now it is reported that the
police have made a fresh start.
Exercise 4. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences
into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word
combinations given in italics.
I.
SB p.37 “Pearson claims the signs amount to fraud.”
to claim sth – утверждать, заявлять что-либо (to say that sth is true though there
is no definite proof)
to state sth – утверждать, заявлять, констатировать, излагать (to express sth in
a definite pr formal way)
to maintain sth – (книжн.) утверждать, настаивать, уверять (to continue to say
sth even if others don’t believe it)
1. Джейсон был причиной аварии, потому что выпил немного вина. Судья
заявил, что это уголовное преступление.
2. Политики обсуждают проблему установления подслушивающих
устройств в квартирах уже много месяцев и пришли к заключению,
что это должно быть разрешено. Г-н Гордон Браун все же утверждает,
что это вторжение в частную жизнь.
3. Ты проиграл судебный процесс, потому что твой адвокат не сумел
изложить дело достаточно ясно.
4. Скандал, в котором была замешана это певица, попал на первые
страницы газет. Ее соперницы утверждают, что она сама раскрыла
информацию, чтобы добиться известности.
5. Роберт не может справиться с работой, хотя он утверждает, что прошел
специальное обучение, прежде чем получил ее.
II.
SB p.36 “Do you know any people who have sued a newspaper for libel?”
to sue sb for sth – привлекать кого-либо к ответственности, возбуждать
против кого-либо иск о возмещении ущерба (гражданский процесс)
to prosecute sb for sth – привлекать кого-либо к ответственности, возбуждать
против кого-либо уголовное дело (уголовный процесс)
to sue sb for damages – возбуждать иск о возмещении убытков
to sue sb for moral damage – возбуждать иск о возмещении морального вреда
89
1. «Мейл он Санди» поместила сообщение о частной жизни канцлера
Германии Герберта Шредера. Он, в свою очередь, попытался привлечь
газету к ответственности за клевету.
2. Каждая компания имеет право привлечь своих партнеров к
ответственности для возмещения убытков, если они не выполняют
своих обязательств.
3. Если кто-либо совершит мошенничество, его привлекут к
ответственности, и ему будет трудно выиграть дело.
4. Человек, который совершает преступление протии государства,
привлекается к ответственности. Это относится ко всем, независимо
от ранга.
Exercise 5.
A.
Analyze the following sentences and translate them into Russian. Learn them for
back translation.
1. I don’t want you to humiliate the boy.
2. I don’t want the boy to be humiliated.
3. Nobody wants to be humiliated.
4. We would like a special committee to handle the problem.
5. We would like the problem to be handled at once.
6. We would like to be treated with respect.
7. The prime-minister ordered them to break off the talks.
8. The prime-minister ordered the negotiations to be broken off.
9. We saw the car disappear in the distance.
10. We saw that the car had disappeared.
11. We saw that Alison was not aware of danger.
12. Martin comes in very late. I often hear him go up the stairs at night.
13. I hear Martin was arrested on suspicion of some crime.
14. Mary felt a pickpocket take her purse out of her pocket and caught him by the
hand just in time.
15. Alison felt that her friends were up to something dreadful.
16. Everybody saw the boy take a banknote from the table and put it into his
pocket.
17. Everybody saw that the boy took pride in what he was doing.
18. Sheila noticed a stranger open the door and enter the house.
19. Sheila noticed that the stranger was wearing a torn raincoat.
20. If your partners plan to open a new branch of the company here, have them
estimate the costs first.
21. We must have the workers meet the deadline, or the repairs will go on forever.
B. Supply the particle ‘to’ where necessary.
1. The boss made Sheila ____ address the issue at once.
2. Sheila was made ____ address the issue at once.
3. The first round of the talks failed. We must have them ___ make a fresh start.
90
4. Everybody heard the boss ___ express disappointment at the outcome of the
meeting.
5. The police inspector was heard ___ assure reporters that they would be informed
if some new facts came to light.
6. The parents forced the boy ___ give up computer games for good.
7. You must encourage Edward ___ adopt a new approach to the problem.
8. I heard Max ___ ask the landlady ___ forward his mail to his new address.
9. Everybody expected Martin ___ be found guilty of fraud.
10. I have never heard the girl ___ sing that song.
11. The chief executive officer was heard ___ say that such a decision would go
down badly with the shareholders.
12. Nobody has ever seen Elisabeth ___ cheat at the exams.
13. Jason was seen ___ pick up a fight with some boys in the street.
14. Mr Leech was made ___ transfer $100,000 into his account abroad.
15. Martin was said ___ have taken Jessica at her word.
16. Stunned passers-by watched masked robbers ___ rush out of the bank.
17. Businessmen feel they must have the government ___ put down interest rates.
18. The management was made ___ resort to extreme measures to resolve the
dispute.
19. The board of directors made Mr Groom ___ employ only trained personnel.
20. We have never heard Kevin ___ say anything insulting.
21. The new tenant was heard ___ argue with the landlord about the rent.
22. How did it happen that the police let the criminals ___ escape?
23. The sick man felt the pain ___ subside.
24. Some MPs requested the Speaker ___ place this vital issue at the top of the
agenda.
25. Nobody expected this affair ___ make headlines.
26. Mr Grimes has never been heard ___ make a reasonable suggestion.
27. We noticed a big black car ___ follow us.
28. You must make your husband ___ renew his insurance.
29. Who encouraged the boy ___ go in for sky-diving?
30. I was made ___ believe this problem didn’t concern anybody.
Exercise 6. Read the two newspaper stories. What are the main differences in
the kind of language used?
Find informal words or indiums in
Find formal words in The
Independent for:
The Sun for:
- cannabis
- came out, became known
- has been warned
- was warned, was made aware
- alcohol
of
- a person who is difficult to
- results
control
- happening in many places
- behaving in an uncontrolled
- give in to temptation
fashion
- buildings and land of a business
- stopped at a very early stage
91
Harry Faces Eton Drugs Test
Troubled Prince Harry is facing drug
tests at Eton after admitting he took pot.
He has been allowed to stay at the school by head John Lewis. But the teenager
risks being expelled if he fails a random urine check in future. A source said last
night: “Harry has been given the yellow card. If he ever tests positive he’ll be out.”
The youngster told Prince Charles he smoked cannabis and had booze binges at
Highgrove and a nearby pub when he was 16. Harry, now 17, also went drinking at
a pub on New Year’s Eve. Eton insiders said the Prince “can be a handful.” A
source added: “People are genuinely concerned he may be getting off the rails. He
also had a habit of spitting in the street – quite distasteful.”
The News of the World told yesterday how Charles responded to Harry’s
cannabis confession by ordering him to visit a rehab unit – to frighten him into
turning his back on drugs.
And Eton has told him that even though he never smoked pot at the school, its
anti-drug rule applies at home.
A senior source at the Berkshire college said: “The cannabis matter was brought
to the attention of the head by Prince Charles. Obviously the Prince is extremely
concerned about those who mix with his son in case any of them has been a bad
influence on him.”
BORED
“The smoking of cannabis and the drinking of alcohol is widespread at Eton
College and the headmaster operates a strong policy against it. But the difficulty is
that you have a large number of boys with a huge weekly disposable income who
get bored and become easy prey for drug-dealers.”
The source said Eton was “totally satisfied” with the way Prince Charles had
handled Harry’s drug use. He went on: “It would seem the problem has been
nipped in the bud. However, the headmaster informed Charles his son could be
made to take random urine samples in the future. The headmaster hates having to
expel anybody – but he is very tough on drugs. All eyes at Eton will be on Harry to
ensure he does not stray.”
ABUSE
Eton pupils are all given lectures about drugs by a counselor. They are warned
how drugs affect the mind and body. Staff are also trained to spot signs of drug
abuse in the boys.
Eton rules say: “The school prospectus is explicit about the headmaster’s right to
dismiss any boy involved with illicit drugs. “The headmaster also had the power to
treat as a breach of discipline behaviour during holidays which brings the school
into disrepute.”
Meanwhile, a pupil who was expelled for having cannabis said he once offered a
joint to Harry’s brother William. He added: “William was not amused. He politely
turned it down immediately.”
(From “The Sun” January 14, 2001)
92
Prince Harry sent to rehab
over drink and drugs
Prince Harry was sent to a drugs rehabilitation clinic after he admitted to
smoking cannabis and drinking alcohol, it emerged last night. His father, the Prince
of Wales sent his son to Featherstone Lodge Rehabilitation Center. Prince Charles
took the decision after learning his son had taken drugs during private parties at
Highgrove, and had drunk alcohol at the nearby Rattlebone Inn in Sherstone,
reports say.
These incidents are reported to have happened last June and July when Harry
was 16. It is believed that Prince Charles was alerted to the problem when a senior
member of staff noticed a smell of cannabis. In the late summer, he visited the
rehabilitation center for what was intended to be a “short sharp shock.”
Bill Puddicombe, the chief executive of Phoenix House Treatment Service for
Drug Dependency, confirmed Prince Harry’s visit to the lodge. “The visit was at
the request of the Prince of Wales, who is our patron,” he said. “Prince Harry came
for a couple of hours on a day in late summer and talked to several people in
recovery, cocaine and heroin addicts mostly. “They told him what had happened in
their lives, which must have been quite harrowing for him. Prince Harry was
friendly and relaxed and the residents liked him and responded very warmly to
him. I spoke to the Prince in November and was pleased to hear that Harry had
enjoyed his visit and learnt a lot.
“It was an opportunity for the Prince of Wales to teach Prince Harry about our
work and the consequences of taking drugs. Featherstone has helped an enormous
number of people, and we are pleased if the visit helped Prince Harry too.”
Prince Harry was reportedly shown the residential and detox areas and sat in on
a communal therapy group and heard stories of addicts moving from cannabis to
cocaine and heroin.
A spokesman for St James’s Palace said last night: “This is a serious matter
which was resolved within the family, and is now in the past and closed.” It is
expected there will be widespread praise for the Prince of Wales’s actions.
Prince Harry, now at Eton public school and planning to go to agricultural
college after his A-levels, is the latest in a line of young aristocrats and politicians’
children who have succumbed to drug-taking.
The Hon. Nicholas Knatchbull, a godson of Prince Charles, was in a
rehabilitation clinic last year. Camilla Parker-Bowles’s son, tom, and Lord
Frederick Windsor had also admitted using cocaine. Tony Blair’s son, Euan, was
found drunk in Leicester Square in 2000 when he was 16.
The Mail on Sunday also reported last night that the Prince was at the center of a
police investigation into after-hours drinking at the Rettlebone Inn. He verbally
abused a French employee and was ordered to leave the premises, the report said.
The landlord, David Baker, left the pub within weeks of the incident.
The Prince of Wales was involved in an underage drinking episode when he was
14. During a school sailing trip, he led his four friends to the Crown Hotel on the
Isle of Lewis. He asked for a cherry brandy, the first drink that came to his mind.
(From “The Independent” January 13, 2001)
93
Exercise 7. Study Grammar Reference (7) and do the back translation of the
following sentences.
1. His mother is sure to be released from hospital next week.
2. The prime-minister is unlikely to have been misquoted.
3. The police are sure to have been alerted in time.
4. The man in likely to have been involved in illicit drugs trade.
5. Such a statement is bound to be brought to the attention of the committee.
6. In the given situation, Kevin is certain to be awarded damages.
7. The detectives are sure to have been concealing all vital information about the
case since the reporters were likely to reveal it to the readers.
8. Drug abuse is impossible to put up with.
9. So little money is impossible to live on.
10. Such a secret is hard to keep quiet about.
11. People like Martin are easy to get on with.
12. Italy is not a bad place to live in.
13. Grandma was the first to succumb to the boy’s pleading.
14. Mr Greenberg was the first to inform the shareholders that the company had
gone bust.
15. Helen was the first to bring the problem of drug abuse to the attention of the
school board.
16. There are many problems to handle at the moment.
17. There is an urgent matter to look into.
18. There isn’t much evidence to provide.
19. There is nothing to worry about.
20. I have an essay to write.
21. They had a lot of problems to solve.
22. I had something to talk with you about.
23. Jack was not a boy to become easy prey for drug dealers.
24. Mr Lloyd is not a man to be involved in illicit drugs trade.
25. Jessica is not a girl to speak to in such a way.
26. This is not a matter to turn a blind eye to.
27. Mr Clark is the very person to ask for advice in the given situation.
28. Be careful! Arnold is not a man to abuse.
29. Sheila is the only person to have done the work properly.
30. A probation officer is the very person to be concerned about underage
criminals.
31. The problems to be addressed tomorrow must be singled out right now.
32. The houses to be built here will be very expensive indeed.
33. The measures to be taken are yet to be discussed.
Exercise 8. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
Why be concerned about smoking at work?
94
Nowadays fewer people are smokers and attitudes to smoking seem (1)
________ (to change). People (2) _______ (to become) more aware of the serious
health risks faced by smokers themselves. There is increasing concern over
possible health effects of breathing other people’s tobacco smoke. This is called
‘passive smoking’. It (3) _____________ (to recognise) for some time that
exposure to tobacco smoke can cause discomfort and irritation to some people,
particularly those who already (4) __________ (to have) a respiratory disorder
such as asthma. Passive smoking (5) _________ (to know) (6) ______________
(to cause) more distress to this group than to most non-smokers.
Consequently, a large number of companies are reported (7) _________ (to
impose) the no-smoking rule in the last few years. In some situations, a complete
ban appears (8) ______________ (to justify) for safety reasons.
This article does not deal with the well-recognised safety hazards from smoking
where there (9) __________ (to suppose) (10) _____ (to be) a risk of fire or
explosion. Nor it (11) ______ (to discuss) the health hazards to individuals who
smoke, particularly while working with substances such as lead or asbestos. Such
hazards (12) ________ (to cover) by guidance on each subject.
It is now beyond doubt that smoking is a major cause of disease and premature
death for smokers. Tobacco smoke contains various substances that can cause
cancer or other health problems. Raised levels of airborne harmful substances (13)
__________ (to find) when smokers’ homes (14) ____________ (to compare) with
those of non-smokers. Still higher levels (15) _________ (to say) (16) _______ (to
occur) in poorly ventilated indoor places of work where several people are
smokers.
Many scientific studies (17) _______ (to declare) (18) _____ (to carry out) on
passive smoking. The results of this research (19) ____________ (to report) (20)
__________ (to review) by the Independent Scientific Committee on Smoking and
Health. The Committee concluded that “while none of the studies can on its own
(21) ___________ (to accept) as unequivocal, the findings overall are consistent
with there being a small increase in the risk of lung cancer from exposure to
environmental tobacco smoke, in the range of 10% - 30%.”
B.
New York Calls in its Worst Cabby
It takes some doing to earn the title, among 30,000 cabbies, of the worst taxi
driver in New York. On no subject New Yorkers (1) ________ (to heap) more
criticism than on their taxi service. But the authorities (2) _______ (to nominate)
Mr Venbi Gundus and (3) ____________ (to take) steps to revoke his license.
Mr Gundus, aged 34, (4) __________ (to report) (5) _______ (to commit) an
unusually large number of offences, even by the standards of local taxi driving.
According to the Taxi and Limousine Commission (TLC), Mr Gundus (6)
____________ (to receive) 88 separate summonses over the past five years and (7)
________ (to convict) of breaking TLC rules 119 times. The offences ranged from
over-charging and reckless driving to verbally abusing passengers and expelling
95
them from his cab. He also (8) ____________ (to say) (9) ____________ (to
throw) out suitcases of unwelcome passengers onto the road.
Mr Gundus has a champion in the shape of Michael Stone, his lawyer. The
driver, conceded Mr Stone, is ‘an individual who apparently has many, many
problems, but at least he never (10) ________________ (to attack) a member of
the public.’ That defense is accurate, says the TLC, as when Mr Gundus (11)
______________ (to threaten) murder recently, it (12) _______ (to be) against the
person of an airport taxi dispatcher.
By strict new TLC rules, a cabby (13) ___________ (to suppose) (14)
__________ (to lose) his license if he gets three convictions of using violence or
harassing his passengers.
(From “Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’Connell)
C.
Britain’s Busiest Thief Takes Secrets to Grave
The man who could claim (1) ___________ (to be) Britain’s most active thief
died yesterday, taking to the grave the secrets of the country’s most spectacular
robberies.
He (2) __________ (to know) (3) ___________ (to steal) the Duke of
Wellington’s swords from the Victoria and Albert Museum, got away with what
was the biggest armed robbery of his era and (4) ____________ (to estimate) (5)
_____________ (to steal and gamble away) more than $100 million.
George Chattam, who died aged 85 in a nursing home in Buttersea, south
London, yesterday, is considered (6) ______ (to be) a legendary figure in criminal
circles. But although he spent a total of 35 years in prison, he (7) _______ (to
think) (8) ______ (to get) clean away with some of his more exotic crimes. ‘He
was undoubtedly the most prodigious thief this century,’ said an old friend, Peter
Scot, yesterday. ‘He was still at it at the age of 81.’ During his final theft, Chattam
felt bad while he (9) _______ (to try) to get into an art gallery and was in great
pain during his last years.
His first conviction was in 1940 and he was regularly back in court throughout
his career. At one stage, he (10) ___________ (to jail) so frequently that one cell in
Chelmsford prison (11) ________________ (to know) as “Chattam’s cell”.
Works of art (12) ________ (to say) (13) _______ (to be) his speciality and he
(14) ______ (to suppose) (15) _____ (to break) into a total of 26 art galleries,
selling off the paintings, including a Renoir and a Matisse, and gambling away the
proceeds.
His most spectacular crimes, for neither of which he (16) _________ (to catch),
(17) ________ (to believe) (18) _______ (to be) the 1948 theft of the Duke of
Wellington’s swords from the V&A and the 1952 Eastcastle mail van robbery. In
the former, he (19) ___________ (to consider) (20) _____ (to break in) through a
window, (21) __________ (to steal) the swords and (22) ___________ (to remove)
the precious stones, giving some to girlfriends, and using some to gamble with. In
the latter, he and his team (23) __________ (to say) (24) _________ (to escape)
96
with £287,000 in a robbery which led to questions in the Commons and heralded
the arrival of organised armed robbery in Britain.
He also (25) ________ (to know) (26) ______ (to cat-burgle) the Maharajah of
Jaipur of £80,000 at his manor house in East Grinstead, West Sussex. He described
how he (27) ____ (to use) a foot-long key to get into the safe. He (28) _____ (not
to catch).
Great train robber Bruce Reynolds (29) __________ (to hear) (30)
____________ (to describe) him as a legendary climber who stole and spent
several million pounds. Young criminals (31) _____________ (to know) (32)
_________ (to regard) it as a privilege to work with him.
But despite his abilities at climbing into the buildings of the rich and famous he
(33) __________ (to say) (34) ________ (to end) up with nothing. His last home
was a tiny flat in sheltered accommodation in Fulham.
(From “New Cambridge Advanced English” by Leo Jones)
Exercise 9. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics. Use infinitive
structures to translate the underlined parts of the sentences.
1. Г-н Джоунз не раскрыл свой источник информации. Думают, что у него
не было никакого права это делать.
2. Известно, что директор школы сказал, что любое нарушение дисциплины
будет пресекаться в корне.
3. Ожидается, что Роберта исключат из школы. Говорят, что он был
замешан в мошенничестве.
4. Полагают, что некоторые чиновники таможни были подкуплены
наркоторговцами. Сейчас сообщается, что они содержатся в тюрьме.
5. Сообщается, что дочь миллионера Элисон Картер, которая была
похищена на прошлой неделе, была найдена. Говорят, что ее похитили
прямо на территории ее школы. Полагают, что ее собственный
телохранитель был замешан в этом преступлении.
6. Ожидается, что проблема наркомании в школах будет представлена
вниманию мэра, поскольку известно, что несовершеннолетние жители
города становятся легкой добычей для наркоторговцев.
7. Джейсон сожалеет, что начал принимать наркотики. Сейчас полагают,
что его отвезли в реабилитационный центр по просьбе его родителей.
8. Общественность хочет, чтобы проблема наркомании была представлена
вниманию министра. Ожидается, что дело получит широкое освещение в
прессе.
9. Г-н Робертс рад, что отказался установить подслушивающее
устройство в машине своей супруги, поскольку полагают, что это
равносильно вторжению в частную жизнь.
Exercise 10. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences
into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word
97
combinations given in italics. Use infinitive structures to translate the underlined
parts of the sentences.
I.
Ex.6 (Supplement) “Staff are all trained to …”
staff – штат, персонал, сотрудники
Слова “staff, police” употребляются с глаголом во множественном числе.
1. Полиция вряд ли установит подслушивающее устройство в квартире гжи Кларк по просьбе ее мужа.
2. Сотрудники, конечно, все это время скрывали информацию о
мошенничестве, так как репортеры вряд ли будут держать ее в секрете.
3. Известно, что персонал Итона проходит специальное обучение, чтобы
выявлять (to spot) признаки наркомании.
4. Сообщается, что полиция нашла много запрещенных лекарственных
средств на территории школы.
5. Штат этой компании – не те люди, которые могут быть замешаны в
каком-либо уголовном преступлении.
6. Сотрудники, которые должны быть уволены в следующем месяце,
возможно, возбудят против компании иск о неправомерном увольнении
(unfair dismissal).
II.
Ex.6 (Supplement) “… any of them has had a bad influence on him.”
influence (n) – влияние, воздействие (the effect sth has on sb’s decisions,
opinions, behaviour or on the way sth happens)
effect (n) – действие, влияние, воздействие (a result or consequence)
affect – аффект (only used in psychology)
to influence – влиять, оказывать влияние ( to affect the way sth happens or the
way sb thinks or behaves)
to affect – влиять, оказывать воздействие (If we say sth affects sth, we speak
about result or consequences)
1. Принятие наркотиков влияет на поведение людей.
2. Принятие наркотиков влияет на здоровье людей.
3. Мы представили проблему наркомании вниманию директора школы, но
это не возымело никакого действия.
4. Это дело о клевете было широко освящено в СМИ. Конечно, это
повлияет на судью.
5. Влияние СМИ на общественное мнение бесспорно.
6. Практически все газеты поместили сообщение о мошенничестве во
время избирательной кампании. Это обязательно повлияет на результаты
(outcome) выборов.
98
Unit 8 = 10
Focus on Grammar:
Modal Verbs
Exercise 1. Make up sentences according to the given example. Use the
appropriate modal verbs and infinitives. Translate the sentences into Russian. .
E.g. It is possible that Jane was right.
Jane might (may/could) have been right.
1. It is possible that the witness will provide vital information about the case.
2. It is possible that this evidence will be vital for the investigation.
3. It is quite possible that Mark will get an honours degree in economics.
4. Perhaps they have good grounds for rejecting your offer.
5. Don’t trust Mike. I’m certain he is concealing something.
6. I’m sure the boy will soon accept the fact that he is forbidden to play computer
games.
7. I’m absolutely sure that Jessica will be awarded damages after she proves that
the travel agency was at fault.
8. If they don’t take proper measures immediately, some boys are bound to
become prey for drug dealers. It is quite possible that this will bring our school
into disrepute.
9. The reaction of the official is quite odd. I’m certain he has been bribed.
10. I’m quite sure that Sheila took great pains to conceal her real feelings.
11. The burglary went off surprisingly smoothly. Everybody is quite certain it was
an inside job.
12. Martin avoids discussing his past. Everybody is sure he was involved in
something disreputable.
13. Why didn’t the management take any decision on the problem? – Perhaps it
was brought to the attention of the wrong people.
14. The police were on the scene of the crime almost immediately. We are
absolutely certain they were alerted well in advance.
15. Helen is desperate. She is certain her husband has been dealing with criminals
lately.
16. Jason is in police custody. It is possible that he was arrested on suspicion of
theft.
17. Maggie and Grant didn’t get on from the start. I’m absolutely sure they have
split up by now.
18. Roy didn’t understand I was kidding. – Perhaps he was humiliated by your
jokes.
99
Exercise 2. Make up sentences according to the given examples. Use the
appropriate modal verbs and infinitives. Translate the sentences into Russian. .
a)
b)
c)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
It’s possible that it is not true.
It may (might) not be true.
I don’t think (It’s not possible) that she didn’t recognise him.
She can’t have failed to recognise him.
Is it possible that she didn’t recognise him?
Can she have failed to recognise him?
It’s possible that they won’t carry out the task within a week.
It’s possible that they won’t be able to handle the case properly.
It’s possible that the police won’t identify the owner of the car.
It’s possible that the medicine won’t do you any good.
It’s possible that John didn’t show enough consideration for Amanda’s grief.
It’s possible that May’s husband didn’t agree to sue his partners.
It’s possible that the cost of the project wasn’t properly estimated.
It’s possible that their profits are not decreasing.
It’s possible that the landlady is not going to forward your mail to the new
address.
Is it possible that Edward didn’t retrieve the necessary information from his
computer?
Is it possible that Mark was arrested on suspicion of theft?
Is it possible that the manager didn’t handle the situation in the right way?
Is it possible that Richard didn’t come up with a solution of such an easy
problem?
Is it possible that Evelyn didn’t manage to talk Michael out of buying a secondhand car?
It’s not possible that your partners won’t foresee the consequences of their
actions.
I don’t think that an experienced editor won’t predict the effect of the
publication of such incriminating documents.
I don’t think Bruce didn’t bring this matter to the attention of his boss.
I don’t think such a prominent public figure was not quoted correctly.
I don’t think that the president’s statement was not understood correctly.
I don’t think Sharon didn’t trust people who were eager to help her.
Exercise 3. Supply appropriate modal verbs and correct infinitive forms.
A.
(The phone is ringing.)
John: Don’t worry about the phone. I’ll answer it. It (1) __________ (to be) David
ringing me about tonight’s meeting.
David: Hello, John. It’s David. I tried to ring you earlier, but I got no reply. You
(2) ______________ (to be) out.
100
J: I haven’t been out all morning. You (3) _______________ (to get) the wrong
number. Never mind. What about the meeting? How many people can we expect?
D: There (4) ______________ (to be) quite a few, judging by the number of
enquiries we’ve been having. One thing that’s worrying me. I haven’t heard from
the speaker, Joan Backwell. I’m sure she (5) ___________________ (to forget),
but it isn’t like her not to get in touch. Shall I give her a ring?
J: Not now. She (6) _________________ (to have) a meeting with her editor.
D: I’ve bought 20 bottles of wine for the party afterwards. That (7)
_________________ (to be) enough, don’t you think?
J: Yes, plenty. I’ll see you later, then. Bye.
B.
I can’t help worrying when Jack is late back home. I always think he (1)
________________ (to have) an accident, and that he (2) ________________ (to
lie) on the side of the road with ambulances and police cars all around him. I know
it’s irrational. But it’s Tuesday today, isn’t it? He (3) ______________ (to work)
late today. He (4) ________________ (not to leave) the office yet. I’ll give him a
ring.
C.
I wonder why Helen has got all these books on Greece from the library. I
suppose she (1) _______________ (to think) of going there on holiday. On the
other hand, she (2) ___________ (not to get) them out for herself. They (3)
______________ (to be) for Henry. He (4) ________________ (to write) a project
on Greece for his Geography course.
(From “Headway Advanced” by John and Liz Soars)
D.
The ancient Maya (1) ______________ (to be) a very intelligent people. They
had the most complex writing system in the western hemisphere and an amazingly
accurate astronomical calendar. Recently, archeologists found four new Mayan
cities in thick mountain jungle. They (2) _______________ (to feel) very excited
about the discovery. It provided a lot of information about the Maya.
The cities (3) ________________ (to inhabit) between the years 700 and 900.
The style of the architecture and the pottery found there is typical of that time. The
cities lie between two major population centers. The ancient residents (4)
__________ (to trade) with these cities.
Archeologists used to believe that the ancient Maya were very peaceful. Today,
however, there is evidence that they (5) ________________ (not to be) as peaceful
as was once thought. Burn marks on buildings, weapons, war images on buildings
and pottery were discovered, and archeologists (6) ______________ (negative
mod.verb/not make) the only possible conclusion that the Maya (7)
_________________ (to fight) in wars.
Archeologist Arthur Demarest believes that after the year 751 there was intense
rivalry among Mayan rulers. He says, “their ferocious competition, which
101
exploded into civil war, (8) ______ (to be) what finally triggered the society’s
breakdown.”
The rain forests (9) ______________ (not to produce) enough food to support
the Maya. Archeologists have found evidence that at some point the rain forests
were almost destroyed. The Maya (10) ______________ (to go) to other areas in
search of food. That would explain their sudden migration.
Some areas (11) ________________ (to suffer) from overpopulation.
Archeologist Patrick Culbert estimates that there were as many as 200 people per
square kilometer. Overpopulation (12) ________________ (to lead) to hunger.
Human bones show evidence of poor nutrition. At the end, the Maya had so many
problems that even a small disaster (13) __________________ (to destroy) their
civilization. Culbert says the final cause of destruction (14) _______________ (to
be) something totally trivial – two bad hurricanes or a crazy king.
(From “Focus on Grammar” by M.Fuchs)
Exercise 4. Supply the appropriate modal verb (some of them may be negative)
and correct infinitive forms.
A.
Dear May
By the time you get this letter I expect you will have been in Calcutta for a week or
so. You (1) ______________ (to be able) to settle in a bit and get used to the place.
It (2) _____________ (to be) an exhausting journey. It (3) _______________ (to
be) much fun flying non-stop for nearly twenty-four hours. I (4) _______________
(to say) I admire your decision to go and work in Calcutta. I know the poverty (5)
_____________ (to be) depressing but the job at least (6) _______________ (to
be) quite worthwhile. I suppose your boss (7) ______________ (to send) you
somewhere where there was war or famine so it (8) __________________ (to be)
worse. And it really (9) ________ (to be) a fascinating culture to explore – it (10)
_________ (to be) quite different from living in Manchester, I bet.
I wonder if you could do me a favour? I’ve always wanted an Indian sari – and it
(11) _______________ (to be) really easy to get hold of a good one there. I (12)
______________ (to give) you money before you left but I’ll put it in your bank
account if you like. I (13) _______________ (to send) you a cheque if you prefer
but it (14) _____________ (to be) really hard to cash it there. That’s all for now.
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for First Certificate”
by Luke Prodromou)
B.
Dear Mr Coldwell
I’m writing to apologise for my behaviour last week. First of all I arrived late
because I wanted to avoid getting there too early. I was afraid I (1)
______________ (to cause) you inconvenience. As everybody else had decided to
arrive on time, I was the last to arrive, which (2) _________________ (to look)
rather impolite but I assure you it was all because of good intentions. I also thought
102
the party was going to be informal so I wore jeans. As a result, I (3)
________________ (to look) rather odd. I would also like to explain why I hardly
ate any food all evening. As I’m a vegetarian, I was unable to enjoy the delicious
food you and your wife had prepared. Since it has been years since I ate meat, I do
hope you (4) ________________ (not to appreciate) my feelings on this.
Moreover, I regret asking you to put the cat out. This was due to my allergy to cats.
You (5) _______________ (to understand) I (6) ______________ (to feel) really
bad. I sincerely hope it didn't catch cold as a result of being outside on such a
chilly evening. Finally, you (7) ________________ (not to notice) that wine was
spilt all over your carpet. It happened owing to carelessness on my part. I will do
all I can in order to get in cleaned, whatever it (8) ____________ (to cost).
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for First Certificate”
by Luke Prodromou)
C.
A: I wish she hadn’t just gone off like this.
B: Yes, I think she (1) _____________ (to tell) you she’d met someone else.
A: I don’t even know how she met him. She hardly ever went out on her own.
B: Even so, she (2) _____________ (to meet) him at college.
A: Yes, I suppose so, and I (3) ________________ (to trust) her too much. Now
I’ve been spending most of my time alone since she left.
B: That’s no good. You (4) ____________ (to go) out with friends at least once a
week.
A: You (5) ____________ (to be) right. The problem is most of our friends were
mutual friends.
B: But you (6) ____________ (to have) some friends that you knew before you
met her.
A: Yes, I suppose there are a few, but they all live outside London.
B: Surely, You (7) _______________ (to make) some new friends since moving to
London.
A: Yes, but only through work. I never seem to meet anyone outside work.
B: Well, you (8) ___________________ (to concentrate) on your work too much.
This (9) ________________ (to be) one of the reasons why she left.
A: Yes, but she (10) __________________ (not to realise) how much my work
meant to me.
B: Well, but now you should do something about it. Take up a sport of some kind.
You (11) ______________ (to meet) someone there.
A: Actually, I’ve been thinking of registering with a dating service. But the
problem is I (12) _______________ (to fall) in love with someone who lives too
far away. Besides, the people who (13) _____________ (to answer) my ad (14)
____________ (not to like) me once we’ve got to know each other.
B: Don’t be silly!
(From “Advanced Gold Exam Maximizer” by S.Burgess)
103
Exercise 5.
Read the description of the situations and say what could (may …) have
happened. Think of at least four versions (from the most to the least probable).
Listen to the other students doing the same and agree or disagree with their ideas
(E.g. It can’t / might not have happened because …)
When you are through, the teacher will tell you what really happened.
A.
A dramatic chase involved police cars after a notice saying ‘Help us, we have
been kidnapped!’ was spotted in the back window of a car. It had been put there by
four children …
B.
… French ornithologist Marius Giraud went into some woods … and was shot
dead by a hunter.
C.
On my last birthday, my husband gave me an envelope. I was really excited. I
thought it was going to be tickets for a holiday to Egypt. He knew it was my
ambition to see the pyramids. However, when I opened the envelope, there was a
cheque inside for £5,000 and a little note saying, “…”
D.
Camper John Barnes, 23, was rescued after a 200-meter fall from a cliff with
only a broken foot. Sadly he was killed when …
E.
Burglar Frank Gort broke down and sobbed when he was sentenced to seven
years in jail, claiming it was his unlucky number. An understanding judge in San
Antonio, Texas, took pity and ...
F.
Fugitive James Sanders, who escaped from jail in 1990, was arrested in Texas
after … rang the FBI …
G.
Mr Clarence Ramsey was seriously injured yesterday when a man came up
behind him and stabbed him in the back. Turning round to face the attacker, Mr
Ramsey was surprised to …
Exercise 6. Translate into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the
words and word combinations given in italics. Use modal verbs to express
different degrees of certainty.
1. Эта цепь событий, должно быть, привела к нежелательным последствиям.
2. Цены на жилье, возможно, не пойдут вниз в ближайшем будущем.
3. Г-н Стинсон вполне преуспевающий бизнесмен. Должно быть, он нанимал
только обученную рабочую силу с течение многих лет.
4. Компьютер Мартина не работает. Не может быть, чтобы он получил это
сообщение через электронную почту.
5. Почему эта работа не сделана? – Вероятно, Шейла рассчитывала, что
Роберт ее сделает. Она, должно быть, забыла, что он очень ненадежный.
104
6. Полиция, конечно же, уже начала расследование ограбления банка. – Да,
конечно. Не может быть, чтобы расследование заняло много времени. Они
не могли не выяснить, что грабители имели помощь «своего» человека в
банке.
7. Ходят слухи, что большая часть рабочей силы этого промышленного
предприятия, возможно, будет уволена. – Неужели это правда? Не может
быть, чтобы такое большое предприятие было под угрозой.
8. Генри опять без копейки. Неужели его отец не выплатил ему денежное
содержание?
9. Кевин, конечно же, знал, что Роджер был замешан в торговле
незаконными
лекарственными
средствами.
Неужели
он
не
проинформировал полицию о такой чрезвычайно важной улике?
10.Не говори Элисон, что если она согласится на это предложение, она будет
зависеть от Мартина. Эта идея может не быть для нее привлекательной.
11.Почему г-н Кларк не готовится к предстоящим переговорам? – Его
партнеры, должно быть, не проинформировали его о них.
Exercise 7. Make up sentences according to the given example. Use the correct
modal verbs. Translate the sentences into Russian.
E.g. We find it necessary to start an inquiry before it is too late.
We must start an inquiry before it is too late.
A. Must & have to
1. We find it necessary to provide all vital evidence for the police.
2. The situation has changed and now we are forced to come to terms with our
competitors.
3. Mother doesn’t feel well, so I’m obliged to handle all the problems on my own.
4. The boy has been playing truant lately. I strongly advise you to nip it in the
bud.
5. There are too many good mechanics around. Tom is forced to learn a new
trade.
6. The Doe Jones index is falling, which is sure to affect the stock market. We are
obliged to bring this fact to the attention of the board of directors.
7. Journalists generally don’t reveal their sources of information. However, when
a criminal case is involved they are forced to do it.
8. The man looks suspicious. I advise you to alert the police.
B. Mustn’t & don’t have to
1. I don’t think we should take great pains to retrieve the information from the
computer right away. Nothing will happen to it.
2. I don’t think it is necessary for public figures to speak at great lengths about
values of society. Everybody knows what it is all about.
3. The girl is on the verge of tears. I insist you shouldn’t humiliate her in such a
way.
4. I insist you shouldn’t make groundless accusations. It will only make the
situation worse.
105
5. Let’s get in touch with Neil. – Just a moment, I’ll look him up. – It isn’t
necessary for you to do it. I know his phone number.
6. I strongly advise you not to antagonize your colleagues if you want to feel at
home at the office.
7. Alison knows how you feel. It isn’t necessary for you to show consideration for
her grief.
8. It’s wrong for you to rely on Maggie to do this job. You know that you
shouldn’t trust her.
9. It isn’t necessary for Gilbert’s father to pay him an allowance. He has found a
good job to pay for his studies.
Exercise 8. Scan the article given below quickly and mark the passages that deal with
the following points:
1) what you need to be successful;
2) the causes of high level of motivation;
3) the difference in the motivation levels of men and women;
4) ways to improve motivation levels.
Motivation
The Key to Success
Have you ever wondered why you have so much trouble keeping your New Year’s
resolutions or why you can’t get that promotion you want? In fact, it could all be down
to a problem of motivation.
Of course, many people are fairly motivated to succeed at school and work. But
there is a big difference between the person who simply wants to move steadily
forward in their career and the mega-achievers like Richard Branson or Bill Gates who
push themselves to ever greater success.
So, what are the causes of these differences? Cary Cooper, a psychology professor,
has written several books about people who have really pushed themselves to make it
to the top in business – one very pretty reliable indicator of motivation levels. ‘We
found that for quite a few people who have achieved success, the motivation comes
from some adverse life events early in childhood.’ Cooper concludes that this
motivation is not to achieve power over others, but to gain control over events –
something that most of the people surveyed lacked when they were younger.
Cooper believes that this may even apply to more moderate levels of success. ‘Take
someone motivated to be successful at university – that would probably stem from
teachers making them feel they weren’t very good at an early age. Basically, they need
to prove that they can do it.’
Another area where good motivation can make the difference between triumphant
success and abject failure is sport. Dr Stuart Biddle, of the University of Exeter, is a
sports psychology expert. He’s found that athletes have two main types of motivation:
a motivation to win regardless of whether they’ve played well; and a motivation to
play regardless of whether they win or lose.
106
‘These two styles have proved very illuminating,’ says Biddle. ‘We generally find
that you must have the second “task” or “mastery” motivation to play your best – it
seems to be essential. Top sports people will probably have both. They don’t just want
to win, they want to win well, and they get motivated by improvement.’
Like Cooper, Biddle has also found that these two kinds of motivational style
develop at a young age. ‘It could be a socialization thing,’ he says. ‘Kids come home
from school after sport and some parents will say, “How did you enjoy it?” or “Did
you improve?” It’s an attitude which is going to enforce that what’s important is taking
part. Others might say, “Did you win?” and may even give their children a hard time if
they didn’t. That tells the kid there’s nothing valuable in playing sport unless they win
and they get socialized into that mentality.’
So, that’s the theory of where your motivational style comes from. But what can
you actually do about improving your motivation levels? When it comes down to
success at specific tasks or objectives, all kinds of factors can come into play. For
example, how you think about a problem can seriously affect your motivation to
resolve it successfully.
Take New Year’s resolutions. While most people make them, hardly anyone
actually sees them through. Mary Mosely, a freelance psychologist, suggests that what
you need to be successful is to focus on the outcome of what you want and how that
will affect your life.
Another important factor as to whether you succeed or not is to do with
determination. Do you really want to get that promotion or learn that language? This
may sound obvious, but sometimes it can be hard to know your own motives. People
who don’t achieve their resolutions often don’t because they feel pushed into it by
others or feel that they “should” do it for some reason or other.
Strange as it way seem, women are generally more highly motivated in their goal
than men. They share a powerful will to succeed, often against very high odds, and
their needs are more psychological than financial. And research backs up this view of
gender differences. A recent study of 36 British Telecom employees found that women
were far more likely to want to be seen as ‘experts’ who did their job well, while the
men were more likely to be ‘climbers’, motivated principally by a desire to scale the
career ladder and achieve the most senior management level possible.
There are many ways to improve your motivation. Apart from adjusting your
mental attitude, you might also find a few other useful hints which include reading
self-help books, taking extra training, improving your diet and doing more exercise.
Volumes of research show that exercise can increase overall energy levels, which will
help with motivation.
Use anything that works, no matter how strange. But above all, keep focused on
your future success. Imagining it can really help, so picture what you want and who
knows, one day, it might actually become a reality!
(From ‘Advanced Gold Coursebook’ by Richard Acklam)
Discussion.
1. What are the basic factors that produce motivation?
2. What factors make people highly motivated?
107
3.
4.
5.
6.
What kinds of motivation can be singled out on the example of sportsmen?
What does Dr Biddle mean by saying: ‘It could be a socialization thing’?
What are the gender differences in motivation?
What advice is given in the article to help people raise their motivation levels?
Exercise 9. Make up sentences according to the given example. Use the correct
modal verbs. Translate the sentences into Russian.
E.g. It wasn’t necessary for us to buy tickets because it was a free show.
We didn’t have to buy tickets because it was a free show.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
1.
2.
3.
4.
A. Didn’t have to & needn’t have done
You wasted your time congratulating him in person. A phone call would have
been enough.
Robert came up with a solution almost immediately and it wasn’t necessary for
us to discuss the problem at great length.
Why did you spend so much time trying to reach a compromise? It was obvious
that your opponents were determined to break off the talks.
It wasn’t necessary for you to take the car to the service station after such an
accident. It was clear from the start that it was impossible to fix it.
It was clear from the start that it was impossible to fix the car and it wasn’t
necessary for us to take it to the service station.
What was the use of trying to talk him out of the deal? It was obvious that he
would never change his mind.
It wasn’t necessary for you to praise the book at such great length since its
merits were evident. You only bored everybody.
Mr Roberts had a copy of the contract and it wasn’t necessary for us to explain
to him what clauses it included.
The profits of the company leveled off and it wasn’t necessary for the
management to take any urgent measures.
Mr Perkins wasted his time hiding those incriminating documents. The
detectives already had copies of them.
It wasn’t necessary for us to explain why we missed the deadline. The situation
spoke for itself.
Why did you worry so? It was obvious that the share prices would remain
stable.
B. Have to (must) & be to do
According to the agreement signed at the talks, the company is supposed to
carry out the delivery of goods within a month.
According to the agreement, the company is expected to pay out the loan by the
end of next year.
If you want to feel secure, you are obliged to pay your insurance premiums in
time.
It has been decided that the prime-minister will make a short visit to London on
his way to the United States.
108
5. The head of the company considers it his duty to predict the consequences of
every step he is taking.
6. The performance of the company leaves much to be desired. Under the
circumstances it is vital for us to do away with red tape.
7. According to a previous agreement, the government is expected to raise the
interest rates by not more than 1,5%.
8. Since the crime rate is rising, law courts are obliged to impose stiff penalties
even for minor offences.
9. The journalist misquoted the minister in his latest article. It has been arranged
that he will apologize and correct the error in the next issue of the newspaper.
10 .The problem of illegal immigrants is of vital importance at the moment. It has
been decided that it will be addressed at the next sitting of the government.
C. Was to do & was to have done
1. All journalists rushed to the airport because the president was expected to arrive
in an hour.
2. On his way to Paris the president was supposed to make a visit to Brussels.
However, the visit was canceled.
3. The head of the company was expected to make an important statement and all
employees wondered what it was going to be about.
4. The company was supposed to transfer $100,000 to its accounts abroad. It isn’t
clear why it wasn’t done in time.
5. We agreed that I would forward Bill’s mail to his new address.
6. We agreed that Bob would send me letters via his brother, but he failed to do it.
Exercise 10. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Ты не должен упорствовать в достижении своей цели, если очевидно, что
ни при каких обстоятельствах ты не можешь преуспеть.
2. Г-н Трейси не должен давать своему сыну карманные деньги, потому что
он уже начал работать.
3. Г-н Трейси не должен давать своему сыну карманные деньги, если он не
хочет его окончательно испортить. Его сыну пора зарабатывать на жизнь
самому.
4. Если ты хочешь чего-нибудь достичь достаточно сильно, ты должен
выполнить свое решение, невзирая ни на какие обстоятельства.
5. Задача очень скучная, но мы должны довести ее до конца. Иначе
начальник доставит нам неприятностей.
6. Родители не должны наказывать своих детей, если они того не
заслуживают.
7. Ты не должен делать дополнительных исследований, чтобы поддержать
свое мнение. Совершенно очевидно, что ты прав.
8. Когда люди ведут дискуссию, они должны придерживаться одних и тех
же понятий в течение всей беседы.
109
9. Ты должен не терять время, а выполнить задачу до конца, прежде чем
начнут действовать какие-нибудь неожиданные факторы.
10.Прав ли Эдвин или неправ – вопрос спорный, поэтому ты не должен
следовать его советам.
Exercise 11. Read the following article and say what a public speaker should
(must/mustn’t; has to/doesn’t have to; is to; needn’t) do if he is eager to be a
success.
Secrets of Talking Your Way to the Top
You could be one of those lucky people who seem to be naturally good at
public speaking. It is unlikely that you were born with this ability. Great speakers
prepare well, learn performance techniques and draw heavily on experience to
develop their skills.
Body language. When you speak in public, almost all aspects that make up your
total image come under scrutiny. Your posture, body language, facial expression,
use of voice and appearance all matter.
The situation is often stressful, because the speaker is being observed and
judged by others. Small quirks, like speaking too quietly or wriggling, which are
not particularly noticeable in everyday communication, become exaggerated in
front of an audience.
Stereotypes. It is hardly surprising that some of us feel it is easier to pretend to be
somebody else when we speak in public. We assume ‘public speaking image’ that
has nothing to do with our real self.
We sense that speaking in public is connected to acting and so we portray
stereotypical roles like ‘the successful superman’. Unfortunately, if we don’t really
feel like these types, then we will look as though we are striving for effect.
For instance, you could decide that you want to play the life and soul of the
party when you speak, although you are a rather quiet person who rarely uses
humour. You read that humour works well in public speaking so you decide to tell
a few jokes.
You look ill at ease when you do so and your timing leaves a lot to be desired.
Your talk misfires badly. You need to find your own style.
Image. Your image must match your style. If you get up to speak dressed like a
Christmas tree, then your appearance will be overpowering. Delivering your
message in an overstressed tone will encourage your audience to switch off. When
you speak, if your body language and facial expression remind the audience of a
frightened rabbit, you won’t gain its confidence.
The biggest block to effective public speaking is attitude. If you think you can’t
do it, you will never be able to. Speaking in public is something anyone can learn
to do. Be positive and accept setbacks as part of the learning process.
(From “Focus on Advanced English CAE Practice Tests” by Sue O’Connell)
110
Exercise 12. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the
sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word
combinations given in italics. Use infinitive structures to translate the underlined
parts of the sentences.
I.
SB p.97 “… pigeons provided a vital link to the outside world.”
to provide sth – обеспечивать, предоставлять что-либо
to provide sb with sth – обеспечивать кого-либо чем-либо
to provide for a family – обеспечивать, содержать семью
to ensure sth – обеспечивать, гарантировать, позаботиться о чем-либо
to ensure that sb does sth – позаботиться о том, чтобы кто-либо сделал что-то
1. Джек сирота. Он не очень хорошо обеспечен, и нет никого, кто мог бы
позаботиться о том, чтобы он получил хорошее образование.
2. Все ваши проблемы возникли из-за того, что начали действовать
некоторые неожиданные факторы. Как вы можете обеспечить успех своей
компании при таких обстоятельствах?
3. Школьники должны быть обеспечены обедом. Директора школ должны
обеспечить, чтобы это было сделано.
4. Рональд осознает, что если он не преуспеет в жизни, он не сможет
обеспечить свою семью.
II.
SB p.158 “…a tribe in Ethiopia began to eat ground coffee beans for extra energy.”
extra – добавочный, дополнительный (more than usual or necessary)
additional – добавочный, дополнительный (added to sth, more than expected)
1. У Майкла хорошо оплачиваемая работа, но когда у него есть возможность
заработать дополнительное количество денег, каким бы маленьким оно ни
было, он счастлив.
2. Если ты хочешь сделать хороший доклад, ты должен использовать какойнибудь дополнительный материал.
3. Никто не бывает счастлив, если ему задают дополнительные вопросы на
экзамене.
4. Если Мартин хочет добиться успеха в делах, он должен быть готов делать
дополнительную работу, какой бы трудной она ни была.
III.
SB p.158 “… skyscrapers are very common these days.”
common – обычный, обыкновенный, широко распространенный
usual – обычный, обыкновенный, регулярно происходящий
1. Обмениваться визитными карточками в начале совещания – обычная
практика.
2. Это обычное мнение, что гендерные различия следует принимать как
должное.
111
3. В последние годы работать внештатно стало вполне обычным.
4. Это обычное дело, когда люди не выполняют свои рождественские
намерения.
Exercise 13. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets and
appropriate modal verbs.
A.
Your Mind
Do you make the most of it?
Psychological research shows we considerably underestimate our mental
powers. If you think it does not apply to you, then there is a simple test to show
you are wrong.
Write down the names of all American states you (1) __________________
(mod.v./remember). Put the list away and then set yourself the same task a week
later. Provided you have not cheated by consulting an atlas, you (2)
________________ (mod.v./notice) something rather surprising. The two lists (3)
_________________ (mod.v./contain) roughly the same number of states, but they
(4) __________________ (mod.v.negative/be) identical. Some names (5)
______________ (mod.v./slip) away, but others (6) _______________
(mod.v./replace) them. This suggests that somewhere in your mind you (7)
_____________ (mod.v./have) a record of virtually every state. So it is not really
your memory that (8) __________ (to let) you down; just your ability to retrieve
information from it.
We (9) ____________ (to remember) a lot more if we (10) ____________ (to
have) more confidence in our memories and (11) _____________ (to know) how
to use them properly. One useful tip is that things are more likely (12)
_____________ (to remember) if you are in exactly the same state and place as
you were when you learned them.
So if you are a student who always (13) __________ (to revise) on black coffee,
perhaps it (14) ______________ (to be) sensible to prime yourself with a cup
before (15) __________ (to go) into the exam. If possible you also (16)
________________ (mod.v./try) to learn information in the room where it is going
(17) _____________ (to test).
When you learn is also important. But this does not apply to everyone, so it is
essential (18) ______________ (to establish) your own rhythm. You (19)
______________ (mod.v./do) this by (20) _____________ (to learn) a set number
of lines of poetry at different times of the day and (21) ___________ (to see) when
most lines stick. When you (22) ____________ (to do) this, try to organize your
life so that the time set aside for learning coincides with the time when your
memory is at its best.
There are popular fears about the effects of aging on intelligence. However,
they (23) ____________ (to base) on a misconception. Research shows that
although we (24) ________ (to slow down (emphasized) mentally as we approach
the end of life, (25) _____________ (to become) stupid or (26) _________ (to
112
lose) your grip with the world is not an inevitable consequence of the aging
process. In old age, intellectual functioning closely (27) ________________ (to
relate) to physical health.
Learning goes well when people feel (28) ____________ (to challenge) and
badly when they feel (29) ____________ (to threaten). Whenever a learning task
becomes (30) ___________ (to threaten), both adults and children feel anxious.
Anxiety interferes with the process of learning because it is (31) _______ (to
distract). In order to learn effectively you (32) ___________ (mod.v./attend)
closely to the task. An anxious person is likely (33) _____________ (to worry)
about what (34) __________ (to happen) if he (35) ___________ (to fail). If his
mind is full of thoughts such as “I’m sure I (36) ______________ (to fail) this
test”, or “What my parents (37) ________________ (to say)?” he will not do as
well as he (38) ____________ (mod.v.).
(From “Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’connell)
B.
Hilverstone Fox Watch
Dear New Member,
Many thanks for your application form for membership in HFW (Hilverstone Fox
Watch). Before I introduce the club to you, I would like to point out that you (1)
________________ (mod.v.negative/pay) your subscription until your membership
application (2) __________________ (to process and approve), so those of you
who joined last Saturday (3) _______________ (mod.v.negative/provide) cheques
on the spot. Our representative (4) ________________ (mod.v.negative/accept)
your cheques. I am returning them, with apologies for any inconvenience.
HFW was set up three years ago for two reasons: to lobby for the abolition of
fox-hunting (the founder members felt we (5) ___________________ (mod.v./do)
this as the Hilverstone Hunt is so powerful in this area) but also to provide some
protection for the foxes here, who (6) ______________ (mod.v./subsist) on
household scraps in some cases. Our meetings are fortnightly but please do not feel
that you (7) _____________ (mod.v./attend) each one. All our members, however,
(8) _____________ (mod. v./attend) six meetings a year and at least two all-night
watches. We (9) ______________ (mod.v./insist) upon this to prevent all of the
work from falling on the shoulders of a few people.
One or two words of advice: a lot of people interested in foxes attempt to
domesticate them by putting food down for them. Please, you (10) _________
(mod.v.negative/do) this. For one thing, we are not supposed to encourage vermin
under local by-laws (and foxes are classified as vermin), but also we (11)
__________________ (mod.v./try) to reintroduce these foxes to their natural
habitat, as they are not naturally domestic animals. Please remember also that
female foxes with young cubs (12) _______________ (mod.v./be) quite
aggressive: children in particular (13) ________________ (mod.v.negative/allow)
to go near them at this potentially dangerous time.
113
Finally, may I remind you that members of HFW (14) _________________
(mod.v.negative)/involve) in the Hilverstone Hunt for at least one year prior to
joining.
Thank you again for your interest.
Yours faithfully,
Jonathan Harker
(From “Advanced Learners’ Grammar” by Mark Foley)
C.
Minutes of Holmefield Neighbour Care Meeting
Sergeant
Dibden
reminded
us
that
we
(1)
_____________
(mod.v.negative/tackle) a burglar if one enters our home as this (2)
______________ (mod.v./be) very dangerous. He also reminded us that we (3)
____________ (to require) by law to inform the police and our insurance
companies of all key holders after a break-in.
Mrs Sanders from Twyfield Close reported she (4) ________ (to burgle) two
afternoons before. The burglar (5) ___________ (mod.v./get) in through an open
downstairs window, although at that time of day there (6) _______________
(mod.v./be) plenty of people around who witnessed the break-in. You (7) _______
(mod.v./report) it to the police if you saw anything, as it’s our civic duty.
Mr Harrison from Dukes Avenue was concerned that he (8) ______________
(not to take up) an invitation from a security company to assess his house for
security risks, but he (9) _______________ (to relieve) to discover from Sergeant
Dibden that he (10) _________________ (mod.v.negative/invite) them anyway, as
the police can do security checks.
Finally, remember, if you (11) ________________ (mod.v. / speak) to a police
officer, you can call Sergeant Dibden at Holmefield police station at any time.
(From “Advanced Learners’ Grammar” by Mark Foley)
Exercise 14. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Лари должен быть принять участие в конференции, но отказался в
последний момент. Если он хочет достичь успеха, он не должен был этого
делать.
2. Мартин сам мог бы довести работу до конца. Тебе не нужно было
оказывать ему поддержку.
3. Было очевидно, что Джеральд не хочет получить эту работу достаточно
сильно, так что его друзьям не нужно было помогать ему.
4. Джейсон очень безответственный. Он должен был сделать свою часть
работы в течение недели, а теперь весь проект под угрозой. Вы не должны
были рассчитывать, что он сделает свою работу вовремя.
5. Тебе не нужно было настаивать, чтобы начальник относился ко всем
одинаково. Он всегда был справедлив.
114
6. Почему ты не остановилась поговорить со мной, когда я встретила тебя на
улице? – Я должна была встретить маму в аэропорту в 4.45. Если бы я
опоздала, она бы мне задала.
7. Этой певице не нужно было добиваться известности. Было ясно с самого
начала, что она не получит славы, которую, как она думала, она
заслуживает.
8. Скандал, в котором была замешана эта кинозвезда, немедленно попал на
первые страницы газет, и ей не нужно было добиваться гласности.
9. Тебе не нужно было беспокоиться о том, как твои друзья воспримут
новость. Разве я тебе не говорила, что они примут ее как должное.
10.Я знал, что мои друзья примут новость как должное, и мне не нужно было
беспокоиться об этом.
11.Элисон должна была начать работу в нашей газете. Почему она не
появилась в офисе? – Она сказала, что все же предпочитает работать
внештатно, и отказалась.
115
Unit 9
Focus on Grammar:
The participle
Exercise 1. Analyze the following examples, translate them into Russian and
replace the participle constructions with corresponding relative clauses. See
Grammar Reference.
E.g. a) The problem being discussed is very important.
- The problem which is being discussed is very important.
b) All books written by this author are popular.
- All books which were written by this author are popular.
1. Amateur tennis players taking part in the competition were not experienced
enough.
2. The football match being shown on TV is very important for both teams.
3. Commercials shown on TV irritate me very much indeed.
4. The ideas discussed in the program deserve closer attention.
5. The public figure being interviewed might be elected to parliament next year.
6. Stumbling over the rocks in the dark, we continued climbing the steep slope.
7. Having done the job in just two weeks, he could afford a short holiday.
8. Having agreed to pay the bill, Mr Jackson didn’t know where to get the money.
9. (When) asked to do something quickly, Mr Lee usually got annoyed.
10. Being interviewed, the minister misquoted the president.
11. Having been warned about the danger of an earthquake, people left the area.
12. Having been told about her husband’s accident, she was inconsolable.
Exercise 2. Read and discuss the following article. Do the multiple-choice task given
below.
Pre-reading discussion.
Imagine that you are through with your education and you are going to start work.
1. What would be most important for you:
- financial independence?
- intellectual stimulation?
- a part to play in society?
- a feeling of being valued?
2. Would you like to get a well-paid job which would take up most of your time or
would you prefer something easy but, naturally, with a relatively low salary?
3. Would you like to work at home keeping in touch with the office by e-mail?
4. How important do you think work is for older people?
116
Work: the Daily Grind We Can’t Do Without
A man dies and finds himself in a palace attended by servants and surrounded by
every conceivable luxury. For a week he indulges in all the pleasures he never had the
time, the money or opportunity to enjoy when he was alive. Then one evening an
angelic butler appears and asks him if everything is to his satisfaction.
‘Perfect,’ says the man. ‘But tomorrow I’d like to do something different. Some
work, perhaps.’
‘Not possible,’ says the angel.
‘Why not?’ says the man. ‘This is heaven, isn’t it?’
‘No,’ says the angel. ‘Quite the reverse, in fact.’
Work might seem like hell but however much we might think we loathe it, our
psychological need for work is real. Everyone wants to be valued, and wages and
salaries are the hard proof that we matter.
Not any old work qualifies, however. No matter how worthwhile or demanding they
might be, child-rearing, housework and voluntary employment tend to be regarded as
non-jobs, hardly better than hobbies. In our work-centered culture, a ‘proper’ job
means paid employment. Being paid for a job is our stake in society. It’s good for our
self-esteem.
Of course, we would all prefer to work to be useful, interesting and congenial, as
well as paid. But you don’t have to enjoy your job to derive psychological benefits
from it. In fact, our attitude to work is more masochistic. According to psychologist Dr
John Harworth, the constraints of a job, such as the need to overcome our own
resistance to unenjoyable tasks, actually contribute to our sense of well-being.
The need to be in a particular place at a particular time, working as part of a team
towards a common goal, gives us a sense of purpose and structure that we find difficult
to impose on ourselves. Also, as the roles of the sexes become blurred, the modern
workplace is an arena in which men can assert their identity and where women can
create a new one. “I love my husband,” says one female junior executive, “but I have
to admit that the office is where I feel most fulfilled.”
Although genuine workaholics are uncommon, many of us are ‘job junkies’ without
knowing. When we are deprived of work we become irritable, unkempt, lethargic and
unable to enjoy the expanse of leisure which, paradoxically, unemployment opens up
for us. For people who are made redundant, the plunge into unemployment can be
particularly cruel. At a stroke, they have lost their livelihood and the foundation of
their lives. To be told you are not needed is bad enough, but it does not end there: you
still have to live in a work-driven culture that tends to regard the jobless as outsiders
and victims of sloth and incompetence.
Information technology may end up making even the workplace itself redundant.
Offices are extremely expensive, a drain not only on company profits but also on the
time and energy of employees who spend large parts of the day commuting to and from
them. Almost half the British workforce are now employed to process different kinds
of information on computers. They don’t in fact need an office in order to do their
work. All that is necessary is a power outlet, a telephone line and a computer.
117
Already more than two million British employees are what have come to be known
as ‘teleworkers’. Some work from home full-time, keeping in touch with headquarters
by email and phone. Others ‘hot desk,’ logging on to a time-shared workstation for one
or more days a week.
Many employees welcome the break with tradition, claiming that teleworking has
improved their lives enormously. ‘I used to spend two hours a day commuting,’ says
Bridget, an educational consultant with two children. ‘Working from home not only
gives me more time for work and for my family, but has allowed us to move out of
town – something that was impossible when I was tied to the office.’ But though
commuting on the information highway may be preferable to sitting in a traffic jam,
not everyone has the temperament for it.
A report from Swansea University psychology department came to the conclusion
that the ideal teleworker is a self-sufficient and introverted individual. Steve, who
works from home as a software designer for a bank, does not fit this profile. ‘I liked the
office culture,’ he says, ‘the gossip and team spirit. Working from home can make you
feel cut off.’
Various employers have reported that teleworking has improved productivity, in
some cases by up to 50 per cent, but some of them are discovering the downside. The
unsupervised worker may be an unseen ghost in the machine who causes irreparable
damage but who goes undetected until it is too late.
Whatever the advantages of teleworking, it is a siren song that neither employers
nor workers are likely to resist. After all, we were conditioned to the nine-to-five
working day, a routine imposed by convention rather than the particular tasks in hand,
and there is no reason we can’t be conditioned out of it.
(From ‘Advanced Gold’ TB by S.Burgess)
Choose the best answer to the following questions.
1. What does the story given at the beginning of the article imply?
A. It’s good to indulge in pleasures.
B. People can’t do without work long.
C. Pleasures are boring.
2. Why aren’t child-rearing, housework and voluntary employment regarded as
‘proper’ jobs?
A. They aren’t worthwhile.
B. People don’t have to qualify to get such jobs.
C. They are not paid for.
3. By saying ‘our attitude to work is more masochistic’ the author of the article
means that people
A. derive satisfaction from overcoming resistance to unenjoyable tasks.
B. have to do the work they don’t like.
C. are masochistic by nature.
4. Women find work psychologically beneficial because
A. the roles of sexes have become blurred.
B. they love their jobs more than their husbands.
C. at the office they can create a new identity for themselves.
118
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Why is unemployment considered particularly cruel to those who are made
redundant?
A. They lose the foundation for their lives.
B. People tend to regard those who are made redundant with contempt.
C. Being told we are not wanted is a blow to our self-esteem.
How can information technology affect jobs and work?
A. More and more people will be able to work at home.
B. Most people will work with computers.
C. Information technology will help save a lot of money.
Some people prefer to become ‘teleworkers’ because
A. working from home saves them a lot of time and gives them the freedom they
need.
B. it means breaking with tradition.
C. they hate traffic jams.
Many people are against working at home because
A. they are not self-sufficient.
B. they love gossip.
C. at home they feel isolated.
What disadvantages can teleworking have for some employers?
A. Unsupervised workers can become lazy.
B. Unsupervised workers can damage the equipment.
C. Teleworkers may be unqualified.
Discussion
1. Now that you’ve read the article would you give a different answer to some of the
questions you discussed before reading it?
2. Do you consider work only as a way to earn a living or do you think it is
psychologically important to people?
3. What is more important about work: the salary or such factors as personal interest
and social status?
4. Do you think people should have a job even if they don’t depend on a salary as a
source of income?
5. What do you think of working at home?
6. What kind of person is a workaholic?
Exercise 3. Replace the clauses given in italics with participle constructions.
E.g. As he had done the work quickly he had some free time.
- Having done the work quickly, he had some free time.
1. Championships which take place in different parts of the world are often shown
live on sports channels.
2. People who seek fame and fortune often choose a sports career.
3. Movie stars who are admired by their fans usually avoid showing up in public
places.
4. The leaflets which are being handed out call on amateurs to take part in a
charity sport competition.
119
5. The man who is being questioned by the police witnessed the crime.
6. The news program which is being shown on TV hardly conveys the real
meaning of what is going on in the country.
7. As the minister was being interviewed by reporters, he couldn’t address the
problem immediately.
8. As the girl knew her proper place, she kept in the background.
9. As good accountants are in great demand, they can afford to be choosy about
jobs and salaries.
10. As Mr O’Hara is a self-made man, he knows what real trouble means.
11. As David didn’t know how to pay off his debt, he turned to his relatives for
help.
12. After Mr Simson had sorted out the problem of getting a bank loan for his
business, he started looking for trained personnel.
13. As Mr Joystone had agreed to take the responsibility for everything, he
practically took over the company.
14. After the country broke off diplomatic relations with its neighbours, it started
getting ready for war.
15. As John was invited to take part in the race for the first time, he felt proud and
happy.
16. After Alison was told who had been following her, she realised she had had a
lucky escape.
17. As the girl had been left in the dark for nearly half an hour, she was close to
tears.
18. As the boss had been involved in similar affairs before, he knew how to deal
with the situation.
19. As the local residents had been warned of a possible flood, they were leaving
their homes.
Exercise 4. Read the following article and describe the lifestyle of a workaholic.
What negative consequences can being a workaholic lead to?
Are You a Work Addict?
If you are addicted to alcohol or other drugs, it’s bad for you: we know that. But
what about being addicted to your job?
Being a workaholic can lead to mental and physical health problems and wrecked
marriages, families and friendships. Anyone can be a workaholic: lawyer, librarian,
lorry driver … it doesn’t matter what your job is. There are tell-tale signs that show
you may be overdoing it:

Do you wake up thinking about your work?

Do you find it hard to relax and switch off from the job?

Have you given up other hobbies because of work demands?

Do you resent taking holidays and consider leisure time wasteful?

Do you refuse to turn down work even when you are already busy?

Do you regularly take work home with you after office hours?

Are you constantly edgy and irritable, even when at home?
120

Does work take so much time that you rarely see your friends and family?
According to Cary Cooper, Professor of Organizational Psychology at Manchester
University, if you answer yes to up to three questions, it shows you have a normal
healthy enthusiasm for work; four to six indicates that you are a moderate workaholic,
on the road to becoming an addict. ‘Anybody who ticked seven or eight,’ says
Professor Cooper, ‘needs to re-examine their lifestyle: he or she is an extreme
workaholic – and probably doesn’t realize it.’
(From ‘Advanced Cambridge English Course’ by M.Swan)
Exercise 5. Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences into
English. Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word combinations
given in italics.
I.
Ex. 2 “You don’t have to enjoy your work to derive psychological benefits from it.”
benefit – преимущество, польза, выгода
to get / derive benefit from sth – извлечь пользу (выгоду) из чего-либо
to do sth for the benefit of sb – сделать что-либо на благо (в пользу) кого-либо
advantage – преимущество, превосходство, выгода
to turn sth to one’s advantage – обратить что-либо себе на пользу
profit – польза, выгода, прибыль
to make a profit from sth – извлечь прибыль из чего-либо
1. Я думаю, ты должен оставить эту сделку. Ты не извлечешь из нее никакой
прибыли. Разве ты не понимаешь, что это дело нестоящее? – В данной
ситуации деньги не так уж много значат. Я надеюсь получить из этого коекакую другую выгоду.
2. Роберт очень хитрый. Он может повернуть себе на пользу даже
безнадежную ситуацию.
3. Почему г-н Стоун так старается навязать нам этот проект? – Это потому,
что он, конечно же, извлечет из него много пользы.
4. Когда молодые люди открывают свое дело помощью своих родителей, это
большое преимущество.
5. Ты, должно быть, с ума сошел, что продаешь свой загородный дом. В
продаже земли очень мало выгоды. – Совсем наоборот. Я продаю его с
большой прибылью.
II.
Ex. 2 “I have to admit that the office is where I feel most fulfilled.”
to admit – признавать, допускать, сознаваться (в преступлении)
to acknowledge – признавать (открыто), сознавать
(E.g. he was acknowledged as their leader. – Он был признан лидером)
to recognize - признавать
(E.g. He recognized that he wasn’t qualified enough. – Он признавал (сам видел),
что недостаточно квалифицирован.)
to recognize a new state – признать новое государство
121
1. Новые улики заставили Кларенса признать, что он подделал документ.
2. Доставлять себе удовольствие – признанный путь получить чувство
благополучия.
3. Экономическая ситуация сейчас нестабильна и уровень безработицы
высок, так что ты сам должен признать опасность быть уволенным.
4. Г-н Браун – общественный деятель, поэтому он никогда не признает свой
тайный брак, который может нанести непоправимый ущерб его
репутации.
5. Г-н Стюарт в прошлом месяце получил повышение, таким образом его
длительная служба на благо компании была, наконец, признана.
III.
Ex. 2 “It’s a siren song that neither employers nor workers are likely to resist.”
to resist – противиться, сопротивляться, не поддаваться
(E.g. to resist the enemy – оказывать сопротивление врагу
to resist the police in the discharge of their duty – оказывать сопротивление
полиции при исполнении служебных обязанностей)
to oppose – противиться, сопротивляться, выступать против
(E.g. People oppose this police. – Люди выступают против этой политики.)
1. Надеюсь, мы сможем навязать это решение комитету, так как его самые
влиятельные члены вряд ли будут выступать против него.
2. Мартин ввязался в драку, а потом сопротивлялся аресту. Теперь ему не
обойтись без хорошего адвоката.
3. Я не знаю, что вот-вот случится. Папа так слаб, что больше не может
сопротивляться болезни.
4. В стране много людей, которые выступают против новой политики
правительства.
Exercise 6. Read the following article quickly and find answers to the questions
given below. Try to concentrate only on those passages that provide the information
you need and skip those that are of no importance to you at the moment.
1.What does the term ‘freeter’ mean?
2.What kind of people become freeters?
3.What major sub-groups does the younger generation in Japan fall into?
4.Why do so many young Japanese adopt the freeter lifestyle?
5.What job opportunities did the older generation have?
6.What is the attitude of the older people to the freeter lifestyle of the young?
Japan’s Young Slackers
Meet the easygoing ‘part-time’ generation.
Gone are the days when most young men expected to climb the corporate ladder at
Sony, Mitsubishi or another industrial giant, while their sisters took “office lady”
positions until marriage. Nowadays Japan Inc. simply isn’t creating middle-class
122
opportunities like it used to, and while young Japanese might fantasize about jobs-forlife, most end up with something much different: paid-by-the-hour temporary work.
Japan has a name for its swelling legion of part-timers. They are called freeters
(derived from the English word free and the German word for worker, Arbeiter) – a
term that describes not just an employment category but a lifestyle. By reputation,
freeters are a bit like America’s Gen-X slackers: they work only when they need cash,
hang out, travel whenever possible and celebrate their rejection of their parents’ old
workaholic lifestyle. Japan’s new workers froth cappuccinos, pump gas, pack boxes
and run cash registers. “I couldn’t be a salary-man,” says Yoshinari Nozaki, a 30-yearold design-school dropout. “Getting up early even in winter, crushing yourself into a
commuter train, working late and drinking with your superiors to ingratiate yourself.
Where’s the freedom in that?”
Ten years ago, such behaviour was virtually unheard of. From the early 1960s until
1992, career jobs awaited not just college grads but kids out of high school as well.
Major corporations recruited aggressively at top universities, where male students
willing to trim their hair and don three-piece “interview suits” had their pick of careers
inside Japan Inc. All the while, major manufacturers sought fresh high-school grads to
staff factories and sales offices. The good times ended when companies reined in
hiring, and universities began to feel the “job-seekers’ ice age.” It’s been a long
freeze. In 2000 only eight in 10 college grads landed jobs of any sort after
matriculation.
Now magazine publications are chock-full of help-wanted listings of unskilled,
short-term positions. Typically, the ads emphasize a job’s ease, flexibility and fun –
not old-fashioned draws like status or career promise. Reads one: “For this job you are
free to choose your own clothing and hairstyle. You can get up late in the morning.
You don’t have to ride crowded trains. Even if you have no experience, you get a good
rate pay. Yes, all these selfish wishes can come true!” The position advertised: $11-anhour-telemarketing.
Many of Japan’s freeters harbor artistic aspirations. Daiki, for example, earns
meager wages passing out fliers in a gritty underpass in Tokyo and spends his free time
composing rap lyrics. Daiki, 20, still lives at home and hangs out in clubs at night. “If
my folks are still up when I get home, I get an earful,” he says. “When I wake up in the
afternoon, I hear the same refrain: ‘Get a job!’ My dad’s a mechanic and he works very
hard. That’s why they never let up on me.”
As originally coined, the term freeter described “artists and musicians with a
purpose in life who needed part-time work to make a living,” says Reiko Kosugi, an
expert on part-time Japanese workers at the Japan Institute of Labor, a governmentfunded think tank. Even today, she adds, young people with entrepreneurial or artistic
ambitions make up one of three main subgroups. The other two are kids who tried
unsuccessfully to land career jobs and drifters with no firm plans. Kosugi believes the
last group, the drifters, to be the fastest growing. “As children they saw only the backs
of their fathers. They have no idea what they want to do. All they say is: ‘I don’t want
to be a salaryman.’ In this sense, Japan’s economic situation is reflected inside the
family.”
123
In 1999 Kosugi and her research team interviewed 97 part-timers about their
employment perspectives and motivations. Their study, entitled “Freeters: Their
Reality and Thinking,” profiles a generation adrift. Most part-timers want freedom and
flexibility, it concludes, but either lack firm career goals or “tend not to have any
means of connecting their present situations to a future career.” At times, the
dysfunction is staggering. One interview subject, a 31-year-old male, completed a
doctorate in biology and abandoned the field abruptly – to attend beauty college.
Another, a 19-year-old high-school graduate, quit a vocational business school to work
in a club. “I had an eye on one bar I kind of liked,” she told scholars. “I was hired as a
part-timer. I enjoy the job now, but I am also interested in fashion. I don’t know if I
will try to become a full-fledged bartender, or quit. I’m not sure.”
Traditionally minded Japanese find these antics heretical. To them, the young
generation’s self-indulgence breaks a time-tested social contract. Conventionally,
Japanese salarymen work for decades within rigidly hierarchical corporations until
they are eventually rewarded in the form of fat retirement bonuses. Freeters take the
dramatically opposite approach: work as little as necessary, then have fun as long as
possible until the money runs out.
Masahiro Yamada, a sociologist at Gakugei University in Tokyo, thinks Japan’s
self-indulgent youngsters constitute a bloodsucking “affluent class that can live like
Japan’s ancient aristocrats.” Yamada charges that Japan’s kids “hinder the nation’s
economy and sap the nation’s vitality.” His prescription: young Japanese should move
out from their parental homes, marry earlier and have more kids. It’s a view many
older Japanese share. “I want him to get out and become independent,” the mother of a
live-at-home 29-year-old son told NEWSWEEK. “I want him to discover what he
wants to do with his life and be happy.”
Throughout the postwar boom, Japan’s children typically stayed in the nest long
enough to save a down payment for a flat of their own, and then married. Yet today’s
high housing costs and relatively low wages have made it tough for most young people
to follow the job-marriage-mortgage path. They lack options and for that reason adopt
the freeter lifestyle.
(From “Newsweek” June 4, 2001, abridged)
Exercise 7.
a) See Grammar Reference (Nouns in groups) p. … Read the article again and write
out compound nouns and noun phrases with compound words used as attributes. Think
of a way to translate them into Russian.
E.g. paid-by-the-hour temporary work – временная работа с почасовой оплатой
b) Rewrite the following sentences using noun phrases instead of the words given in
bold type.
1. The firm employed a boy of 16 who dropped out of secondary school.
2. Small firms placed a lot of advertisements which showed that help was wanted
for short terms.
124
3. Alison got a job of a cleaner at a café for which she got $8 an hour.
4. The boys who were 12 years old set off on a hike in the mountains which
lasted for 6 hours.
5. The local authorities made it a point to create job opportunities for graduates of
high schools who belonged to the middle class.
6. It was the time of recession which was as long as a decade.
7. They launched a project for employment which was funded by the government.
8. The research profiles the perspectives for employment of the younger
generation.
9. The article keeps a low profile on the rate of unemployment among graduates of
top universities.
10. The parents are concerned about the style of life of their children.
11. In New York Jack stayed in a room in a hotel which cost $400 a night.
12. We missed our connection at Kennedy Airport. Due to bad weather conditions
there was a delay which lasted for three hours.
Exercise 8. Analyze the following sentences, translate them into Russian and
replace the participle constructions with corresponding relative clauses.
E.g. The school being closed, the children were happy.
- As the school was closed, the children were happy.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
The line being bad, we couldn’t hear what Max was saying.
His English being poor, the boy went to evening classes to brush it up.
Their house being redecorated, the Smiths had to live in a hotel.
Everybody having gone to bed, the boy tiptoed quietly to his room.
The meeting having been called off unexpectedly, we didn’t have to stay at
work till 5.
The work done, he could relax.
A draft contract written, we could send it to the boss for approval.
The Labour Party candidate having promised to curb inflation, people voted for
him.
The terms of the contract still being discussed, we couldn’t write the final
version of the document.
The suspected assassin still being questioned, the public relations officer
couldn’t give any conclusive information to the press.
With all debts paid off, Allan felt things were looking up.
With inflation going down and unemployment reduced, the ruling party leaders
didn’t worry about the outcome of the election campaign.
With Mr Gordon having taken over the company, all employees felt more
secure.
With so many commercials being shown all the time, TV programs have
become impossible to watch.
125
Exercise 9. Replace the relative clauses in the following sentences with participle
constructions.
1. As Mike was not fully qualified, the manager could give him a job.
2. When the research was completed, the committee was ready to report on its
results.
3. As many employees can do their work at home, big companies close down some
of their offices.
4. As Mr Alister had started to work from home, his family moved to the
countryside.
5. When the children became financially independent, their parents didn’t have to
support them any longer.
6. As her office hours were not regular, Mrs Smiley couldn’t say when she would
be able to meet the reporters.
7. As Martin was a top university graduate, the head of the company was glad to
employ him.
8. As the housing prices were going up steadily, Mr Carlton did his best to make the
down payment for his new apartment as soon as possible.
9. As many mothers work full-time, their children don’t get enough care and
attention.
10.As his computer was not working, Martin couldn’t complete the work in time.
11.As Martin’s computer hadn’t been repaired in time, he couldn’t complete the
work.
12.As major corporations don’t create new job opportunities, it has become difficult
for university graduates to get a job.
13.As Margaret hadn’t completed her doctorate, she wasn’t considered a full-fledged
scholar.
14.As Ms Speedy caused irreparable damage to the computer system, she is going to
be fired.
15.As the problem has been imposed on the employees of the company, they are not
eager to address it.
16.As the managers of the company have been deprived of all his benefits, some of
them are going to resign.
Exercise 10. Translate the parts of the sentences given in italics using participle
constructions if possible.
1. Будучи не в состоянии взять на себя ответственность, they didn’t know
what to do.
2. I can’t say that the film, который сейчас показывают по первому каналу, is
a masterpiece.
3. Не имея поддержки со стороны родителей в молодости, the millionaire
was proud that he was a self-made man.
4. The old movie star, которая была популярна почти полвека, couldn’t get
used to being retired and forgotten.
5. The idea, которую сейчас обсуждают, reflects the opinion of the majority of
our employees.
126
6. The idea, которую только что выдвинули, can’t possibly help to promote our
business.
7. The man, которого сейчас обыскивает офицер службы безопасности,
might be involved in drug trafficking.
8. The man, которого только что обыскал офицер службы безопасности,
might be involved in drug trafficking.
9. The ties, которые были установлены c этой страной, can’t be considered
stable.
10. The letters, которые были написаны вчера, must be passed on to the head
manager for approval.
11. Согласившись оплатить расходы на свадьбу своей дочери, Mr Davies
started thinking how to raise the money for it.
12. Так как он неправильно процитировал президента в статье, the journalist
had to resign.
13. Так как журналист неправильно процитировал президента в статье, the
editor had to give him the sack.
14. Получая огромную прибыль, the business elite can put pressure on politicians
and make them change their political course.
15. Так как ему отказали в визе, he couldn’t get his degree at Oxford.
16. Так как с этой страной дипломатические отношения были прерваны,
tourists couldn’t get visas.
17. Когда контракт был подписан, the businessmen went to the best restaurant in
the city to celebrate the event.
18. You can’t raise a healthy generation, при том что родители оба работают
полный рабочий день.
19. The company cut down its budget, при этом нескольких старых служащий
вынудили уйти на пенсию.
20. Даже при том, что данные будут приходить сюда со всего мира, the
scientists won’t be able to predict and earthquakes accurately enough.
Exercise 11. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
The relationship between the British royal family and the popular press is
curious, to say the least. In many respects the press yet (1) ______________
(mod.v./realise) that the royals are indeed the goose that lays golden eggs. Royal
scandals and royal divorces which (2) ______________ (to illustrate) with
tasteless photographs and (3) ___________ (to support) by the worst kind of
journalistic excess (4) ___________ (to prove) to be just the thing for raising
newspaper circulations. Every photograph became a contribution to some new
rumour; even private telephone conversations (5) _____________ (to print) on the
front page. What the press yet (6) ______________ (mod.v./ realise) is that such
intrusions into the privacy of members of the royal family also (7)
_______________ (to help) to create an atmosphere in which the very existence of
the monarchy (8) _______________ (to call) into question. The prestige of the
127
royal family undoubtedly (9) _____________ (to suffer). And how this (10)
_______________ (mod.v./not be) the case when their lives (11) ______________
(to turn) into some absurd soap opera? Just as the press feeds the illusion that the
characters on television, those awful creeps in ‘East Enders’ and ‘Neighbours’, are
somehow ‘real people’ so it (12) ___________ (to reduce) the royal family to the
status of a series of cardboard characters. And if you secretly (13) ____________
(to think), ‘Well, that’s what they are,’ you (14) ___________ (mod.v./be) just
another victim of the illusion. There are real issues still (15) _____________ (to
debate) about the role, and indeed the survival of the royal family, issues to which
the popular press hardly (16) ________________ (to contribute). If the monarchy
should lose its constitutional role, the press will be largely to blame. And ironically
it then (17) _____________ (mod.v./lose) one of its main circulation boosters, and
it (18) _____________ (mod.v./kill) off its golden goose for good.
(From “Advanced Language Practice” by M.Vince)
B.
The Hidden Costs of Clothing
Now it is common knowledge that more people (1) ________ (to start) to
search out organic skin care products. However, few consider buying organic when
it comes to clothing. But if we (2) _____________ (to know) more about what (3)
___________ (to absorb) into the fabrics that we all wear next to our skin, we (4)
________________ (mod.v./become) more determined to seek out alternatives.
Even people who select so-called natural fabrics (5) ______________
(mod.v./shock) to know that unless they (6) ______________ (to choose) organic,
they still (7) ________________ (to buy) a fabric that (8) ____________ (to grow)
with the use of chemicals, pesticides, herbicides, growth regulators and defoliants.
Wool and linen also (9) __________ (to favour) by those who prefer natural
fabrics, yet today, formaldehyde, a known carcinogenic, often (10) ___________
(to use) in the finishing of linen. During fabric production, bleaching agents, dyes,
crease resistant finishes, moth repellants (11) ________________ (mod.v./add) to
the list of toxins that remain in the clothing we wear. Not only there (12)
__________ (to be) evidence that they remain in our clothing, but pesticides now
(13) _____________ (to show) up in drinking water too. They filtrate into the
rivers poisoning wildlife. As a result, clothing industry (14) _____________ (to
become) one of the top polluting industries in the world. For example, in
Kazakhstan, it is said that the Aral Sea (15) ____________ (to dry up) due to
extensive cotton farming. The sea’s shore (16) _________________ (to recede) 75
miles in the past 35 years and its once thriving fishing community (17)
______________ (to disappear) as the waters (18) ______________ (to become)
too polluted to support fish.
(From “Upstream Advanced” by V.Evans)
128
Exercise 12. Analyze the following sentences with misrelated participles and make
the necessary changes.
1. Reading the contract a second time, the meaning became clear.
2. When planting these flowers, care must be taken not to damage the roots.
3. When paying by cheques, a bank card should be shown.
4. Knowing me to be the fool of the family, the news that I had won a scholarship
astonished him.
5. Leaving the cinema, it seemed to him that the film had been exceptionally bad.
6. Barking furiously, I led the dog out of the room.
7. Having paid my taxes, the amount left in the bank is hardly worth mentioning.
8. Writing my name in the hotel register, a familiar voice attracted my attention.
9. Misunderstanding the question, a wrong answer was sent in.
10.Shining in the sky, we saw the first star.
11.Pinned to the door by a knife, the man saw a notice.
12.Written in large letters, they saw the words ‘No Entry’.
13.Rushing out of the house, a lorry knocked him over.
14.Driving to work, the traffic jams infuriated him.
15.Sitting in the dentist’s chair, an idea suddenly occurred to me.
16.Wondering where to go, an advertisement caught my eye.
Exercise 13. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics.
1. Будучи нервной и раздражительной, г-жа Грин не могла сосредоточиться
на своей работе.
2. Обсуждаемые в данный момент варианты вряд ли будут нам на пользу.
3. Крупные корпорации, много лет принимавшие на работу выпускников
лучших университетов, сейчас не могут предложить им хороший уровень
зарплаты.
4. Накопив денег на первоначальный взнос за свою собственную квартиру.
Джеральд может не беспокоиться о своем будущем.
5. Многие люди, получавшие мизерную зарплату с тех пор, как
экономический кризис ударил по стране, не могут обойтись без
социальных пособий.
6. Навязываемый нам проект вряд ли создаст новые возможности для
нашей компании.
7. Завершив работу над докторской диссертацией, Кевин считал себя
полноправным ученым. Однако его друзья, знающие его достаточно
хорошо, не разделяли его мнение.
8. Будучи уволенным, г-н Грин не мог содержать семью.
9. Будучи лишенным, работы, старик не имел чувства благополучия.
129
Exercise 14. When and if you get employed by a foreign company you will have to
sign a Contract of Employment which may include a clause on confidential
information. Read an example of such a clause very carefully.
(6) CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND DATA
1.1.
During an Employee’s term of office as stipulated in the present
agreement and hereinafter, he or she must not: (1) divulge or consciously permit an
outside party access to the Company’s Commercial secret and any other information
relevant to the Company’s activities and financial circumstances (bargains, operations
or deeds of the Company, the Company’s know-how or the Company’s secret
technologies) which pertain to all items, products and services provided by the
Company (the “Confidential Information”); (2) to utilize or attempt to utilize, in any
manner, the said Commercial Information in his or her own interests, which may or
may not be detrimental to the Company or its activities, directly or indirectly lead to
damages (except in the instances which are connected with the performance of his or
her usual routine duties, or when it is done as required by law).
1.2.
In the event of the Employee’s dismissal for any reason, the Employee
must immediately hand over to the Company all memoranda, tape-recordings,
diskettes, films, photographs, layouts, brochures and notes in any form of record
referring to any aspect of the Company’s activities. The Employee must not retain
copies of these documents since all such materials are considered exclusively as the
Company’s property.
1.3.
In accordance with paragraph 139.2 of the Civil Code, the Employee
must compensate the Company for all damages (including loss of profit) resulting from
the non-fulfillment of his or her obligations which are stipulated in paragraph 6.
Answer the questions given in the following situation.
You work for Midland Bank, which has branches around the world. The department
you are with deals with the stock exchange. Not long ago the bank bought $10 million
worth of shares of ‘Standard Software’, a company producing computers. You visited
the ‘Standard Software’s head office several times and made friends with Lucy Stark, a
secretary of the company’s chief executive officer R. Greenwood, who is considered to
be the basic brainpower of the company.
This afternoon you phoned Lucy to invite her to go out tonight and she told you she
could leave early because Mr Greenwood had fallen ill.
1) Is this inside information?
You meet Lucy at a café and she starts telling you that she’s greatly worried about
Mr Greenwood’s health. After lunch today he asked Lucy to call an ambulance. When
it arrived he complained of pains in his left shoulder and chest and was perspiring
130
profusely. The ambulance took Mr Greenwood to hospital, but the employees were
told it was not very serious. Lucy, however, knows Mr Greenwood’s family has a
history of heart trouble and that both his parents died of heart attacks.
2) Has the nature of the information changed?
3) Did Lucy have a right to give you this information?
It’s common knowledge that ‘Standard Software’ is so successful mainly thanks to
Mr Greenwood’s talent. Under the circumstances the shares of the company are sure to
go down because of his health problems.
4) Must you report the information to your superiors?
You are aware that if you reveal the information you will most certainly get Lucy
into trouble.
5) Can you report the information without implicating Lucy?
You decide to keep the secret because it would be an unfriendly step to set up Lucy.
However, you have a problem. Practically all analysts at your bank considered
‘Standard Software’ shares a “good buy”, so you invested all your savings in them. If
the shares go down, you’ll lose a lot.
6) Suppose you sell the shares. Will it be insider trading?
You decide to sell the shares quickly hoping Mr Greenwood will soon recover.
You sell them, but the deal attracts attention because just a few days before you
discussed the share prices with a co-worker and you both agreed that ‘Standard
Software’ was a good investment.
7) Will your colleague remember it?
Unfortunately, Mr Greenwood dies at hospital. The shares of ‘Standard Software’
go down dramatically and your bank loses a lot of money. Your co-worker suspects
you knew something when you sold your shares and reports it to your superior. The
latter confronts you and makes you tell him the truth.
8) Will you be fired?
You must look for a new job, but your references leave much to be desired. Your
only hope of getting a good job is to go to another bank and come up with some bright
idea which would be attractive to them. Fortunately, when you were working for
Midland Bank, you started thinking about a scheme raising money on the basis of
floating exchange rates of currencies in South-East Asian countries.
9) Can you use these ideas outside Midland Bank?
When you were fired you returned all your records and notes to your superior at
Midland Bank as your Contract of Employment required. Now you applied to Barkley
Bank and suggested your scheme to them. They were greatly interested in the scheme
and gave you a job in spite of your poor references. Your scheme is quite successful.
Unfortunately, there happened to be a clash of interests between Midland Bank and
Barkley Bank. Your former superior remembered that you had mentioned your scheme
to him once though he wasn’t interested in it at the time. He also found some notes on
it in the papers you had returned.
10) Will there be a law suit against you?
Now your motto in life is: “Keep your mouth shut!”
131
Exercise 15. Change the following sentences according to the given examples
using Participle I passive or Participle II. Translate the sentences into Russian.
a)
I heard her mention the fact.
- I heard the fact mentioned.
b) I heard them discussing the problem.
- I heard the problem being discussed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
We want them to sign the contract.
They watched the man repairing his car.
I saw Mr Jackson paying the bill.
We saw a boy handing out some leaflets in the underground.
We heard the boss accusing Mrs Jackson of telling lies.
Some business circles want extremists to overthrow the government.
We want them to place the new computer at our disposal.
The man noticed the police arrest some teenagers.
I’ve heard you make too many promises.
I heard you congratulating Max on winning the prize.
The public want the authorities to deprive immigrants of all social benefits.
We heard some journalists interviewing the prime-minister.
We don’t want them to impose this project on us.
The manager would like you to do the job in two weeks.
Reporters heard the police questioning the witnesses of the crime.
Nobody heard them discuss the terms of the contract.
Exercise 16. Complete the sentences using the structure ‘have something done’
or ‘get something done’. Translate the sentences into Russian.
1. It’s dangerous to drive in icy conditions if you have such tyres. You should go
to the service station and ______________ (they/to replace).
2. Our competitors are quite active in the area. If we want to succeed, we must
__________________ (a new branch of our company/ to open) there by the end
of the month.
3. Your new dress fits you as a glove. Where did you ________ (it/to make)?
4. I’m pressed for time. If I don’t ________________ (the work/ to do) by the end
of the week, I’ll be given the sack.
5. The boss wants __________________ (a bank statement/ to send) to him every
week, so that he knows our financial situation all the time.
6. Our firm is advertising a new vacuum cleaner. They come to potential buyers
and demonstrate how it works. If you like, they’ll come to you. In such a way
you ______________ (your apartment/to clean) for free.
7. Your awful holiday was the travel agency’s fault. If you go to court, I think you
can ____________________ (around $1,000 damages/to award) to you.
132
8. Local residents are sick and tired of traffic jams. They are going to make the
authorities consider the problem and ___________________ (heavy fines/to
impose) on motorists for illegal parking.
9. The café is closed. If those bikers don’t leave right away, I’ll ______________
(they/to throw out).
10. I don’t know what such breaches of discipline can lead to. The school board
must ______________ (they/to nip) in the bud.
Exercise 17. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
A popular character in the nation’s top television soap is jailed for something of
which she was probably innocent. (1) _______________ (to find) guilty of a series
of fraudulent acts she faces months of solitary confinement. A good story line, but
wait! Within hours the television station (2) ___________ (to flood) with calls of
protest. A national newspaper soon starts up a campaign (3) ______________ (she/
to free). Thousands of T-shirts (4) _____________ (to print) with slogans (5)
_________ (to call) for her release. Offices and factory floors echo to the sounds of
(6) ______________ (to animate) debates. It even (7) ______________ (to
mention) in Parliament. It’s easy to laugh off such idiocies as ‘a bit of fun’, but
there’s surely a more serious side. A fair proportion of viewers obviously (8)
____________ (to take in) by the story to such an extent that their perception of
fact and fiction clearly (9) ____________ (to blur). (10) _________________ (to
read) newspaper reports, millions will pore over their seven-day TV guide to get a
preview of the week’s soaps. And half of Britain (11) ____________ (to find) (12)
__________ (to glue) to the screen! It’s all very strange.
(From ‘Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
B.
Service Without a Smile
You want your washing machine (1) ___________ (to deliver) on Monday. Will
you get it? We tried in three countries. Here are the results.
Welcome to Birmingham, the friendliest city in the world. We are in Curry’s,
the electrical shop, (2) ____________ (to try) to buy a washing machine. The
assistant is explaining why it cannot (3) _______________ (to deliver) at a
convenient time. His eyes, which look somewhere else, (4) __________ (to bore).
“The drivers make their own schedule,” he says. “We can’t tell them what to do. If
we (5) ____________ (to say) a specific time for you, we (6) ______________ (to
have) to do the same for everyone.”
So is Britain really bad at service? Last week we carried an international survey
across the world.
133
Task: In a typical restaurant, change your entire order after five minutes (even if
the food already (7) ___________ (to arrive).
Tokyo: Waiter grimaced slightly (more in concern than annoyance), excused
himself an hurried off. Returned a few minutes later with the (8) ____________ (to
amend) order.
Los Angeles: Waitress, an actress, cracks jokes about pasta (9) ____________ (to
be) bad for the waistline, and takes the fresh order without irritation.
Birmingham: (10) _____________ (to perform) with a smile. When the vegetable
dip arrived and our reporter said he (11) ____________ (to want) cheese and bacon
instead, the replacement (12) ____________ (to serve) within minutes. “No
problem at all,” said waitress Sarah Lowe. “Our aim is to please.”
Task: How long must you wait (13) _________________ (a telephone/ to install)?
It (14) ________________ (mod.v/do) between noon and 2 p.m. on Monday?
Tokyo: From four days to one week. No.
Rome: Depends on where you live and who you know. For some (with friends) it’s
a week; for others (in the central district) a year. This year the telephone company
promised that the delay (15) ______________ (to bring down) to three months.
Birmingham: At least eight days “to process the application”. No.
Task: Drive into a petrol station and ask (16) _________________ (your
windscreen/to clean), (17) ____________________ (tyre pressure and oil / to
check).
Tokyo: It’s normal in Japan for petrol station attendants (18) _____________ (to
clean) windscreens and empty ashtrays without (19) _____________ (to ask). Oil
and tyres (20) ______________ (to check) efficiently.
Rome: Windscreens (21) ______________ (to clean) by hundreds of Polish
refugees (22) ____________ (to await) immigration papers.
Birmingham: At the Mobil service station, the assistant looks (23)
_____________ (to astonish). Jokes: “Have you got a disabled sticker then?”
(From “Focus on Advanced English CAE Practice Tests” by Sue O’Connell)
C.
Rich Kids
Today there are more and more young people under the age of 25 (1)
______________ (to become) millionaires. Coming into money at an early age can
be tremendously exciting but it can also be fraught with its own problems and
dangers. Here are three young people who (2) ___________ (to find) themselves in
quite extraordinary financial situations very early on.
Tom Hartley
The thoughts of his contemporaries are of football, computer games and latest
designer trainers. Yet Tom Hartley, who struck his first deal (3) ____________ (to
sell) a Porsche when he was 11, just (4) _____________ (to become) Britain’s
youngest self-made millionaire at the age of 14. In the past year he (5) ______ (to
be) responsible for clinching deals worth $8 m for his father’s luxury used-car
business.
134
(6) _____________ (to leave) school at 11 and since then (7) _____________
(to educate) by the so-called ‘university of life’, Hartley is serving an
apprenticeship and learning something every day.
His father said of Tom: “He (8) _______________ (to talk) with customers on
the phone since he was 12. Actually, he’s really more like a partner, which is why I
got him a Ferrari – he (9) _____________ (to earn) it.”
Tracey Makin
The National Lottery’s youngest millionaire confessed yesterday that she (10)
_____________ (to delight) with a mere $53. 16-year-old Tracey Makin thought
she (11) ____________ (to collect) that modest windfall after matching four
numbers in Saturday’s draw and it was only the next day, as she (12)
________________ (to check) her numbers again that she realised she (13)
___________ (to pick) them all – and a win of more than $1 million.
Earlier her mother said Tracey seemed (14) ____________ (to take) the
enormous win easy. “She (15) ___________ (to be) very cool about it, but
obviously she is ecstatic,” she said. “I don’t know how she (16) ____________ (to
manage) to study for her exams, but she (17) _______ (auxiliary verb) and she (18)
_______________ (to take) her exams in summer, money or no money.”
Tracey chose her numbers from a combination of friends’ birthdays. “I probably
will continue playing the lottery although I was told lightning never (19)
____________ (to strike) twice in the same place,” she laughed. “It slowly (20)
_________ (to sink in) but still I really (21) _________ (not to have) the chance to
think properly about what I (22) _____ (to do) with the money.”
Karl Crompton
What do you give the man who has everything? Well, in the case of Karl
Crompton, something to do (23) _____________ (not to go) amiss. Amazingly,
just a fortnight after scooping nearly 11 million on the National Lottery, the 23year-old (24) ____________ (to become) bored out of his brain.
(25) _______________ (to become) one of the richest young men in Britain, he
(26) ___________ (mod.v./ expect) (27) ____ (to drink) champagne. Instead, the
former electrical store worker dines on fish and chips at home and goes out motor
cycling with his mates.
Karl admitted: “It’s hard to comprehend how much money I’ve got and when I
actually stop (28) _______ (to think) about it, to be honest, it’s too much and I
haven’t a clue what to do with it.”
(From “Advanced Gold Coursebook” by R.Acklam)
D.
Time-Eaters
In business or in homework, your time (1) ____________ (to get/to waste)
because you think of something that (2) _________ (to slip) your mind, so you
drop everything and are off to complete it before you (3) ____________ (to forget)
135
it again. What’s the solution? There are several things you can do to reduce the
amount of time (4) __________ (to steal) from you by yourself.
Firstly, remember two principles (5) __________ (to govern) time. The
Principle of Consolidation states that you (6) __________________ (more/to do) if
you group like activities and execute them all in one time frame. The reason behind
this logic is that the preparation time period occurs once for all the tasks. When
you interpose activities, you (7) ________________ (to wind up and to wind
down), (8) _____________ (to reduce) your concentration and (9) _____________
(not to function) at peak mental effectiveness. And so it takes longer to complete
each task.
The other law that affects your time is one you (10) ________ (to hear) for
years. “A stitch in time saves nine.” In other words, if you (11) __________ (to
spend) some time in preparation before actually (12) _____________ (to begin) to
work on a job, you (13) _______________ (mod.v./work) right through and
complete it. The total time for getting ready and the doing (14) ___________ (to
be) less than the time you (15) __________ (to spend) if you just (16)
____________ (to start) right in performing the task. If you (17) __________ (to
clear) the area, before (18) ____________ (to begin) an activity, you (19)
_______________ (not to distract) by some paper work your eyes fall on as you
are on your priority task. Once you (20) _______________ (to start (emphasized)
use conscious self-discipline to stick to it until it (21) ___________ (to finish).
Don’t (22) _______________ (your time/to steal) by interrupting yourself.
(From “Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’Connell)
E.
The Cost of Getting Lost
As I studied the London A – Z street guide on the way to a party we (1)
_________ (to be) late for, I decided to tell my girlfriend about a new report I (2)
____________ (to read) which said that men (3) _________ (to be) much better
map-readers than women. “The report by any chance (4) _____________ (to write)
by a man?” she asked. “Yes,” I replied. “But that’s irrelevant. It scientifically (5)
___________ (to prove) that on average …” But she (6) ___________ (to stop) (7)
_________ (to listen).
The reason for apparent male superiority in navigating (8) ______________
(mod.v./be) nature, or the different travel experiences available to males as they
grew up, with males (9) _____________ (to give) more opportunities to travel by
themselves. Either way, there is little doubt that one of the major causes of in-car
arguments is disagreement over navigation.
It (10) _____________ (to estimate) that 5% of car journeys (11)
____________ (to make) in unfamiliar areas. A fifth of our mileage during these
journeys is the result of navigational mistakes, which means (12) ___________ (to
waste) more than 100 million gallons of petrol a year. While the extra fuel puts an
unnecessary strain on our wallets, ‘map-rage’, as it (13) _______________ (to
become) (14) _________ (to know), can put an ever greater strain on our
relationships. The stress of navigating along an unfamiliar route, (15) __________
136
(to combine) with the different ways in which men and women communicate and
navigate, (16) _____________ (mod.v./lead) to tears or worse.
Although some men (17) _____________ (mod.v./see) it as their destiny to be
the driver-map-reader, it is not always possible in a car. 79% of women report that
if they and their partner are together in the car during the day, their partner (18)
______________ (to drive (repeated action). Thus, unwillingly, women often (19)
_____________ (to force) to do the map-reading. But not always. Sharon CarrBrown, a radio researcher, resists (20) __________ (to become) the reluctant
navigator. “I stopped that right at the beginning of our relationship,” she says. Her
husband Jonathan, a journalist, confesses to the male stereotype of refusing to stop
and ask the way: “I (21) ________ (not to ask (refusal) directions because I don’t
see the point. I can’t stand people (22) __________ (to give) me directions.”
Neither (23) ___________ (to take) their navigation disagreements very seriously,
but many motoring couples are less relaxed.
Gill Mills describes her trip to Scotland with her friend Andrew. “We had to go
to Fife in Scotland – I can’t drive so I was in the passenger seat. And unfortunately
I get car sick so I can’t read the map. Fife is lovely but finding your way around is
pretty complicated. At one point we (24) _____________ (to drive) round in
circles. I (25) ________________ (mod.v./kill) him,” confesses Gill. “We (26)
____________ (to travel) in this tiny VW Polo on a boiling hot day, with Andrew
(27) ________ (to complain) because he had to read the map. It was like (28)
____________ (to have) a small child on the seat next to you. We (29)
___________ (not to talk) for six months after that.”
Meanwhile, on the way to the party I (30) ____________ (to find (emphasized)
the right road eventually but I had to loop round it twice before I (31)
___________ (to find) the right house. My girlfriend spent the wasted time (32)
__________ (to smile) sweetly. “The report is obviously absolutely accurate,” she
observed irritatingly.
“If you (33) __________ (to let) me finish, I was going to say that it also says
that a minority of women have superior navigation skills to a significant minority
of men,” I replied. I at the same time (34) _______________ (to think) that neither
of us (35) __________ (to be) a member of the respective minorities and that some
fool (36) ______________ (to number) the houses atrociously.
(From “Advanced English CAE Practice Tests” by S. O’Connell)
Exercise 18. Read and discuss the following letters to the “Fortune” magazine.
Careers
Ask Annie
Dear Annie: How can I get out of attending casual but mandatory company events that
end with everyone getting drunk and making idiots of themselves? I am the only
woman in the organization. I don’t drink, and I don’t feel comfortable at these things.
Wallflower
137
Dear Wallflower: Casual or not, if these bashes are mandatory, then clearly you’ve got
to show up. However, there is no law that says you have to stay until the last dog is
hung. If you don’t have a cell phone, get one. Then ask a friend to call you at a
prearranged time – after you’ve had a chance to do some schmoozing but before the
festivities reach the Bacchanalian crescendo that bugs you so much – and let your
“urgent” call take you gracefully away. For better or worse, people have become so
accustomed to the tyranny of cell phones that your colleagues are unlikely to think
twice about your exit.
It does seem to me, though, that your problem goes beyond parties. Like it or not,
“getting drunk and making idiots of themselves” is an important bonding ritual at some
companies. If it is at yours, your wallflower status may eventually do real damage to
your career there. Perhaps it’s time you looked for a job at some organization with a
more congenial culture. Just a thought.
Annie
(From ‘Fortune’ September, 2008)
A great many of our readers sent comments on a letter from someone signed
‘Wallflower’, who resented mandatory company parties where she was the only one to
stay sober.
The consensus is that instead of leaving early, Wallflower might do better sticking
around a while. “At these bonding rituals, it’s always nice to have at least one
designated driver in the group,” writes a reader at a high-tech company, famous for its
beer bashes. “I gave my career a big boost a couple of years ago by sipping Snapples
while everyone else got sloshed – and then giving my boss, and his boss, a ride home.
It was the first chance I’d had to talk to them about some of my ideas for new products.
Amazingly, the next day, they both remembered everything I said.”
(From ‘Fortune’ November, 2008)
138
Unit 10
Focus on Grammar: The Gerund
Exercise 1. Replace the words given in italics with a gerund construction. See
Grammar Reference Unit 10 §1.
a) I don’t remember that I said that.
I don’t remember saying (having said) that.
b) I don’t like it that he has gone away.
I don’t like his having gone away.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
I can’t imagine that I could put up with such insults.
I can’t imagine that I could be insulted in such a way.
Mr McRoy admitted that he had forged the manager’s signature.
They acknowledged that they had set up their own company.
The boy admitted that he was often reprimanded by his teacher.
The new employee admitted that he had been charged with theft.
The man reported that he had been assaulted in the street.
Sally mentioned that she had persuaded Mike to join the group.
George denied that he had been threatened.
Daniel denied that he had informed on his friends.
Clara mentioned that Sylvia was severely depressed.
The newspapers reported that the police had started an inquiry into the matter.
The prime-minister denied that the government had abolished inheritance tax.
Mark mentioned that Sheila had given him a hand with the job.
The client suspected that his bank account was overdrawn.
Sharon mentioned that her mother had sold her jewelry.
No one doubted that he was sincere in his beliefs.
The BBC reported that he had been involved in a lot of crimes.
We will deny that they are the root of your misfortune.
I doubt that you have ever been close to your brother.
Exercise 2. Supply the appropriate forms of the gerund or the infinitive of the
verbs given in brackets.
1. I hear you’ve been having problems. –Yes, but now things seem
______________ (to pick up) gradually. Hopefully, we’ll manage __________
(to sort) everything out soon.
2. Do you think you’ll resolve the dispute with your counterparts soon? – I don’t
think so. The boss refuses even _________ (to consider) ____________ (to
come) to terms with them.
139
3. The boy is a pain in the neck. Nobody will consent ________ (to keep) an eye
on him while you are away, even if you promise ___________ (to pay) for it.
4. You mustn’t delay ___________ (to offer) Mr Thomson this job, and if you
don’t promise ____________ (to give) him a good salary, he might refuse
__________ (to accept) it.
5. We shouldn’t postpone __________ (to sign) the contract. If we do, we won’t
manage ________ (to carry out) our initial obligations, and at present we can’t
afford ________ (to risk) _______ (to lose) such clients.
6. I did my best ________ (to dissuade) Eric, but still he seems ____________ (to
be determined) _________ (to go on) with his plan. – Well, he never takes the
trouble _______ (to think) about the consequences.
7. Mr Roberts suggested _________ (to set up) a new branch of our company.
However, the directors are considering ______ (to rule) it out. They say it will
involve _________ (to invest) too much money. – Well, they tend ________ (to
rule) out everything new.
8. I dread ________ (to send) to Paris, at the same time I can’t refuse ______ (to
go). If I do, I risk _______ (to lose) my job.
9. Mark didn’t even bother _________ (to make) up for the trouble he had caused.
– Well, he’ll never learn _____ (to be) polite. It’s no use __________ (to teach)
him good manners.
10. Hilary won’t admit _________ (to inform) on Rachel, and she chooses
_________ (not to notice) that everybody disapproves of her. – As I see it, she
enjoys ___________ (to talk about).
11. Michael happens ___________ (to know) all along that Betty consented
__________ (to marry) Kevin. He just did his best __________ (to conceal) his
feelings.
12. You can’t deny _________ (to charge) with fraud. It’s all registered in police
files.
13. Ethel was speeding and had an accident. She narrowly escaped __________ (to
kill). Now she’s made up her mind ________ (to give up) _________ (to drive).
14. The boy admits _________ (to assault) an old lady outside the bank aiming
_______ (to get) hold of her purse. He hopes ____________ (not to prosecute)
as he is underage.
15. The accountant denies __________ (to forge) the signature of the manager and
claims ___________ (not to see) the documents. The management, however, is
determined _____ (to hold) an inquiry into the matter even though it’ll involve
___________ (to turn) it over to the police.
16. Ellie resents _________ (to talk) about her private life to anybody but she can’t
stand ________ (to keep) certain things secret. Now she has made up her mind
_______ (to tell) you something, she is prepared _______ (to get) it off her
chest.
17. Maggie told John that she didn’t want to pretend ______ (to be) friendly and
turned down his invitation. John appreciated _________ (to tell) the truth but he
doesn’t understand why people tend _______ (to give) him the cold shoulder.
140
18. Robert doesn’t seem _______ (to be) quite well. He shouldn’t delay ________
(to see) a doctor about it. I understand he dreads ________ (to visit) doctors,
but it’s no good ______ (to put) it off.
19. Jonathan claims ________ (to see) me ________ (to open) some secret files.
Now he threatens _______ (to inform) on me if I don’t agree _______ (to give)
him half of my salary. – It’s pure blackmail. I loathe __________ (to listen) to
such stories. Just don’t hesitate _______ (to tell) him what you think of him and
avoid ________ (to speak) to him again.
20. I have loads of work to do. Elisabeth offered ______ (to help) but I’m afraid
she really won’t take the trouble ______ (to do) anything. – I think you are
right. She doesn’t mind _______ (to promise) ______ (to do) something but she
wouldn’t care actually ________ (to do) it.
Exercise 3. Reading.
Pre-reading discussion.
1) Do you think people’s views on marriage have changed in the past 50 years in the
following aspects:
 the age when people get married?
 the role parents play in the matter of their children’s marriage?
 the problem of where young couples live (sharing a house with parents or
separately)?
 careers of married women?
 money matters?
 doing the housework?
2) Do you think these views vary in different countries? In what way?
Read the article given below quickly and decide which of the sentences (A through H)
given here fit into the numbered gaps in the text. There is one extra sentence that does
not fit in.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Because it was such a large house, I had plenty to do.
He told me to wait until I was asked.
If you aren’t prepared to do that, why bother to get married?
He proposed in the same ballroom a few months later.
We had to fit in and show consideration, and I think we did, by and large.
I’d done a tailoring apprenticeship, so I made my gown, all the bridesmaids’
dresses and my going-away outfit.
g. But we argue a great deal less now; we’ve both mellowed.
h. It was my own fault but it really annoyed me in the end.
141
State of the Union
Ivy Gould (The 1940s)
Ivy married John Gould in 1947, when she was 23 and he was 27. He is now a
retired engineer, and she is a former secretary. They have a daughter, Jayne.
We lived in the same road, so we knew each other well. Then when John came out
of the airforce we met at a dance. … (1). He took me out on to the balcony and showed
me a diamond ring. It was quite romantic.
I didn’t want a big wedding, but my parents did, and in those days you did what
they wanted. … (2). My parents had a big house, so we moved in with them and my
grandmother. We had our own room but we shared the kitchen with Mum. It wasn’t
difficult. I stopped work when I got married; you did then. The man was supposed to
be the breadwinner and it was his job that mattered. …(3). John didn’t do any
housework, but he’s changed since he retired.
When you first get married you think it’s going to be brilliant. I’m not sure it lived
up to all my expectations at first but it has since. I do think that young couples who
split up in the early years must regret it later. John and I have given each other a lot of
security.
Stephanie Walter (The 1990s)
Stephanie married Richard Walter in 1998, when she was 22 and he was 26. He is
an insurance broker and she is a recruitment consultant.
I was the one who proposed to Richard, but when I said ‘Let’s get married’, … (4).
Six weeks later he proposed on one knee.
We dropped the promise in the marriage vows that I had to obey Richard; it’s only a
word but it’s not a modern word and it’s just not us. However, it never crossed my
mind not to change my name. …(5).
We opened a joint account and now we each pay in half of our wages, while the
other half’s our own to do with as we wish. Housework was a novelty to start with, so I
did everything – and Richard let me. …(6). We had a few barneys and now he does his
fair share of most things.
They say it’s the first year of marriage that is the hardest and I’d go along with that;
it’s difficult just learning to live together. …(7). Eventually we’d like to have some
children, but not yet. Richard said he wanted them by the time he was 30, but now he’s
uppered that to 40. It will depend on how my career is going. That’s fairly important to
me.
(From ‘Advanced English CAE’ by Sue O’Connell, abridged)
Discussion
1. Now that you’ve read the article, would you answer the questions given in Prereading Discussion differently? What would the difference be?
2. The article concerns Britain. Would you say that the situation with marriage was
and is different in your own country? What is the difference?
142
Exercise 4. Supply the gerund or the infinitive of the verbs given in brackets. See
Grammar Reference (4). Decide whether there should be a preposition instead of a
question mark in some sentences.
1. Martin stopped _________ (tell) Amanda about his problems when he realised
that she didn’t have the foggiest idea what he meant ________ (say).
2. Martin is late because he stopped _______ (talk) to Amanda about his
problems. However, he didn’t tell her everything because it meant _______
(tell) her too much.
3. I wouldn’t advise you ________ (start) an inquiry into that matter now since it
would mean _________ (involve) too many people in it, and generally I don’t
advise ______ (wash) your dirty linen in public.
4. Don’t allow Bertha ______ (buy) everything she likes. Otherwise, it’ll mean
_______ (get) broke soon. Follow your father’s example. He didn’t allow
________ (buy) anything without his approval.
5. Ray is a reckless driver. It’s the third time he’s had a bad accident. I think he
should stop _______ (gamble) with death.
6. He already had a degree in economics, but still he went on ________ (get) a
degree in law. He went on _______ (study) till he was thirty.
7. If you try ______ (nip) such breaches of discipline in the bud alone you’ll most
probably fail. If I were you I’d try _______ (bring) it to the attention of the
headmaster.
8. Mr Jackson bitterly regretted ________ (try) _______ (bribe) the official.
9. Grandma regretted ___________ (succumb) to her grandson’s pleading.
10. You’ll remember _______ (fill) the car up with petrol, won’t you?
11. If you can’t get to sleep, try _______ (drink) a cup of chamomile tea before
going to bed.
12. You smoke too much. You must try ______ (cut) down on the number of
cigarettes you smoke.
13. Being a doctor means ________ (work) very long hours and _______ (have) a
fragmented social life.
14. I regret _______ (tell) him he was stupid. I got a bit angry, that’s all.
15. I regret _______ (tell) you that there is very little chance of recovery.
16. Having defeated the champion in the opening match, he went on _________
(win) the tournament.
17. It’s time you stopped ________ (rely) on your parents so much and tried
______ (stand) on your own feet.
18. Don’t forget _______ (take) the car to the service station. The brakes need
________ (fix) again.
19. I remember _______ (thank) her for the gift when we met last month.
20. She tried ________ (swallow) the pill, but her throat was too sore. She tried
__________ (swallow) menthol syrup for her throat, but it didn’t help any.
21. The driving was very tiring, so he stopped ________ (drink) some coffee at the
filling station.
22. She stopped ________ (drink) coffee while she was on a diet.
143
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
After getting his first degree, he went on _________ (study) medicine.
I can’t find my passport. I think I forgot ________ (bring) it.
I’ll never forget _______ (lose) my passport when I was on holiday in Spain.
I wouldn’t mind changing jobs, but not if it means _______ (move) to another
city.
I’m terribly sorry. I really didn’t mean ______ (get) you into trouble.
Darling, did you remember ________ (pack) some spare cassettes for the video
camera yesterday?
John really regrets ________ (leave) school so young, it has ruined his career
prospects.
We tried ______ (press) the ‘escape’ key, but the program just wouldn’t
respond.
Nothing will stop their inquiries, they mean ______ (get) to the bottom of this
strange affair.
I used ? ________ (think) that it’s next to impossible to understand anything
about electricity.
The boy can’t study at all. He isn’t used ? ________ (think).
Tom’s mother used ? ________ (take) pride in his success at school.
Whenever we were in difficulty, Julie used ? ________ (come) up with a
solution.
Maggie is used ? ________ (take) for her twin sister.
Exercise 5. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
Dear Mum and Dad,
So my first week at university is over! No lectures this morning, so I thought I (1)
___________ (to drop) you a line to let you (2) _________ (to know) how things
(3) __________ (to go).
I’m glad to say that everything (4) ______________ (to work out) fine with the
problem of residence. I remembered (5) _______ (to ask) for a room as far away
from the lifts as possible (they happened (6) __________ (to be) really noisy) and
they found me a nice comfortable one оn the second floor. The room is not very
large and I was shocked (7) __________ (to find) that ten people have to share one
bathroom! And it’s a good thing you advised (8) ___________ (to bring) my own
portable TV-set from home as the one in the TV lounge permanently (9) _______
(to tune) to the sports channel. There is a little kitchenette on our floor, so if I feel
like (10) ___________ (to cook) something myself rather than (11) _________ (to
eat) in the canteen, then there’s no problem.
As Monday was the first day it (12) _____________ (to devote) to administration,
which involved (13) ___________ (to fill in) lots of forms. I’ve got a personal
tutor and he (14) __________ (to arrange) (15) __________ (to see) me next week.
The course coordinator advised me (16) __________ (to take) some extra courses
which may prove (17) _______ (to be) interesting. On Tuesday I managed (18)
144
_______ (to open) a bank account and I deposited my student loan cheque. I tried
(19) _______ (to cash) the cheque but the bank said I will have to wait for it to
clear. So I will have to delay (20) ____________ (to buy) books until next week.
My first few lectures appeared (21) __________ (to be) quite interesting. The
lecturers really seem (22) ________ (to know) what they are talking about. Still,
there’s a lot of work to do and I can’t help (23) __________ (to wonder) if I’ll be
able to keep up with it all, especially with all the distractions which you can’t
avoid (24) _________ (to see). There are so many clubs and societies, it’s
incredible. I’m hoping (25) ________ (to join) the parachuting club. I always (26)
__________ (to long) (27) _____ (to learn) how to do it.
Well, I’d better (28) _________ (to stop) now, I’m going to attend my first seminar
this afternoon, so I’m determined (29) __ (to do) some preparation.
Anyway, I promise I won’t forget (30) _________ (to write) again soon.
Love to everyone,
Charlotte
(From “Advanced Learners’ Grammar” by M.Foley)
B.
Thinking and Feeling
Interpreting the feelings of other people is not always easy, as we all know, and
we rely as much on what they seem (1) ______ (to tell) us, as on the actual words
they say. Facial expression and the tone of voice are obvious ways of (2) _______
(to show) our reaction to something, and it may well be that we unconsciously
express views that we (3) __________ (to try) (4) ________ (to hide). The art of
(5) _______ (to be) tactful lies in (6) ___________ (to pick up) those signals, (7)
_________ (to realise) what the other person (8) ____________ (to try) to say, and
(9) __________ (to act) so that they are not embarrassed in any way. For example,
we may understand that they don’t feel like (10) ____________ (to answer) our
question, and so we stop (11) _________ (to press) them. Body movement in
general may also indicate feelings, and interviewers tend (12) ________ (to pay)
particular attention to the way a candidate for a job walks into the room and sits
down. However, it is not difficult to present the right kind of appearance, while
what many employers want to know relates to the candidate’s character traits and
psychological stability. This raises the awkward question of whether employers
should practice (13) _________ (to give) applicants psychological tests, and the
further problem of whether such tests appear (14) __________ (to produce)
reliable results. For many people, (15) ________ (to ask) to take part in such a test
would be an intrusion into their private lives. After all, a prospective employer
would hardly choose (16) ____ (to ask) a candidate to run a hundred meters, or
consider (17) _______ (to ask) his or her family doctor to provide confidential
medical information. Quite apart from this problem, can such tests predict whether
145
a person is likely (18) _____ (to be) a conscientious employee or a valued
colleague?
(From “Advanced Language Practice” by M.Vince)
C.
Write to Uncle Max
Dear Max,
I’ve decided (1) _______ (to write) to you because I’ve failed (2) _________ (to
come up) with a solution of my own to what rapidly (3) _________ (to become) a
serious problem. I’m a successful, good-looking, healthy and intellectual guy in
my late twenties, but I regret (4) _______ (to say) I haven’t been able to find a
permanent girlfriend … or even an impermanent one! It’s no good (5) ______ (to
tell) me I should try (6) ______ (to meet) more girls. That’s the whole problem. I
(7) ______ (to live) here for six months and I (8) ______ (not to succeed) in (9)
_____ (to get) (10) _____ (to know) more than five women I’ve genuinely had
anything in common with. My best friend suggests (11) _________ (to take up) a
hobby of some kind or (12) _________ (to join) a club. I suppose I wouldn’t mind
(13) ______ (to learn) more about photography or (14) ______ (to take up) a new
sport, but I really don’t have much time during the week. Several friends have
offered (15) ________ (to introduce) me to eligible women, but none of them
turned out (16) _____ (to be) what I’d call ‘my type’ and I’ve realised I feel like
(17) ______ (to meet) people on my own terms. To make matters worse, I’ve never
got used ? (18) _________ (to live) alone. What would you advise me (19) ______
(to do)?
Yours,
Lonely of London
Dear Lonely of London,
I’m sure you won’t deny (20) ____ (to be) just a tiny bit choosy. You admit (21)
_______ (to meet) a number of women since (22) _________ (to move) to London
but even so, you keep (23) __________ (to convince) that only meeting more
women will give you a chance ? (24) _________ (to find) the girlfriend of your
dreams. Friends have given you all sorts of excellent advice that you don’t seem
(25) ______ (to consider) (26) ________ (to follow). I don’t understand how you
can expect (27) ________ (to meet) more women if you resent (28) ____ (to make)
any effort. I can’t help (29) ____ (to think) that much of the problem is of your
own creation. Why not try (30) _____ (to get) in touch with one of the women your
friends have been kind enough to introduce you to? If she consents (31) ____ (to
go out) with you, you may well find that she’s more your type than you first
thought. Don’t postpone (32) ____ (to call). Do it today! Stop (33) ______ (to
fool) yourself. If you don’t act now, you may risk (34) ___ (to spend) the rest of
your life alone.
146
All the best,
Uncle Max
(From “Advanced Gold Exam Maximizer” by S.Burgess)
D.
If you understand gender differences, it is a giant leap across the
communication gap between men and women, and a giant step toward opening
lines of communication. You may not be able to prevent disagreements (1)
___________ (to arise) , but you stand a better chance of (2) ____________ (to
prevent) them from (3) __________ (to spiral) out of control. When sincere
attempts to communicate keep (4) ________ (to end) in stalemate, and a beloved
partner appears (5) _______ (to be) irrational and obstinate, the different languages
men and women speak risk (6) ______ (to shake) the foundation of our lives.
Many experts tell us that we are doing things wrong and should change our
behaviour – which usually sounds easier than it turns out (7) _______ (to be). No
doubt, many people can (8) ___________ (to help) by (9) __________ (to learn) to
be more sensitive or assertive. But few people (10) _________ (to help) by (11)
__________ (to tell) they are doing everything wrong. And there may be little
wrong with what people are doing, even if they can’t resist (12) __________ (to
have) arguments. The problem may be that each partner is operating within a
different system, is speaking a different genderlect (i.e. ‘gender dialect’).
An obvious question is: Can genderlect (13) _____________ (to teach)? Can
people change their conversational styles? If they want to, yes, they can – to an
extent. But those who ask this question rarely choose (14) __________ (to change)
their own style. Usually, they mean (15) _________ (to send) their partners to
repair. They’d like to make him or her (16) __________ (to change). Changing
one’s own style is far less appealing, because it involves (17) ___________ (to
alter) the image you have of your own self. Therefore a more realistic approach is
to learn how to interpret each other’s messages.
Understanding genderlect makes it possible to change – to try (18) ________
(to speak) differently – when you want to. Once people realise that their partners
have different communication styles, they are prepared (19) __________ (to
accept) differences without (20) __________ (to blame) themselves, their partners,
or their relationships. The biggest mistake is (21) _________ (to believe) there is
one right way to listen, to talk, to have a conversation. Nothing hurts more than
(22) _________ (to tell) you are doing something wrong when you know you are
just doing it your way, or (23) __________ (to tell) your intentions are bad when
you know they are good.
(24) _________ (not to see) style differences makes people (25) ____________
(to draw) wrong conclusions about personality or intentions. Understanding style
differences for what they are takes the sting out of them.
(From “New Cambridge Advanced English” by Leo Jones)
147
Exercise 6. Reading.
Scan the article given below and find answers to the following questions.
1. On what grounds did Saima’s father take her to court?
2. Under what accusation did Arshad go to jail? Is he still there?
3. Are Saima’s family unanimous in their attitude to the issue?
4. Is there any contradiction in Islamic Law on the right of women to marry without
their parents’ consent?
5. Is the decision of the High Court on Saima’s case final?
A Court in Pakistan Has Ruled …
In a dramatic judicial step both for Pakistan and for a young couple whose story has
gripped the country, the High Court in Lahore yesterday ruled that a marriage based on
love and contracted without parental permission is valid and in keeping with the
teaching of Islam.
When Saima, aged 22, fell in love with Arshad, a college lecturer, and decided to
get married, she went to her father to ask for his permission. He refused, so she ran
away from home and married anyway. She said that when she told her father about the
wedding, he locked her in a room in the house.
The family divided into two camps. Saima says she escaped and went to the
women’s refuge, fearing for her safety if she returned home.
Her father, a leading member of a fundamentalist Islamic group, not only took her
to court, saying that under Islam the marriage was not legal because he had not given
his consent, but also filed charges against the husband, alleging that he had forged the
marriage papers. Although there was no hard proof of his guilt Arshad spent four
months in jail before securing bail.
For 11 months Saima has lived apart from her husband in the shelter, after her
father, Abdhul Waheed Ropri, filed a suit to have the marriage declared void.
Yesterday the High Court ruled that the wedding had been valid and the couple could
live together.
The court decided by a two to one majority that a Muslim woman can make her
own choice about the man she marries without getting permission of a guardian.
However, the dissenting judge, Ihsan-ul-Haq Chaudri, said: “Parents have a right to be
obeyed by their children, and the obedience is judicially enforceable.”
This has been a story of true love and a family ripped apart, which has also exposed
the deep division in Pakistan about the rights of women under Islamic law. As the case
dragged on, hard line religious groups tried to rally support against the couple.
Hafiz Abdul Rahman, from a key Islamic group backing Saima’s father, the Islamic
Human Rights Forum, said: “This matter has not been resolved.” Islamic groups have
vowed to fight the decision. Lawyers from the opposing side agree that the issue
cannot be finally settled until a case reaches the Supreme Court. An application is now
pending there.
Hundreds of women have filed cases in Pakistan’s courts trying to defend their right
to choose a husband against the family’s wishes. In the past, most have given up after
finding the legal process lengthy and harrowing.
148
Saima stayed the cause and won but still she does not feel safe. She says it is only a
matter of time before the decision is changed. For the time being she will stay at the
refuge run by Asma Jehanghir, Pakistan’s leading campaigning lawyer, and the head of
the country’s Human Rights Commission.
“My parents are rich and influential,” Saima says. “They will take me further in the
courts, but I am ready. I have courage. I have Arshad’s love. I have everything.”
(From ‘The Guardian’)
Exercise 7.
Study the meaning of the following words and translate the sentences into English.
Use the active vocabulary to translate the words and word combinations given in
italics.
I.
“The family divided into two camps.”
to share – делить, разделять, пользоваться вместе
E.g. They shared everything. – Они делили все. = У них было все общее.
I share your opinion. – Я разделяю ваше мнение.
to divide – делить, разделять на части
E.g. to divide something in two – делить что-либо пополам
They divided in opinion on this subject. – Они разделились (разошлись) во мнениях
по этому вопросу.
1. Борьба между этими группировками, придерживающимися жесткой
линии, может разделить страну.
2. Я разделяю твое мнение, что Джейсона освободят под залог.
3. Жюри присяжных разделилось по вопросу, виновен ли подзащитный или
нет.
4. Условия договора не соответствуют закону. Все согласны, что его
нужно объявить недействительным.
II.
“… she went to the women’s refuge, fearing for her safety …”
security – безопасность, защищенность, уверенность (в будущем)
E.g. national security – безопасность страны
I have a sense of security in his presence. – Его присутствие дает мне чувство
безопасности (защищенности).
safety – безопасность, сохранность
E.g. road (traffic) safety – безопасность уличного движения
Compare also: to feel safe – чувствовать себя в безопасности (имеется в виду
отсутствие угрозы)
to feel secure – чувствовать себя в безопасности (иметь чувство уверенности в
будущем)
1. Хотя суд постановил, что их брак действителен, Сайма и Аршад не
чувствовали себя защищенными.
149
2. Девушка была так напугана, что ни при каких обстоятельствах она не
чувствовала себя в безопасности.
3. Большие деньги в банке дают людям чувство безопасности. – Я согласен с
этим.
4. Полицейский сказал, что это опасное место и он не может гарантировать
нашу безопасность.
III.
“Although there was no hard proof of his guilt Arshad spent four months in jail.”
fault – вина, недостаток, ошибка
E.g. It is my fault. – Это моя вина (ошибка).
a party at fault – (юр.) виновная сторона
to find fault with smb – придираться к кому-либо
blame – вина, ответственность, порицание
E.g. to lay the blame for smth on smb – возложить вину за что-либо на кого-либо
to take the blame upon oneself – взять вину на себя
guilt – вина, виновность, сознание вины
E.g. The criminal confessed his guilt. – Преступник признал свою вину.
to suffer from guilt – страдать от сознания вины
1. Почему ты не подал иск против наших партнеров вовремя? – Это была не моя
вина. Это наш юрист должен был это сделать, а я не собираюсь брать на себя
вину за это.
2. Тебе когда-нибудь приходило в голову, что если ты сделал что-то нехорошее,
ты потом будешь страдать от чувства вины?
3. Джек сделал предложение Мэри, но ее отец не дал своего согласия. Позже,
когда он увидел, как несчастна его дочь, он осознал, что это его вина. Однако,
когда все возлагали вину за это на него, он никак не признавал своей вины.
Exercise 8. Supply the correct prepositions. Get ready for the back translation of
the sentences.
1. I’m really looking forward ______ meeting your sister. I’ve heard so much
about her.
2. We are thinking _____ going to Turkey this summer.
3. Arnold was accused ____ stealing cash from the till.
4. Jean doesn’t believe ____ doing today what she can put off till tomorrow.
5. Trevor is absolutely hopeless ____ taking photos.
6. I am tired ____ seeing the same faces every day. I need change!
7. Anyone who is interested ____ going on the trip to Bath should tell Kelly by
noon today.
8. Dr Smith is famous ____ forgetting people’s names. I’m surprised he can
remember his own.
9. Carol is incredibly honest. She would never dream ____ telling a lie.
150
10. What’s the use ____ arguing? Max will tell you what is right.
11. Lesley insists ____ seeing the doctor next week. She thinks it might be
something serious.
12. Nobody suspected Tom ____ telling lies. He looks so sincere!
13. You’ll never keep the boy ____ playing truant if he hates school.
14. Jack should take part in the race. He’s quite good ____ driving and has a good
chance ____ winning.
15. I’ve never thought that Catherine is capable ____ being so rude.
16. I don’t approve ____ giving the boy such an expensive present. He doesn’t
deserve it.
17. Your idea ____ taking part in the competition surprised everybody.
18. Jason must have a good reason ____ turning down the offer.
19. Jessica was congratulated ____ winning the competition.
Exercise 9. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets. (Revision).
A.
End of Road for Crime King
The body of Cor Van Hout, the murdered kidnapper of the beer tycoon Freddie
Heineken, (1) ____________ (to parade) through the streets of Amsterdam
yesterday in scenes similar to a Mafia funeral. Cor Van Hout’s white hearse (2)
__________ (to pull) by eight horses and (3) _________ (to follow) by 15 white
limousines on his funeral journey.
Van Hout’s flamboyant burial outraged politicians and police. Amsterdam’s
police commissioner told reporters that it (4) ____ (to be) a “provocation by the
underworld”. But he added that security (5) _________ (to keep) deliberately lowkey to avoid any confrontation.
Van Hout, a well-known underworld figure who (6) _______ (to survive) two
previous attempts on his life, (7) ___________ (to shoot) dead last week.
Witnesses saw two men on a red motorcycle (8) __________ (to open) fire with
automatic weapons outside a cafe last Friday. The assailants (9) _______ (to be)
still at large.
Van Hout, 45, (10) ____________ (to convict) ? (11) ______ (to abduct)
Heineken from his Amsterdam office in 1983 and (12) __________ (to hold) him
and his chauffeur hostage for three weeks in an abandoned warehouse. Heineken
(13) _______ (to release) unharmed after his family (14) ___________ (to pay) an
estimated $10m ransom.
Heineken joked after his ordeal that the time he (15) _______ (to spend) in
captivity was the most successful way of losing weight that he ever (16)
__________ (to try).
(From “The Guardian” February 1, 2003)
151
B.
Twenty-four hours after (1) _________ (to arrive) in the country, I (2)
_________ (to tell) to leave. The security police, the country’s largest employer,
came to my hotel, politely asked me what I (3) _________ (to think) of the city and
then recommended that I (4) ____________ (to leave) on the morning plane. I
asked them why I (5) _____________ (to expel) and they said it was not a question
of my (6) ____________ (‘to kick out’), they simply (7) _____________ (to
recommend) that I (8) ____________ (to leave). I refused and the problems
started.
My passport and plane ticket (9) _____________ (to steal) from my room after
my key ‘disappeared’. The police shrugged their shoulders and decided not to
interview the leather-jacketed youth who I (10) ____________ (to press) up
against in the lift. For three days I (11) ___________ (to follow) by two not very
secret policemen everywhere I went. I visited a fellow-journalist whose address I
(12) ___________ (to give). He lived in a beautiful old house which (13)
____________ (to demolish) the following year by the Government to make way
for a block of ‘modern’ flats. Everybody (14) _____________ (to house) in it as
soon as it (15) ________ (to be) ready but where they (16) _____________ (to
live) in the meantime (17) _____________ (not to work out). Massive taxation
(18) _____________ (to impose) on the people to pay for these supposed
improvements. I went back to the hotel, still (19) ____________ (to follow) by the
two policemen, and (20) __________ (to feel) very depressed.
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
C.
Dear Isabel,
In your last letter you said you (1) ___________ (to wonder) about the possibility
of taking the driving test while you (2) ___ (to be) in Britain, so I (3) __________
(to do) a bit of research, and these seem to be the main points. First, 17 is the
minimum age you (4) ___________ (mod.v./be) to drive a car (so you are OK!)
but there are a few other things which (5) __________ (to require). While you (6)
__________ (to learn), you’ll need a provisional driving license, and you (7)
_______________ (mod.v.negative/go) out on your own – you (8)
______________ (mod.v./have) someone with you who is over 21, and who (9)
_____________ (can) drive for at least 3 years. How’s your eyesight? With or
without glasses you (10) _____________ (mod.v./can) to read a number plate at 20
meters.
Now the car: it obviously (11) ______________ (mod.v./be) in a good condition to
be driven safely, with an up-to-date tax disc and also a test certificate if it’s of a
certain age. You also (12) ____________ (mod.v./make) sure insurance covers you
to learn to drive in it.
152
Finally, you (13) ___________ (mod.v./fix) special L (Learner Driver) plates to
the car so they (14) ___________ (mod.v./see) from the front and back.
As for the test itself, there are two parts to get through – a theory test and a
practical test. If you want to go ahead, I (15) _______ (mod.v./book) some driving
lessons for you.
All the best,
Andy
(From “Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’Connell)
D.
Screaming Tyres
You ever (1) ____________ (to wonder) what it (2) ______ (to be) like to sit
behind the wheel of a racing car? You (3) ______________ (to look for) a really
imaginative birthday present for a car-mad friend? If the answer to either of these
questions is ‘yes’, then you (4) _____________ (mod.v./be) interested to hear
about a course I (5) _________ (to take) at Stoke Lodge Racing School recently.
My day as a racing driver was the first prize in a competition I (6)
____________ (to enter) and I must say it is the most exciting prize I ever (7)
__________ (to win). The day began with theoretical instruction covering all
aspects of safety. This (8) ___________ (to follow) by practical tuition in a high
performance saloon car. With no traffic to worry about, I (9) _______________
(mod.v./practice) controlling the car on bends and prepare myself for the ultimate
experience: the chance to drive a single seater racing car.
And finally, with a crash helmet on, I (10) __________ (mod.v./rev up) the
engine and edge my way out on to the circuit. Six breath-taking laps later, my
dream (11) __________ (to become) a reality.
For those not lucky enough to win a day at the racing school, the cost of the
introduction course is $120. Anyone who (12) _________ (mod.v./drive) a car (13)
__________ (mod.v./enjoy) the experience, regardless of age. The oldest person so
far (14) ___________ (to be) 85, and I understand that he (15) ________ (to book)
a second course!
(From “Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’Connell)
Exercise 10. Reading.
Read the following article quickly and find answers to the questions given below.
Try to concentrate only on the passages that provide the information you need and
skip those that are of no importance to you at the moment.
1. What concrete data does the article give on the number of single-parent households
in European countries?
2. What law on nontraditional families was passed in Denmark?
3. What would unmarried fathers (in France) be able to do if they were granted full
parental rights?
153
4. What criteria must unmarried couples meet to be covered by new family legislation
in the Netherlands?
5. Can an unmarried person have access to his/her partner’s pension?
6. What steps are taken by the authorities to ease the burden on single parents?
All in the Family … or Not
Tradition is in retreat across Europe, where new and varied
family structures are changing the way we live.
Stig Skovlind and Malene Nielsen met 21 years ago and 18 months after they started
dating, the two moved in together. Over the years they pursued their careers, and had
three children. What they never did was to get married.
“We considered marriage when we had our first child, mainly because it would give
Stig a stronger position on custody rights in case we split up,” says Malene. But they
quickly decided to leave things as they were. “We trust each other. We don’t need a
document,” she says. Adds Stig: “Our attachment has to do with what we feel for each
other. If we let legislation into our private space, it would not be good.”
This pattern holds true throughout much of Scandinavia, where about half of all
children are born out of wedlock, almost double the EU average. This more informal
structure is helped by a legal framework that is increasingly sympathetic to
nontraditional families. In Denmark, for example, under a law passed in 2001,
cohabiting couples automatically have joint custody of newborn children.
Throughout Europe couples like the Skovlind-Nielsons are redefining what the term
family means. Forget the stereotype of a breadwinning father, stay-at-home mother and
2.4 children in a one-family dwelling, garage attached.
In the past 10 years in Germany, for instance, the number of single-parent
households with a man at the head has risen by 63%, with female-led households rising
by 31% over the same period. In the Netherlands, 23% of children are born out of
wedlock. And in the Eastern bloc, out-of-wedlock births in Poland have almost
doubled in the past 20 years.
What’s more, increasing numbers of Europeans are choosing not to have children at
all, a trend that not only promises some sizable demographic shifts in the years ahead
(with fewer younger people around to shoulder the cost of supporting their
generational forebears) but also could cause a growing schism between parents and
nonparents about how government money for social services is allocated. “It’s an
explosion waiting to happen,” says Frank Ferudi, a reader in sociology at the university
of Kent who is researching a book that, among other things, will explore the growing
resentment childless couples have over what they see as preferential treatment for their
child-rearing counterparts.
That’s not to say that the traditional family is completely dead and buried. In Great
Britain, for example, around 63% of people with dependent children are married. But
it’s an idea that’s fast losing ground. “Essentially, there is more diversity,” says
Kathleen Kierman, a professor of social policy and demography at the London School
of Economics.
154
These changing attitudes haven’t gone unnoticed by European governments. In
1998, when the coalition government came to power in Germany, one of its first moves
was to redefine the family as any “relationship involving children,” thus stretching the
concept. “The family can be lived in manifold ways,” says Gabriel Conen, head of the
Family department at the Ministry for Family, Senior Citizens, Women and Youth.
“There is no ideological discussion any longer about what a family is. We don’t put up
a model, but orient our policies toward what exists.”
Other countries are also taking steps to ensure that de-facto relationships have some
legal recognition. About two years ago the French National Assembly passed the
pactes civils de solidarité, which legally recognized and gave certain rights to couples
living together. The French are now considering proposals that would grant full
parental rights to both parents of children who were born out of wedlock. Registered
unmarried fathers would be able to put their children on their social security card,
receive school notices, claim aid for lodging to accommodate their offspring, even if
they don’t have full custody, and qualify for family transportation discounts and tax
deductions.
The Netherlands, too, allows couples who are not married, but who meet certain
criteria, such as living together and making a commitment to mutual financial support,
to register as a domestic partnership. New legislation means that such couples now
have the rights of inheritance, pension and continued possession of an owner-occupied
home.
But for many cohabiting couples such laws fall short, if they even exist. While they
may provide proof that a relationship exists, they often do not carry full legal authority
or grant unmarried partners the same tax breaks or entitlements that married couples
enjoy, such as access to the partner’s pension.
If societies – and the governments they elect – approve of and encourage these new
forms of family life, they must be prepared to pay for them in the form of child care
and tax allowances – for both married and unmarried parents. “A lot of pressure could
be taken off the mothers and fathers if there was better child care,” says Furedi. “But
this isn’t happening at the moment”. He laments the situation in the UK, which has the
worst record in Europe for looking after preschool children. “We are going to end up
like those societies in Spain, Portugal and Italy where women just aren’t having
children because they know it is impossible to have a kid and work. As a society we
are just not able to organize life to make childbearing a realistic option and that would
be a very sad state of affairs.”
Nevertheless, there are moves afoot in several countries to ease the burden on
parents. In Germany, children of single parents take priority on kindergarten waiting
lists and parents who need child care receive an annual allowance of $1,418. In France,
the Prime Minister recently announced a plan to set aside $130 million for daycare.
And Italy, a country with one of the lowest birthrates in the Western world, a campaign
is under way to increase annual tax deductions for children from $250 a year – which,
critics complain, is totally inadequate – to a more realistic $450 a year.
In other words, societies, politicians and policymakers are starting to recognize that
families, whether they are nuclear or single-parent, are a part of the common good –
155
and that children, the precious future of any society, must be cared for – no matter
what kind of family they come from.
(From ‘Time’, abridged)
Discussion
1. The article says that increasing numbers of Europeans prefer to have no children at
all, which ‘promises some sizable demographic shifts in the years ahead.’ What do
you think these shifts are going to be like? What can they mean for social
development?
2. The article points out that childless couples have a growing resentment for ‘their
child-rearing counterparts over what they see as preferential treatment’. What does
this ‘preferential treatment’ imply?
3. Do you think it is essential that full parental rights should be granted to both
parents of children who were born out of wedlock? Why?
4. Do you think governments should provide greater child care to single parents and
nontraditional families?
Exercise 11. Translate the sentences into English. Use the active vocabulary to
translate the words and word combinations given in italics. Use Gerund or
infinitive structures to translate the underlined parts of the sentences.
Exercise 12. Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
A.
Alice: If I (1) ________ (to read) between the lines, you (2) ______ (to imply) that
I’m incompetent.
Boss: No, I wouldn’t say that. You (3) _________ (to put) a false interpretation in
what I said.
A: So I shouldn’t infer in any way from your remarks that you want to get rid of
me, then?”
B: Make what you will of my comments.
A: I conclude from what others (4) __________ (to say) that you think things (5)
_________ (to get) rather slack recently. And your monthly report confirms it.
According to that, I’m useless.
B: I think you (6) _________ (to be) oversensitive.
A: But others (7) ______________ (to interpret) your text in the same way.
B: You just (8) ____________ (to jump) to conclusions.
A: Judging by your comments I think I can safely assume you don’t mind (9)
________ (to lose) me.
B: To quote somebody or other: “No one is indispensable.”
A: Enough said.
156
(From “Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
B.
Worries about Internet Use
A recent survey into Internet use has thrown up some worrying results. The
Stanford University survey asked respondents to answer a number of questions
about their Internet use. It asked how much time they (1) ________ (to spend) on
the Internet and if Internet use (2) _________ (to affect) the amount of time they
(3) ________ (to spend) with families and friends. It also enquired if their Internet
use (4) _________ (to increase) the time respondents (5) ____________ (to spend)
working, either at home or in the office.
The answers were interesting, but not unexpected. Two-thirds of the people
surveyed responded that they still (6) _________ (to spend) fewer than five hours a
week on the Internet. The survey concluded that the behaviour of these people (7)
_______ (to change) little. However, a quarter of those people who do use the
Internet for more than five hours a week claimed that now they (8) __________ (to
spend) less time with their family and friends. One in four of the total respondents
also said that the time they (9) __________ (to spend) working at home (10)
_______________ (to increase) benefiting their employers.
Professor of Political Science of Stanford University, Norman Nie, told us we
(11) _____ (to move) from a world where we (12) _____________ (to know and
see) our neighbours and friends to one where interaction (13) _______ (to take)
place at a distance. It seems that the results of the survey proved that the Internet
(14) _____ (to turn) people into solitary beings who (15) ___
(mod.v.negative/bother) to call their mother on her birthday.
(From “Advanced Learners’ Grammar” by M.Foley)
C.
A recent report on hygiene in shops and restaurants claimed that over 40% of
establishments involved in the survey (1) ____ (to fall) below acceptable
standards. One butcher quoted in the report even boasted that one of his customers
(2) _________ (to become) ill after eating chicken she (3) __________ (to buy) at
his shop. When she complained she (4) ___________ (to tell) it (5)
_____________ (mod.v./be) the chicken but anyway she (6) ______________
(mod.v./wash) it thoroughly under the tap before she (7) ___________ (to cook) it.
The butcher conceded he (8) ___________ (to act) somewhat irresponsibly but
seemed happy to admit that he (9) ___________ (to sell) the same chicken in the
future if it ever (10) __________ (to be) necessary.
All this is rather worrying. Of particular cause for concern is the attitude
expressed by a chef at an expensive restaurant who related how he once (11)
_____________ (to serve) food reheated from three-day-old leftovers and (12)
157
_________ (to sell) it at vastly inflated price. The author of the report, interviewed
on television, said that as a result of his studies he (13) ____________ (to come) to
the conclusion that the more you (14) __________ (to pay) for the meal, the more
likely you (15) _________ (to be) to get ill.
(From ‘Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency” by
R.Side)
D. Define the type of the clause in the following sentences and supply the correct
form of the verbs given in brackets.
1. If the authorities _____________ (to demolish) this ancient building, they will
go down in history as complete barbarians. Fortunately, they haven’t yet
decided if they ___________ (to demolish) it.
2. When the company ___________ (to open up) its branch in Singapore some
employees will have to go there. However, it isn’t yet clear when they
__________ (to open) it.
3. When the draft contract _________ (to be) ready it will be analyzed by our
lawyer, but it’s hard to say when it ________ (to be) ready.
4. I hope they _________ (to replace) my ancient ‘Pentium-100’ with something
better. The point is that nobody knows when they ___________ (to replace) it
and if they __________ (to replace) it at all.
5. What will happen if the USA _____________ (to invade) this country?
6. When the fire drill ___________ (to begin) the teachers will have to lead the
children out of the school building. – Does anybody know when it _________
(to begin)? – Of course, not.
7. If scientists __________ (to come) to the conclusion that there will be an
eruption of the vulcano, they will warn local residents about it. Unfortunately,
there are doubts if they ______ (to be able) to predict it accurately enough.
8. Some unpleasant facts will come to light if the police ______ (to start)
enquiries into the matter. However, nobody can tell if the enquiry ever
__________ (to start).
9. The authorities must take certain steps. If a drought ________ (to strike) the
country, a lot of people will die of malnutrition. – Yes, but they can’t predict if
there ________ (to be) a drought in the near future.
10. Tell Ray about our plans face to face when you __________ (to meet) him. –
Yes, but I don’t know if I _________ (to meet) him at all this week.
11. If Martin _________ (to get) involved in something illegal, he’ll hardly keep
his job. – Why say that? I greatly doubt if he ever _____________ (to get)
involved in something like that.
12. Kevin won’t make up his mind until he __________ (to have) a chance to give
the matter some thought. The point is that nobody knows when he
___________ (to have) this chance.
13. You’ll get used to our methods when you ____________ (to work) here a bit
longer. And once you ___________ (to get) used to our methods, you
158
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
___________ (to find) the job a lot easier. The matter is that it’s hard to say
when you ________ (to get) used to them.
The builders will start work as soon as the plans __________ (to approve). I’d
like to know when they ___________ (to approve).
I was working out a draft contract and promised to let them know as soon as I
____________ (to finish). However, I couldn’t say when I ___________ (to
finish).
The chairperson agreed that we would be able to go ahead only after we
______________ (to resolve) this dispute, but we were not certain if we ever
_____________ (to be able) to resolve it.
Alice said she would never trust David again if he _________ (not to tell) her
the truth. However, we doubted if she ever ____________ (to make) him reveal
all the facts.
The solicitor said he would accept Mr Jackson’s explanation only if he
____________ (to support) it with evidence. At the same time, he was uncertain
if Mr Jackson ___________ (to find) it obligatory.
The doctor said Sheila would be haunted by terrible memories if she
_____________ (not to get) psychiatric help after the accident. However, he
didn’t know if she ___________ (to agree) to it.
Gary promised he would give me a hand with the job when he ___________ (to
have) some free time, but he couldn’t say when he ___________ (to have) some
free time.
Exercise 13. Reading.
Read the article given below and discuss Dr Skymer’s views on the following points:
1) saving a marriage at all costs;
2) anger between spouses and its consequences;
3) the way an unhappy marriage can affect people’s health;
4) behavioral problems of children whose parents have got divorced.
All That’s Left Is
A BAND OF GOLD
Dr Skymer is sharing his views on marriage and divorce.
California, as we all know, is a land prone to earthquakes, in which the ground shifts
beneath one’s feet and one is likely to lose one’s bearings. Luckily for us, such
physical events do not extend far beyond that state and we learn about disasters only
through news bulletins. But the US, and California in particular, is a major source of
dramatic psychological movements which first shake that country and then sweep
eastward towards Europe. The energy of these waves may be diminished by the
Atlantic crossing, but Britain absorbs the main impact. Even after the resulting waves
159
arrive here, social changes have continuing effects in the US, extreme changes often
generating a backlash or antidote which arrives here later.
Marriage and the family may have begun to come apart in the US earlier than in
Britain, but the first reports of an antidote to family breakdown – family therapy –
were coming ashore in the fifties when Dr Skymer was training, though he did not feel
bold enough to get his feet wet and try it himself until 1962.
A recent swing of the pendulum in the USA, still taking place, is moving not only
public but professional opinion away from divorce towards the view that marriages
should, if at all possible, be sustained for the sake of the children, even at the cost of
the continued unhappiness of the spouses.
No doubt these changes will affect us too as the waves arrive, but in Britain nobody
has reached any conclusions yet. Recent research in Britain compared those children
whose parents had divorced and those whose parents had sustained an unhappy
relationship. It found that in those families where the parents had split up, half of the
behavioral problems of the boys, and some of the girls were present before the divorce.
Even in the US, some experts are not following the new tide. John Gottman and
other researchers suggest that children from intact homes where there is high conflict
do worse in the long run than children of divorced parents, though the latter may
appear more disturbed in the early years after the break-up.
Dr Skymer outlined in the previous article Gottman’s claims to be able to predict
the future success or failure of marriages with extraordinary accuracy, by observation
of simple reactions such as the rise in heart rate and blood pressure during arguments.
His research has now led to some further interesting conclusions, and he challenges
the commonly held view that couples who fight all the time and those who avoid
conflict at any cost are the ones more at risk of marital failure. He found that in many
happy marriages the commonly expressed view that men are less emotionally
expressive than women did not apply. His research also suggests that anger between
spouses is not harmful except when it is accompanied by more lethal emotions like
contempt and disgust; indeed, ‘blunt, straightforward anger seemed to immunize
marriages against deterioration… . Disagreements and fights seem necessary in some
degree in all good marriages, and avoidance of confrontation often results in avoidance
of intimacy.’
Marriages, he says, ‘seem to thrive on, proportionally, a little negativity and a lot of
positivity’. As for divorce, it is an unpalatable truth that some marriages cannot and
should not be saved.
‘Not only do partners of toxic marital interaction keep the body in a state of
unhealthy physical arousal, they create a psychological climate of helpless misery.
These bone-deep states of arousal can no longer be controlled. Not only is it fatuous to
suggest they just ‘try harder’ at this juncture, it may even be bad for their health –
witness our data suggesting that staying in a hostile, distant marriage actually
compromises the immune system, increasing susceptibility to illness.’
(From ‘Advanced Masterclass’ SB by T.Aspinall and A.Capel)
160
Revision
Supply the correct form of the verbs given in brackets.
1.
It’s summer. A man is out for a quiet walk. He (1) _______ (to walk) along a
country road and he (2) __________ (to mind) his own business when he (3)
____________ (to knock down) and seriously (4) _____________ (to injure) by a
minivan. The man, a writer of thrillers and horror fiction, (5) _________ (to
survive) but he (6) ___________ (to become) obsessed with the vehicle that
maimed him. He doesn’t bear a grudge against the driver. Instead, he (7)
_________ (to buy) the minivan and (8) __________ (to hide) it.
This sounds like the plot of a Stephen King thriller, but it is in fact the latest
chapter in the writer’s real life. King has bought the van and he (9)
______________ (to intend) to take a sledge hammer to it. At present King (10)
____________ (to recover) from his injuries at home, where he (11) __________
(to suffer) from a broken hip, a fractured leg and a collapsed lung. The story is like
the plot of his novel ‘Thinner’ (written several years previously), in which the
victim’s family (12) ___________ (to put) a curse on the driver. King, however,
(13) ___________ (to demand) only the withdrawal of the driver’s license. As for
the minivan, we do not know if King actually (14) ____________ (to carry out) his
revenge or if he simply (15) ____________ (to hatch) the plot for a new novel!
(From “Advanced Learner’s Grammar” by M.Foley)
2.
I must admit that Maria’s English (1) ____________ (to improve) every day.
Three weeks ago she managed to book us on to the Portsmouth to Santander ferry
at the local travel agent’s.
The night before we (2) _____________ (mod.v./leave) she rang me up to
remind me to be on time. “Don’t forget the train (3) ___________ (to leave) at
7.35 and if we (4) _________ (to miss) that, we (5) ___________ (to miss) the
ferry too!” she said. “Of course I (6) __________ (to be) there on time,” I replied,
somewhat annoyed. “You are the one who always (7) _______________ (to turn
up) late.”
Surprisingly, we both arrived at the station in time to catch the train. We (8)
____________ (to sit) on the train for about ten minutes when we realised, to our
horror, that it (9) _________ (to go) in the wrong direction! We got off at the next
station where a ticket seller informed us that there (10) _________ (not to be)
another train to Portsmouth until 8.45. We explained that we (11) _____________
(mod.v./catch) the ferry at 10 o’clock. “Well, if I (12) _________ (to be) you,” he
said, “I (13) ______ (to catch) the coach. That should get you to Portsmouth before
the ferry (14) ____________ (to sail). But you will have to hurry. It (15)
___________ (to leave) the bus station in about five minutes!”
We shot off like lightning despite the heavy rucksacks on our backs and jumped
on the coach just as the driver (16) ________ (to shut) the doors. We just (17)
____________ (to collapse) in our seats with a sigh of relief, when the driver
161
announced, ‘Sorry everyone, but the motorway still (18) ___________ (to repair)
so we (19) _____________ (not to get) to Portsmouth until 9.45.’
We groaned in despair. That gave us only 15 minutes to get to the ferry
terminal. We arrived at Portsmouth bus station at 9.40 and jumped straight into a
taxi. “The ferry terminal and please hurry,” I shouted, “or it (20) _____________
(to go) before we (21) ___________ (to get) there!”
To our astonishment, the taxi driver calmly switched off the engine and turned
round. “You (22) _____________ (not to hear)?” he said, smiling. “The ferry
workers came on strike last night!”
“Oh no!” I cried in disbelief. “If only I (23) ___________ (to listen) to the news
this morning!”
(From “Focus on Advanced English Grammar” by R.Walton)
3.
Dear student,
Thank you for your help in organizing the recent International Day.
As you know, this was the first event of its kind which (1) _____ (to hold) in the
college. If we (2) ____________ (mod.v./hold) similar events in the future, we (3)
__________ (mod.v./assess) how successful the day proved to be and to take note
of any problems which (4) ____________ (to occur) . We also (5)
__________________ (to consider) the possibility of (6) _____ (to increase) the
budget available for future events.
I (7) ____________ (to be) grateful if you (8) ____________ (mod.v./carry) a
survey amongst the students who attended the event and prepare a short report on
their reactions. Please include some general recommendations (9) __________ (to
base) on your findings.
Your help in this matter (10) ______________ (to appreciate).
R. Dearing
Principal
4.
High Stakes
Few people in the world of high finance (1) __________ (to hear) of Marc
Colombo. There was no reason why they (2) ______________ (mod.v./do). He
was a mere foreign exchange dealer, at the Lloyd’s Bank in Lugano, Switzerland.
But in 1994, Colombo made headlines around the world (3) __________ (to leave)
hard-headed money experts open-mouthed in amazement. Lloyd’s announced that
‘irregularities’ (4) ___________ (to cost) the bank a staggering $32 million. What
the 28-year-old Colombo (5) ______________ (to be) up to? And how he (6)
_______________ (to get) away with it?
Colombo (7) _____________ (to watch) the world’s leading currencies change
their values on the foreign exchange markets. He decided to buy 34 million US
dollars with Swiss franks in three months’ time. If, as he expected, it (8)
____________ (to turn out) that the dollar was worth less when the time (9)
______ (to come) to settle, he (10) _____________ (to make) a handsome profit.
But the dollar’s value did not tumble. It went up. And Colombo lost $1 million.
162
Consequently, he increased his stake, and went for double or nothing. Without
Lloyd’s (11) ___________ (to suspect) a thing, he set up transactions totaling
$4,580 million in just nine months. At first he (12) ____________ (to bet) that the
dollar (13) ____________ (to lose) value. It did not. So he switched to gambling
that it (14) ____________ (to go on) rising. It did not.
(From “Advanced Gold Coursebook” by R.Acklam)
5.
Dear Sally,
This is just to let you know that I (1) ______________ (to find) out about possible
summer jobs here at the magazine.
Firstly, you (2) ______________ (mod.v./write) a letter to the Editor (Susan
Penshaw) (3) ______________ (to explain) that you (4) ______________ (to look
for) a job over the University holiday period. It’s probably a good idea to mention
my name and mention that I said you (5) ______________ (mod.v./write) to her.
Tell her about your university course and also that you do the sport bit for the
student newspaper.
(6) ______________ (to explain (emphasized) that you are really interested in
getting into this area after university and this (7) ____________ (to give) you a
great chance to learn. Emphasize you can work almost any hour they want and that
you don’t mind (8) _____________ (to do) any kind of job.
Make sure you (9) __________ (to tell) her how to get hold of you. I really hope
that it all works out!
Love,
Renzo
Dear Ms Penshaw,
I (10) ______________ (to write) to enquire whether you (11) _______________
(mod.v./have) any vacancies for temporary employment at your magazine for the
summer period? I actually (12) _______________ (to write) at the suggestion of
Renzo Grace (an old family friend).
I currently (13) _________________ (to do) a degree in English at Manchester
University and I also (14) ___________ (to write) a regular sports column for the
student newspaper.
A should say that I seriously (15) _______________ (to consider) (16)
_____________ (to do) a course in journalism after my BA and I feel this (17)
_____________ (to provide) me with some valuable experience. I (18)
______________ (to be) extremely flexible in terms of my hours of availability
and I am quite willing to take any type of work you (19) ____________
(mod.v./mod.v.) to offer.
I can (20) ____________ (to contact) at the above address for the next four weeks.
Please let me know if you require any further information.
Yours sincerely,
Sally Breath
163
6.
Looking after Our Heritage
You (1) ______________ (to care) if the Parthenon in Athens (2) ___________
(to vanish) forever? Or if someone (3) ___________ (to decide) to tear down
Rome’s Coliseum? The question seems too absurd. Of course, you (4)
____________ (to care). Most people have no wish to see the remains of past
civilizations (5) _________________ (to destroy or to mutilate). Yet this is
precisely what already (6) _________ (to happen) to numerous ancient buildings
all over the world. The future of many more is, to say the least, uncertain. The
threat comes from many quarters – rain and floods, frosts and stone diseases,
earthquakes, war and thoughtless destruction by bulldozers and other instruments
of what we like to call progress. It’s easy to blame past generations, who so often
regarded classical monuments as convenient piles of ready-made building blocks.
But we (7) ______________ (to contribute) our share. The Parthenon, for example,
(8) ____________ (to suffer) from aerial assault of rock-eating fumes (9)
_________ (to emit) by chimneys and cars. Sadly, some generations seem to be
totally indifferent to their heritage. Tourists (10) ___________ (to break off) ‘bits
of old stone’ to take home as souvenirs.
Happily, there are some examples of conservation. A large army of dedicated
archeologists and other enthusiasts actively (11) _______________ (to engage) in
the task of protecting and restoring the masterpieces of earlier civilizations. More,
much more, needs (12) ___________ (to do). Tourism, now one of the largest
industries in the world, plays an important role in this. It is fashionable these days
to portray it as a negative force and, of course, some criticism (13) ____________
(to justify). But there is another side of the story. Our interest in antiquities (14)
______________ (to help) to conserve much of what otherwise (15)
_______________ (mod.v./lose). It (16) ____________ (to make) politicians and
local inhabitants aware that their ruins have economic value. The entrance money
(17) _________ (to pay) by tourists to enter archeological sites, or to visit
museums (18) _____________ (to contribute) to their preservation and upkeep.
(From “Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’Connell)
7.
Business Affairs
Jeff Weaver knew it (1) ______________ (to be) a tough meeting. A year ago
he (2) ______________ (to regard) as the company’s rising star in the export
department, signing contracts for massive orders from state-run companies in
Lavania. It looked as if he (3) _____________ (to save) the company’s fortunes.
But all that was before the collapse of the Lavanian economy and the inevitable
non-payment of most invoices.
The managing director, Derek Robinson, (4) ___________ (to decide) to hold
an extraordinary meeting. Jeff was now about (5) ___________ (to ask) to give a
detailed explanation of the disaster.
164
Mr Robinson coughed. “Right then, everyone. I’m sure you are well aware of
the reason for this meeting. So without further preambles, I (6) ____________ (to
call) on Mr Weaver who, I hope, will be able to put our minds at rest about this
worrying state of affairs.”
Jeff stood up and decided to go on the attack. “Thank you, Mr Robinson. First
of all, I must admit that many mistakes (7) ________________ (to make) over the
past twelve months – but not just by me! I think it’s clear that I (8)
______________ (to use) as a shield to protect a number of more senior
colleagues, who (9) ______________ (mod.v./have) the courage to assume some
responsibility for this mess. In particular, my immediate superior Georgina
Bunyon, who (10) _____________ (to use) this crisis as a way of (11)
________________ (to have / I / to remove) from the company!”
Everyone turned to look at Georgina, who (12) ___________ (to clench) her
fists and (13) _____________ (to glare) pointedly at Jeff.
“No one (14) _____________ (mod.v./predict) the collapse of the Lavanian
economy. However, to avoid further embarrassment, I (15) ______________ (to
decide) to resign.” And with this, Jeff marched out of the meeting.
Two months later, Jeff and Georgina (16) ____________ (to sit) (17)
___________ (to look) at Lake Como from the terrace of a beautiful villa which
they just (18) ____________ (to buy) with part of what they called their ‘Lavanian
fund.’
“Any regrets, darling?” asked Georgina.
“Only one,” said Jeff, smiling. “I wish we (19) ___________ (to take) twice as
much!”
(From “Advanced English CAE” by Sue O’Connell)
8.
Shining Example or White Elephant?
The new university hospital, which the Health Minister Victoria Pulley has
described as a ‘shining example’ to hospitals all over the country, (1)
_____________ (to be) open now for over six months. (2) _______________ (to
hear) several less than complimentary comments about the organisation and
efficiency of the place, I decided to see for myself. Before (3) __________ (to go)
there, I (4) ___________ (to arrange) with my local GP (5) __________ (to have)
some routine blood tests for anemia.
In spite of arriving early (7.15 a.m.!) I found there (6) ______ (to be) already
long queues at the reception desk. As I (7) ______________ (to wait), I looked
around, and I have to admit it (8) ________ (to be) an impressive building, large
and light with polished marble (9) __________ (to shine) everywhere. Eventually
my turn came and I presented my doctor’s letters to the receptionist, who informed
me that I (10) ___________ (to be) in the X-ray queue and I (11) ____________
(to have) to go to another queue and start again! I couldn’t believe it and asked her
if it (12) ___________ (to be) possible to give me an appointment card anyway
without (13) ___________ (to make) me (14) ________ (to queue) up again. She
informed me it (15) _________ (to be) no good (16) __________ (to argue) with
165
her and I (17) _______________ (mod.v./read) the sign, an almost invisible piece
of card (18) ___________ (to say) ‘X-rays’ in front of her where very few people
could see it. No matter how hard I tried to persuade her, she (19) _____________
(not to give (refusal) me an appointment card for a blood test, so I started queuing
again and finally got the card at 8.30! I then set off for the blood test room,
following the nice new signs until they suddenly stopped and I realised I (20)
____________ (to be) in a part of the hospital that (21) ______________ (not to
finish) yet! When I got to the door I saw a notice (22) ________ (to say) ‘Back in
10 minutes’. I sat down and (23) ___________ (to wait) for 30 minutes before a
doctor appeared and told me to come in without, of course, (24) _____________
(to apologise) for keeping me (25) ____________ (to wait). I asked him why I (26)
____________ (to have) to wait and he explained he (27) _____________ (to
have) to help out in another ward which (28) ______________ (to understaff) as a
result of a flu epidemic among doctors!
I got out of the hospital at 9.45 and breathed a sigh of relief. I now (29)
___________ (to wait) for the results.
So, Mrs Pulley, a far from a rosy picture! Certainly the public (30)
_____________ (mod.v./be) under no illusions that things (31) _____________ (to
change) for the better. Perhaps you (32) _____________ (mod.v./visit) the hospital
as an anonymous out-patient rather than a government minister if you really want
to know what it is like, unless, as I suspect, you don’t actually care that much!
(From “Focus on Advanced English CAE Grammar Practice” by R.Walton)
9.
The Schoolboy Spy
On the evening of April 15, 2004, six American special agents sat in a concrete
basement at a secret air base (1) _______ (to wait) for an attack. Their unseen and
unknown enemy for weeks (2) _______________ (to travel) across the Pentagon
network computers, (3) ___________ (to crack) security codes and (4)
_____________ (to download) secret files. Defense officials feared the infiltrator
(5) _________ (to be) a foreign agent. They (6) _____________ (to monitor) his
movements in a desperate effort to trace him down.
He first (7) ______________ (to spot) by systems manager at the Griffiss air
base in New York State. He (8) __________ (to breach) the security system and
(9) __________ (to use) assumed computer identities to attack sites, including
NASA.
This wasn’t the first time a ‘cyber attack’ (10) ___________ (to trace). The
American military (11) _____________ (to prepare) for this type of warfare for
years and (12) ________ (to have) a new kind of agents to fight back against the
infiltrator.
Pentagon generals insisted it (13) ___________ (to be) essential that he (14)
________________ (to find) and demanded he (15) _______________ (to put) out
of action immediately. But for the threat he presented, it (16) __________ (to be)
relatively simple to shut him out of the Pentagon network, but then he (17)
______________ (to attack) again – and his identity and the information he
166
already (18) __________ (to steal) (19) _______________ (to remain) unknown.
Thus it was ordered that American cyber agents (20) _____________ (to continue)
chasing him through the electronic maze.
But how? A computer gives its own address in the first few bites of any
communication and the agents tried (21) _________ (to trace) Datastream
Cowboy’s path backwards. However, he (22) _____________ (not to give) them a
single chance since he (23) _____________ (to be) in operation, for his path was
simply too long. The agents almost gave up hope. Then old-fashioned police work
(24) _____________ (to bring) into play. In the cyber age, where hackers (25)
______________ (to hang out)? On the Internet, of course. They constantly (26)
_________ (to chat) with each other through their screens. The agents had
informers who cruised the Internet and one of them made a breakthrough. Before
long, the informant (27) ____________ (to establish) that Datastream Cowboy (28)
___________ (to live) in the United Kingdom and he (29) ____________ (to trace)
to a house in a cul-de-sac in Colindale, part of the anonymous north London
suburbs. In cold war days it (30) ___________ (to be) a classic address for a spy’s
hideaway.
(31) _____________ (to identify) his location, the agents found that the hacker
first (32) ___________ (to dial) into Bogota, the Colombian capital, and then (33)
_________ (to use) a free phone line from there to hack his way into the military
sites.
Detectives were cautious, however, about making an immediate arrest because
they wanted Datastream Cowboy (34) ___________ (to catch) in the act.
(35) ___________ (to pose) as a courier, one of the agents knocked on the door.
As it (36) __________ (to open) by a middle-aged man, eight policemen silently
appeared and swept into the house. The officers quietly searched the downstairs
and the first floor. Then, (37) ___________ (to creep) up the stairs to a loft room,
they saw a teenager (38) ____________ (to tap) frantically away on the keyboard
of his computer. They (39) ______________ (to find) Datastream Cowboy.
For 16-year-old Richard Price, a music student, it was the shock of his life.
“They thought they (40) ___________ (to find) a super-criminal and they just
found me, a teenager (41) ______ (to play) around on his computer,” says Price
now. “My mother (42) ____________ (to notice) people (43) _________ (to sit)
outside our house a few days before, but I didn’t think much of it. I never (44)
___________ (to think) I (45) ____________ (to catch) and it was very disturbing
when they (46) ____________ (to catch (emphasized) me. It just (47)
___________ (to be) a game or a challenge from which I got a real buzz.”
(From “Advanced Gold Coursebook” by R.Acklam)
10.
Asteroid Attack
It was just very recently that astronomers warned that a large asteroid, (1)
_________ (to know) as 1997XF11, (2) _________ (mod.v./hit) the Earth in the
year 2028 and cause a global catastrophe. So, just how concerned we (3)
____________ (mod.v./be) about this?
167
First of all, we need to understand exactly what asteroids are. Today most
scientists believe that the asteroids are fragments (4) __________ (to leave) over
from material that failed (5) ______ (to fuse) together millions of years ago when
the planets of the solar system (6) _____________ (to form). NASA estimates that
1,000 to 4,000 asteroids larger than half a mile in diameter cross the Earth’s orbit.
Of these, scientists (7) _________ (to identify) 108 PHOs (Potentially Hazardous
Objects) which (8) ________ (mod.v./pose) a threat to mankind.
The danger actually arises from the kinetic energy (9) ______ (to release) when
one of these asteroids, (10) __________ (to travel) at speeds around 45,000 miles
per hour, enters the Earth’s atmosphere. In fact, 140 large asteroids (11)
___________ (to believe) (12) ______________ (to hit) the Earth since it (13)
_____________ (to form).
For example, in 1908, a fragment of ice (14) ___________ (to weigh) around
100,000 tons exploded above the sparsely inhabited Tunguska region in Siberia,
(15) ____________ (to release) a fireball with 2,000 times the force of the
Hiroshima bomb. This resulted in an area of 1,000 square kilometers (16)
_____________ (to flatten). In 1994 a meteor (17) _________ (to skim) through
the Earth’s atmosphere (18) __________ (to spot) by US spy satellites and
mistakenly (19) ___________ (to identify) as a possible nuclear missile.
According to NASA scientists, the chances of (20) ________ (to kill) directly
or indirectly by an asteroid are greater than the chances of (21) ____________ (to
kill) by wild animals, fire works, terrorist bombs and airline hijackers. In fact, Dr
Victor Club, an astrophysicist at Oxford University, says that civilizations have a
good chance of (22) ____________ (to devastate) every 3,000 to 4,000 years. In
theory, however, a potentially dangerous asteroid millions of miles away would
only need a small push (23) ______________ (to divert) into a safer orbit, for
example, a nuclear warhead (24) __________ (to detonate) just off its surface.
(From “Advanced Gold Coursebook” by R.Acklam)
11.
Back-Chat
Recent research (1) ___________ (to conduct) for British Telecom reveals that
in the so-called age of technology, a staggering 45% of people feel ill at ease when
(2) __________ (to talk) to answering machines. And a further 30% of those (3)
____________ (to question) actually admitted (4) ___________ (to rehearse) what
they wanted to say before (5) _________ (to make) a call.
Top psychologist Dr David Lewis (6) ___________ (to examine) what lies
behind the problem that appears to be peculiar to Britons, and now offers some
solution. Logic points to the British typically reserved nature as the main reason
for their lack of confidence when (7) __________ (to face) with answering
machines. Their American cousins certainly have no trouble (8) __________ (to
talk) to machines. 14% of Americans have answering machines against two or
three per cent in the UK. Yet even though there is still a small number of actual
owners , a third of those (9) __________ (to question) admitted they (10)
____________ (to find) it useful to have an answering machine at home.
168
Dr Lewis (11) ___________ (to look) at the phenomenon in some depth. He
(12) ____________ (to identify) six main fears which make talking to answering
machines difficult, and (13) _____________ (to come) with some helpful tips on
how to overcome them.
Technophobia (14) ______________ (to experience) by people who have an
inherent fear of machines of all types. Technophobes easily (15) _____________
(mod.v./identify) by conversations which develop in this way: “Hello, oh no, don’t
tell me I’m talking to a machine … call me back.”
To help those sufferers Dr Lewis recommends (16) _______ (to plan) messages
carefully when you need (17) __________ (to make) a call. If you (18)
____________ (to catch) unawares ring off, write down key points – and redial.
You must be sure (19) ___________ (to give) your name, phone number, the date
and the time as well as a brief message.
Some people have problems with answering machines because they need
constant feedback during a conversation. (20) ____________ (to deny) this kind of
reassuring response, they tend (21) ____________ (to lose) the thread of their
conversation. To overcome the problem, Dr Lewis suggests (22) _____________
(to practice) by speaking into a tape recorder.
Other people encounter difficulties with machines because they need time to
warm up to a conversation. This applies to tough calls as well as casual chats.
Again, by planning calls, trouble (23) ___________ (mod.v./avoid) . The message
(24) _____________ (mod.v./keep) short and simple and you always (25)
______________ (mod.v./include) an action which you want (26) _________ (to
take), such as ‘call me back’.
The element of time pressure can cause problems for some. In this instance Dr
Lewis suggests (27) ___________ (to imagine) the person you want to talk to. He
also recommends (28) _____ (to write) down what you intend (29) __________ (to
say) until you become used to (30) __________ (to speak) to answering machines.
The realisation that mistakes you make (31) __________ (to record) on tape
(32) ____________ (mod.v./make) people nervous. This is most likely (33)
___________ (to occur) in those with little confidence. Dr Lewis recommends (34)
_______ (to assess) your performance and (35) _________ (to give) yourself
positive feedback after leaving a message. Concern over errors can be a real fear
and is especially likely in people who always need (36) ____________ (to assure)
that facts and figures fully (37) _____________ (to understand).
(From “Focus on Advanced English CAE Practice Tests” be Sue O’Connell)
12.
Top Floor Flat, 25 St Helen’s Road
Dear Mr Stubs,
I recently (1) _____________ (to move) into the above property and I (2)
____________ (to write) to inform you of a number of problems which require
urgent attention. Although my brother visited the flat on my behalf, he obviously
(3) _________ (not to warn) about these problems and, if they (4) _____________
(to point out) to him, he certainly (5) ____________ (not to sign) the rental
agreement.
169
The most important problems are the gas cooker, which (6) ____________ (to
appear) (7) __________ (to have) a gas leak and therefore presents a potentially
serious safety hazard, and a broken window pane which needs (8) __________ (to
replace) for reasons of security. In addition, the carpet in the living room needs (9)
___________ (to clean), and there is also a tap in the kitchen which drips
continually.
I trust you (10) __________ (to do) the necessary repairs without delay. If not, I
will have no alternative but (11) _________ (to contact) the local council.
Yours sincerely …
13.
By the time we reached the town center it (1) _________ (to pack) with people
(2) _________________ (to get / their shopping / to do). Trees decorated with
coloured lights blinked at every corner and if I (3) ____________ (not to know)
about the centenary celebrations, I (4) _____________ (to think) it was Christmas.
Banners (5) _____________ (to stretch) across the streets (6) _____________ (to
proclaim) ‘MARSHLAND NEW TOWN -–THE FIRST HUNDRED YEARS’, –
as if the shoppers (7) _________ (to need) (8) ___________ (to remind). Nothing
else (9) _____________ (to talk) of in the town for weeks. Committees (10)
_____________ (to form), and every day more and more money (11)
____________ (to collect) by local schoolchildren (12) ____________ (to sell)
flags and buttons. Posters printed with the words ‘Long Live Marshland’ dangled
from every lamp post. If I (13) __________ (not to see) it with my own eyes, I
never (14) _____________ (to believe) it. And but for the mayor, Mrs Biggs, the
centenary (15) ________ (to pass) unnoticed.
(From “Advanced Language Practice” by M.Vince)
14.
Booking Conditions
1. Reservations.
Reservations (1) _____________ (mod.v./make) through your travel agent, at least
14 days in advance. Late bookings, up to three days in advance (2)
______________ (mod.v./accept) but are subject to availability of accommodation
and flights. We suggest that late bookings (3) _______________ (to accompany)
by full payment to expedite preparation of travel documents.
2. Visas.
Tour participants (4) ______________ (mod.v./ensure) that they comply with all
visa and health requirements of countries they intend to visit. If in doubt, tour
participants (5) ____________ (to advise) to consult their travel agent.
3. Amendments.
Tour itineraries (6) ______________ (mod.v./extend) in duration and additional
sightseeing tours (7) _________ (mod.v./include). Please ask your travel agent for
extra night rates and Optional Tour prices. All modifications and extensions (8)
____________ (mod.v./make) at the time of booking. Changes made after travel
170
documents (9) _____________ (to issue) are subject to an amendment fee of
US$50. No changes (10) __________ (to make) after departure.
(From “Focus on Advanced English CAE Practice Tests” be Sue O’Connell)
15.
Some people always have good advice to give you, but only after the event.
You (1) ____________ (mod.v./come) across the type, who somehow always
know what you (2) ____________ (mod.v./do) when it (3) _____________ (to
become) too late. By now I (4) ____________ (mod.v./spot) them a mile off. It
must be because I (5) ____________ (to have) so much practice. Last week, for
example, I (6) _____________ (mod.v./take) my car to the garage because the
lights (7) _____________ (not to work). It was an expensive job, but I decided I
(8) __________ (mod.v./pay) to get it over quickly. “You (9) _______________
(mod.v./tell) me,” said a friend when I (10) __________ (to tell) him how much I
(11) ___________ (to pay). “I (12) _________ (to fix) it for you. Then you (13)
_______________ (not to waste) so much money.” You can imagine how I felt.
_____ I (14) _______ (to turn) to him for help, he probably (15) _______ (to
make) a mess of the job, and I (16) _____________ (to end up) paying more. But it
(17) ___________ (to seem (emphasized) strange that everyone else (18)
___________ (to know) exactly what I (19) _______________ (mod.v./do).
(From “Advanced Language Practice” by M.Vince)
16.
Starting your own business (1) ______________ (mod.v./be) the way to
achieve financial independence, or it just as well (2) _______________
(mod.v./land) you in debt for the rest of your life. That, at least, is the view of
Charles and Brenda Leggett, a Scottish couple, who last week saw their fish farm
business (3) _________ (to put) into the hands of the receiver. “We started the
business in 1998 when everyone (4) _____________ (to encourage) by the banks
to borrow money. At the time we were sure that we (5) ______________
(mod.v./make) it into a going concern,” said Charles Leggett, a farmer from the
Highlands, “and the banks lent us more or less what we asked for. Their people
analyzed the proposal we put forward, and they agreed that it (6) ____________
(to be) a highly profitable business.” Sure enough, within five years the Leggetts
(7) _________ (to export) trout and salmon products to hotels all over Europe, and
employed over fifty staff. But with the advent of recession, they began to lose
ground as orders dried out. “The awful thing is,” said Brenda, “that now the
business (8) ___________ (to value) by the banks at a fraction of its true worth. If
they (9) _______ (to leave) us to work our way out of our difficulties, I am sure we
(10) ___________ (to go) back into profit. As it is, we (11) _______________ (to
leave) without a livelihood, and the banks (12) _________________ (not to
recover) what they lent us." The Leggetts both felt that their banks (13)
___________ (not to treat) them fairly. “They (14) _____________ (to fall) over
themselves to lend us the money, but they (15) _________ (to do) very little to
keep the business (16) __________ (to go).” A spokesman for the main bank
concerned, the National Caledonia, refused to comment.
(From “Advanced Language Practice” by M.Vince)
171
17.
Choose the correct word.
1. Does this flight go direct/directly or is there a stopover?
2. Many of the senior staff are right/rightly concerned about their pensions.
3. There’s been a lot of talk about European integration late/lately.
4. Our new cell phones fit easy/easily into an average-sized pocket.
5. The path leads straight/straightly to the front door.
6. Animals are now able to wander free/freely through the game reserve.
7. In late spring the gulls nest high/highly on the cliff.
8. The remains of the Spanish galleon lie deep/deeply under the ocean.
9. Jackson came pretty close/closely to winning the last race.
10. You’ll never get better if you don’t eat – you’ve hard/hardly touched your
dinner.
11. In the Denver play-offs the Miami team did really good/well.
12. Some of these kids drive their cars too fast/fastly.
13. They’ll never get over their dead/deadly quarrel.
14. Curare is a dead/deadly poison.
18.
Susan Walker knocked at the door (1) light/lightly and entered the room. James was
sitting (2) silent/silently at the dinner table. He looked (3) moody/moodily. Susan was
(4) dead/deadly certain he was going to say something (5) unpleasant/unpleasantly. It
was (6) good/well that she knew him so (7) good/well. When he seemed so (8)
calm/calmly and quiet/quietly it meant that he felt (9) miserable/ miserably. They have
been living (10) happy/happily for 3 years, but something has gone (11)
wrong/wrongly (12) late/lately.
S: Do you feel (13) low/lowly, James?
J: It is (14) wrong/wrongly put, my love. I feel (15) dead/deadly tired and (16)
awful/awfully upset. I feel (17) terrible/terribly.
S: I’m (18) terrible/terribly sorry. But why? I can (19) hard/hardly understand. What’s
going on?
J: Think (20) hard/hardly. I’ll (21) high/highly appreciate that.
S: Well, something must be wrong. Did I get you (22) right/rightly?
J: Can I speak to you (23) free/freely and (24) direct/directly?
S: Of course.
J: That suits me (25) fine/finely. Will you answer (26) honest/honestly?
S: Well, I’m (27) most/mostly honest, but not all the time, I must admit. Have I done
something (28) wrong/wrongly?
J: See what I’ve found (29) right/rightly in the middle of your bedroom.
(Her eyes opened (30) wide/widely as she saw the object in his hand, and then she
began to laugh (31) happy/happily.)
J: I’m (32) deep/deeply hurt by your reaction. Remember that our family is (33)
high/highly respectable.
S: Well, I think (34) high/highly of you, James, but …
(He cut her (35) short/shortly.)
172
J: I’ll be (36) most/mostly grateful to you if you don’t interrupt! Examine it (37)
close/closely and think (38) hard/hardly. Is it your lover’s gift? Have you been
cheating on me?
S: You (39) right/rightly assumed that it is a gift, but you (40) wrong/wrongly suspect
that I’ve been cheating on you. It is my grandmother’s ring, and I thought I had
lost it. I was (41) terrible/terribly upset at first, but then I thought: (42)
“Easy/easily come, (43) easy/easily go.” But jealousy is a (44) dead/deadly poison,
James, and I can’t stand it any more. I’m leaving you (45) right/rightly now.
(His mouth opened (46) wide/widely with surprise.)
J: Take it (47) easy/easily, Susan! It doesn’t look (48) serious/seriously.
S: I’m talking to you quite (49) serious/seriously, and I’ll be seeing my lawyer (50)
short/shortly about the divorce.
173
Face 2 Face Advanced
Word List
Unit 1=9
SB p.86 (1) Price, cost, cost-effective (рентабельный, оправдывающий
затраты), the cost of living (стоимость жизни, прожиточный минимум), (to
be) at half price (идти за полцены), priceless, to cost a fortune,
(3) to raise an issue (поднять вопрос), to reflect sth (отражать что-либо), a
current trend (текущая, современная тенденция), to value sth,
SB p.87 to quote a price (назначать цену), apparently (по-видимому), to become
/ be particular about sth (стать/быть разборчивым (привередливым,
щепетильным) в чем-то), to spend money on sth, relative (It’s all relative. (Все
это относительно), a term (термин), an activity (деятельность, действие), to
do research, a top priority for sb (первоочередная задача, цель), affluence
(достаток, богатство), affluent (зажиточный, богатый), to have a fat bank
account (иметь большие деньги в банке)
WB p.44 (1a) to be reasonably priced (reasonable prices)
(1b) to admit sth, to be worth sth (стоить), a discount,
(2) eventually (в конце концов), to have much in common, (I) can afford it,
WB (3) p.45 to pay an extra fee, It’s up to you,
(4) to have doubts about sth (иметь сомнения по поводу чего-либо), to invest sth,
an inheritance
WB p.46 (3) to waste resources, significant (значительный), to participate in sth,
WB p.46 (4) to transfer money into an account, (5) to go bankrupt,
WB p.47 (6) to be tight-fisted (скупой, прижимистый),
SB p.90 to purchase sth, goods, a means (способ, средство) of doing sth (both
singl & plural), within, to dispute sth, to make a payment, a transaction, a
prediction (to predict), to require sth, an error in sth, to eliminate sth, to commit
fraud, theft, to reduce sth, to collect (a fee), a (credit card) statement, to gain
(popularity), to be suspicious of sth, on the contrary.
Unit 2 = 1
SB p.6 essential, on average, to come into contact with sb, on the whole, gossip, a
politician, to have reason to do sth,
SB p.7 to be limited to …, an indication of sth, demand (спрос),
SB p.148 (R1.1) obvious, self-evident (само собой разумеющийся, не
требующий доказательств), to have a point, to be fed up with, to pay attention
to sb, to encourage sb to do sth (побуждать, поощрять), whatsoever, to make an
impression on sb, to force sb to do sth, a quote (цитата),
WB p.4 (1) to accuse sb of sth, arrogant (заносчивый, надменный, наглый), to
annoy sb, to do sth with the best of intentions, stressful, to go too far, embarrassing
(to embarrass), to get on with sb, to avoid doing sth
WB p.4 (2) a deadline,
174
WB p.5 (4) to be halfway through (сделать половину чего-либо), profitable,
WB p.5 (3) to establish sth, a lack of sth, to fail to do sth, genuinely (истинно,
неподдельно) (interested),
WB p.6 (2) on a regular basis (регулярно, на регулярной основе), rather than,
apart from sth (помимо), frequently, in the long run,
SB p.8 to run low on sth, a society, to behave towards (strangers), to pretend, to be
on the increase, a study (исследование), to suggest that … (указывать на то,
что …, означать, говорить о чем-то), to appoint sb (назначать кого-либо),
SB p.10 out of fashion (in fashion), to help sb out (выручить кого-то), to tend to
do sth, to substitute sth for sth (заменить что-либо на что-либо), to substitute
sth with sth (заменить что-то чем-то), on purpose, to acquire sth/sb, to be on
good terms with sb, to get out of control, to do sth out of necessity, to last, a
commitment, an obligation, to depend on sth, to depend on sb for sth (полагаться
на кого-либо), to put pressure on sb, to argue that …
Unit 3 = 6
WB p.6 (1) to be common for sb, a clue to sth (ключ к решению, разгадке …),
(2) to deal with sth (рассматривать, заниматься решением проблемы, иметь
дело с …), to break the law, to be prepared to do sth, to face the consequences
(отвечать, нести ответственность за последствия), literally,
(3) considerably, to deserve sth, to be confident (быть уверенным в себе),
SB p.56 dishonest, anti-social behaviour (антиобщественное поведение), a
football supporter, a finding (находка, открытие, полученные данные),
somewhat (до некоторой степени), a high proportion of sb, to break the speed
limit, to suspect sb,
SB p.57 to be unaware of sth (не иметь информации о чем-то), a volunteer, to
involve sth (касаться, затрагивать что-то), despite sth, rather than, sth
relating to sth (что-либо, имеющее отношение к …,) , significant(ly), to rate sth
(оценивать что-то), to be regarded as sth (рассматриваться как …,),
evidence,
WB p.30 (to give to) charity, (an) average (man/woman) (обычный, средний
человек), to concede that (допускать, что …), to affect sth (плохо отражаться,
наносить ущерб чему-то), to confirm that … (подтверждать, поддерживать
мнение), to represent sth, a contribution (пожертвование, взнос, вклад),
SB p.154 (R6.2) (to plan) a campaign, a few years back (несколько лет назад), to
imply that … (подразумевать, что …, косвенно означать),
R6.3 instant(ly) (мгновенно) , a lifestyle (образ жизни), to promote sth
(продвигать, содействовать продвижению товара),
WB p.31 (1) in leaps and bounds (семимильными шагами), part and parcel of sth
(неотъемлемая часть чего-либо), take it or leave it (как хочешь, на чье-либо
усмотрение), over and over again (снова и снова), to be sick and tired of sth
(осточертело, до смерти надоело),
175
(2) an attitude towards sth (отношение к …), in terms of … (в смысле, с точки
зрения, в том, что касается …), to abuse sth (злоупотреблять чем-то), other
than (иначе, по-другому),
SB p.60 to be taken in by sth, to be exposed to sth, a return on investment
(прибыль на …, доход от капиталовложений), creative, to communicate a
message, to experiment with sth, innovative, (animal) welfare, forgivable,
entertaining(ly) (занимательный), resistance to sth, to organize a (sport) event,
fundraising, to raise funds (собирать деньги, денежные средства, фонды),
likewise, a consumer.
Unit 4 = 8
SB p.76 (1) to take one’s time (не торопиться), for the time being, It’s a matter
of time (дело / вопрос времени), to give smb a hard time,
(2) to make a difference, to address an issue (задуматься над / заняться /
исследовать проблему), climate change, How did this come about?
(Text (1) a disaster, global warming, man-made, emission(s), an offender, to work
on a project, an effect of sth on sth, a basic question
(2) an environmentalist, to ease one’s conscience, to do an audit on …,
SB p. 77 upcoming elections (предстоящие выборы), to be confident that …,
SB p.156 R8.1 extraordinary, elsewhere, to apply for a job, equipment, quality,
pollution, to measure sth, to take sth for an answer, to be made public, public
health, an advisor to sb, to put up with sth
WB p. 39(2) to disapprove of sth, to recycle sth, a shortage of sth, urgent, to be
self-employed
SB p.80 to cause a disturbance, recovery, mediocre, a challenge, failure to do sth,
SB p.156 R8.2 to refer to sth, cross-cultural (research), to identify sth, to carry out
an experiment, to come across sth, to witness sth,
WB p.42 to reduce an impact on sth, the environment, fuel, to have access to sth, a
clean water supply, to purify (water), to take responsibility for sth, natural
resources
Unit 5 = 7
SB p.66 a (prison) inmate (заключенный), rehabilitation, a citizen,
accommodation, a criminal, to serve a (six)-year sentence, a murderer, a fraudster,
an inhabitant, a resident, a convict, to treat sb well/badly, a sense of responsibility,
staff, an employee, to run sth (a business), to set sb apart from …, (to meet) a
requirement, an offender (преступник, правонарушитель),
SB p.67 to get one’s own back on sb, to get away with sth, a burglary, to be
banned from doing sth,
WB p. 34 (3) speeding, to get a fine, to be released (from prison), without a doubt,
to put sb’s/one’s mind at rest (успокоить кого-либо, перестать беспокоиться),
to install an alarm,
WB p.35 (5) to be broke, a bargain,
(6) to convince sb that …, to be halfway through, an only child, to spoil sb,
176
SB p.155 R7.1 (a) freelance (journalist) (нештатный), to outwit sb, to commit a
crime, a kidnapping, (to leave) a trace, (It’s) easier said than done (Легко
сказать!), evidence, a fingerprint,
R7.2 a (water-tight) alibi (неопровержимое алиби), to obtain sth, a suspect, a
violent crime, likelihood, to consider doing sth,
SB p.70 an identity (ID) card, to go online, to give away information, political
beliefs (политические убеждения), to keep track of sth, a justifiable cause
(обоснованная, законная причина), appropriate, to locate sb/sth, to take legal
action against … (начать судебное преследование) ,
SB p.155 R7.3 to be harmful to sb, to rule that … (постановлять, что…),
rubbish, to charge sb for sth, a certain degree of sth, a tax exemption for sb, bias
against … (предвзятое отношение, предубеждение), to benefit from sth
(получать выгоду, пользу),
SB p.72 (1) to warn, to be on one’s way, to rescue sb, a hostage
Unit 6 = 3
SB p. 26 courageous, determined (решительный), meticulous, generous, trusting,
thrifty, confident, spontaneous, cautious,
To come top of (the class), to discover that …, to lose out to sb in sth, to cope with
sth, distress, to be conscious of sth (чувствовать, осознавать, ощущать чтолибо), a personality,
SB p.27 It follows that …, public recognition, to fall into categories, to suit sb, to
dominate sb (подчинять кого-либо своей воле, доминировать),
WB p.14 (2) reckless, obstinate, (at) random, to feel embarrassed, timid,
impetuous, consequences, arrogant (высокомерный, заносчивый), to be careful
with (money) (быть экономным с деньгами), tight-fisted (скупой,
прижимистый),
WB p.17 (5) to give in, an option,
SB p. 109 to appreciate sth (ценить, оценивать что-либо по заслугам), to
protect against …, to ease (depression/pain) (снять, облегчить боль /
депрессию), to reduce / lower the risk of sth, to be likely to …,
SB p. 112 to be good for sb (быть полезным для кого-либо), in moderation, to
suffer from (a disease), to calculate that …,
SB p.115 a wide range of (health benefits), on one’s own,
SB p.116 a piece of research, to contribute to sth (способствовать,
содействовать чему-либо), to extend one’s life,
SB p.32 a senior citizen, to be behind the times, to be getting on (стареть), to be
hard of hearing, to be under the weather, to be challenging
Unit 7=4
SB p.36 to seek publicity (добиваться/требовать известности/рекламы) , to
receive (a lot of) coverage (получить широкое освещение в СМИ), to sue sb for
sth (возбуждать иск), libel, to make the front page (попасть на первую
страницу газет), to run a story (поместить сообщение (в газете), an average
family, to emerge, at the height of a … season (разгар сезона),
177
SB p.37 (2) despite the fact that …, to lose/win a case, a lawsuit (судебный
процесс, жалоба, иск), to claim that …, to amount to (fraud) (быть
равносильным …),
(3) shortly, shortly before/after…, to undergo (training) (пройти подготовку), to
cause an accident (быть причиной аварии)
(4) a judge’s ruling, a spouse, (to install) a bugging device, a criminal offense,
invasion of privacy (вмешательство в частную жизнь), to apply to …
(относиться к, быть применимым к …),
SB p.152 otherwise, to tend to do sth (иметь склонность делать что-либо), a
circulation of a newspaper
Ex. 6 (Supplement) (I) a source, to respond to sth, to bring sth to the attention of
…, to become easy prey for sb, a drug-dealer, to handle sth, to be nipped in the
bud, drug abuse, illicit (drugs) (запрещенные лекарственные средства)
(II) an incident, drug dependency, to confirm sth, (to do sth) at the request of sb, a
drug addict (drug addiction), consequences of sth, to take drugs, premises, within
(a week), to be involved in sth, underage
Unit 8=10
SB p.97 to rely on sb to do sth (полагаться на кого-либо, рассчитывать, что
кто-то сделает что-то) , via (email), vital (жизненно важный), a link to sth,
ingenious (изобретательный, остроумный), to be dependent on sb, timely, to
face sth (смело смотреть в лицо (опасности) , an orphan, to recruit sb, initially,
to pay sb an allowance (выплачивать денежное содержание, карманные
деньги) , workforce
WB p.49 (1) forthcoming, inside help, to be under threat, housing
(2) to appeal to sb (быть привлекательным, нравиться), tough (трудный,
тяжелый), to be in decline,
SB p. 158 (R10.1) a matter of course (нечто само собой разумеющееся), to
accept sth as a matter of course (принять что-то как должное), henceforth
(впредь), Rumour has it that … (ходит слух, что), (to be) a matter of opinion
(спорный вопрос), a train of events (цепь событий, стечение обстоятельств),
SB p.159 (R10.2) to deserve sth, to stick with/to sth (придерживаться чего-либо,
продолжать), gifted, to want sth badly enough
SB p.100 – 101 an amateur, to persist (упорствовать, настойчиво
продолжать), upbringing
Ex.8 (Supplement) to keep a resolution (выполнить решение, намерение), to
make it to the top (in business) (добиться успеха, преуспеть), to stem from sth
(возникать, происходить), regardless of sth (невзирая на, не считаясь с), to
give sb a hard time (доставить кому-либо неприятностей, заставить
попотеть), (factors) come into play (начать действовать), to see sth through
(выполнить, довести до конца), freelance (внештатный), to back sth up
(оказывать поддержку, содействовать), gender, apart from sth, to adjust sth
WB p.51 (2) however (small), to treat sb equally (относиться к / обращаться с
… одинаково)
178
Unit 9
Ex. 2. to do without sth, to find oneself somewhere, to indulge in pleasure
(позволить, доставлять себе удовольствие), quite the reverse, hard proof
(твердое доказательство), to be worthwhile (быть стоящим делом, иметь
смысл), self-esteem (самоуважение, чувство собственного достоинства), to
derive benefits from sth (извлекать выгоду из чего-либо), to overcome resistance
to … (преодолевать сопротивление к …), a sense of well-being (чувство
благополучия), to impose sth on sb (навязывать что-либо кому-либо), genuine,
to be deprived of sth, to be made redundant, to regard sth as sth, an outsider
(посторонний человек) , to be preferable to sth (быть предпочтительным
чему-либо), self-sufficient (независимый, самоуверенный), to cause damage,
irreparable (непоправимый)
Ex. 4. to overdo sth, to switch off from sth, to resent doing sth, office hours
(рабочее время), edge, irritable, to indicate sth,
Ex. 6. to create opportunities (jobs), to pay by the hour, temporary work, to be
unheard of, a major corporation (manufacturer), (a) top (university), a rate of (pay),
meager wages, a think tank, in this sense, to profile sth, to complete a doctorate, a
scholar, full-fledged, self-indulgence, a down payment for sth, an option
Unit 10
Ex.3. to propose to sb, to cross sb’s mind (It never crossed my mind (not) to …), a
novelty, to go along with sth, eventually
Ex.6. to rule (The court ruled that …), to be (in)valid, in keeping with sth, to give
one’s consent, to allege that …, bail (to be released on bail), to file a suit, to
declare sth void, by a two to one majority, a guardian, to expose sth, a hard line
group,
Ex. 10. to consider sth (to consider doing sth), to have full / joint custody of …, to
leave things as they are, to hold true (This pattern holds true …), a framework (in
the framework of …), to (re)define sth, a breadwinner, to allocate money for …, to
claim aid for …, to qualify for sth, a tax deduction, to meet criteria, a right of
inheritance, to fall short (Such laws fall short …), to carry full legal authority, to
ease sth, to receive an allowance
179
Face 2 Face Advanced
Grammar Reference
Unit 1
Simple and Progressive Forms
The Present Progressive vs. the Present Simple Tense
1. The present progressive refers to temporary actions and situations that are going
on ‘around now’: before, during and after the moment of speaking.
What are you doing here? – I’m waiting for Mark.
The present progressive is also used when people talk about what is going on at a
particular time which is not necessarily the moment of speaking. In this case two or
more simultaneous actions are mentioned.
At seven when the postman comes I’m usually having breakfast.
She doesn’t like to be disturbed if she is working.
2. Permanent situations. The present progressive is not used to describe longlasting or permanent situations. Compare:
You live in London, don’t you?
My sister is living at home at the moment.
3. Repeated actions. The present progressive can refer to repeated actions if they
are happening around the moment of speaking.
Jake is seeing a lot of Felicity these days. (It is unusual.)
The present simple is used to express repeated actions and events which are not
closely connected to the moment of speaking.
I go on holiday twice a year.
4. Progressive forms can be used with ‘always, continually’ and similar words to
mean ‘very often’.
Granny is nice. She is always giving us little presents.
I’m continually running into Paul these days.
This structure is used to talk about things which happen very often, but which are
unexpected or unplanned. Compare:
When Alice comes to see me, I always meet her at the station. (It’s a
regular planned arrangement.)
180
I’m always meeting Mrs Bailiff at the supermarket. (It’s accidental,
unplanned.)
Progressive forms can also show that the speaker is annoyed.
She’s always making mistakes. – Вечно она ошибается.
5. Formal correspondence. Some fixed phrases that are used in letter-writing can
be expressed in the simple present (more formal) or in the present progressive (less
formal).
We write to advise you …. (Less formal: We are writing to let you know…)
I look forward to hearing from you. (Less formal: I’m looking ….)
6. Future actions. The present progressive is used mostly to talk about personal
arrangements and fixed plans, especially if the time and place have been decided.
I’m seeing Larry on Saturday.
Did you know I’m getting a new job?
The simple present is used to talk about the future when we are talking about
events which are part of a timetable or something similar.
The term starts on April 10th.
What time does the bus arrive in Seattle?
7. Be going + infinitive. This structure is used to talk about plans and emphasizes
the idea of intention.
We are going to get a new car soon.
Another use of this structure is to predict future actions on the basis of present
evidence or to make predictions about events that are outside people’s control. In
this case the structure is translated into Russian with the verb in the future form.
Hurry up! We are going to miss the train. – Мы сейчас опоздаем.
Things are going to change for the better. - Все изменится к лучшему.
8. Non-progressive verbs. Some verbs are never or hardly ever used in
progressive forms. Many of these verbs refer to mental or emotional states or use
of the senses (know, think, believe, feel, see, smell, be, etc.). However, when some
of these verbs (in certain meanings) are used to express a deliberate action they can
be used in progressive forms. Compare:
I feel we shouldn’t do it.
Why are you feeling your pulse?
What are you thinking about?
What do you think of the book?
Angela is nice.
I know Clara hates me, but why is she being so nice to me now?
181
The Past Progressive vs. the Past Simple Tense.
1. The simple past tense is used to talk about many kinds of past events: short,
quickly finished actions, repeated events, permanent actions.
I met John yesterday morning. He told me …
He spent all his childhood in Scotland.
2. The past progressive is used to say that something was going on around a
particular past time.
When I saw Bill he was talking to Linda.
Another use of the past progressive is to stress that an action was in progress at
every moment during a period of time.
I was painting all day yesterday.
3. The past progressive: special uses.
The past progressive is often used to talk about something that is a ‘background’,
not the main ‘news’, thus we can make something seem less important by using
this tense.
I was talking to the President last night, and he said …
(It sounds as if there was nothing special for the speaker about talking
to the President.)
The past progressive can be used with ‘always, continually’ and similar words to
talk about things that happened repeatedly and unexpectedly, or that annoyed the
speaker.
Aunt Lucy was always turning up without warning and bringing us presents.
I didn’t like him – he was continually borrowing money.
The Future Simple vs. the Future Progressive Tense.
1. The future simple is used to predict future events (to say what we think will
happen). The construction ‘going to’ is also used in this meaning, but generally it
implies that there is some outside evidence for what we predict. Compare:
Look out! We are going to crash! (There is outside evidence.)
He’s a terrible driver – he’ll crash some day. (It’s the speaker’s
opinion.)
Next year will be different. (That’s what the speaker thinks.)
182
Next year is going to be different. (The speaker bases this statement on some
present facts.)
2. The future simple is used to express decisions (which haven’t been calculated
before), promises and strong intentions and threats.
The phone is ringing. I’ll answer it.
I’ve forgotten to buy the tickets. But don’t worry I’ll buy them later.
I will stop smoking. I really will!
3. The structure ‘Will you …?’ is used to express firm instructions or orders.
Will you get me a newspaper when you are out?
Will you be quiet, please?
4. Questions with ‘Shall I/we …?’ are used to ask for instructions, to offer services
and to make suggestions.
What time shall we come and see you?
Shall I carry your bag?
Let’s go and see Lucy, shall we?
5. The future progressive is used to express an action that will be going on at a
particular moment in the future.
This time tomorrow I’ll be lying on a beach.
6. The future progressive is also used (without a progressive meaning) to refer to
future events that are fixed or decided, or which are expected to happen in the
normal course of events (outside the will or intention of the speaker).
Professor Baldwin will be giving a lecture on Roman culture next week.
Fill in your immigration form. We’ll be landing soon.
7. The future progressive can be used to make polite enquiries about people’s
plans. By using this tense, the speaker shows that he doesn’t want to influence the
listener’s intentions. Compare:
Will you be staying in today? (polite enquiry, suggesting ‘I simply want to
know your plans’.)
Are you going to stay in this evening? (pressing for a decision)
Will you stay in this evening? (request or order)
Unit 2
The Simple Present Perfect Tense
1. The simple present perfect is used to say that a finished action or event is
connected with the present in some way, but the time of the action is not
mentioned or implied. It expresses the idea of completion or achievement.
At last! I’ve finished!
I’ve learned enough to pass the exam. (The exam is still to come, and I’m
ready for it.)
The simple present perfect is the most natural way of giving news of recent events.
183
And here are the main points of news again. The pound has fallen against the
dollar. The number of unemployed has reached five million. …
After using the present perfect to announce a piece of news, the speaker naturally
changes to past tenses to give details.
There has been a plane crash near Bristol. Witnesses say there was an
explosion as the aircraft was taking off.
When the speaker is interested in some details of a completed action, he uses past
tenses.
That’s a nice picture. Did you paint it yourself? (The picture is finished and
it’s clear that somebody has painted it. I want to know who did it.)
2. The simple present perfect is used in sentences constructed with ‘It’s the first
(second …) time that …’
It’s the first time that I’ve heard her sing.
This is the fifth time you’ve asked me the same question.
3. The simple present perfect can be used in a time clause introduced by ‘since’
when we mean ‘за тот период (за то время), что …’. In this case the time clause
expresses a state which began in the past and is connected with the moment of
speech.
Compare: You’ve drunk ten cups of tea since we arrived. (‘Arrived’ is a past
action which is not connected with the moment of speech).
You’ve drunk ten cups of tea since we’ve been here.
Ты выпила 10 чашек чаю за то время, что мы здесь.
(We are still here: a period of time connected with the moment of speech.)
They’ve been close friends since Alice was a little girl. (Alice is not a little girl
any more: a period of time not connected with the moment of speech).
4. The present perfect tense is often used in clauses with ‘before’ and ‘after’ to
emphasize the idea of completion or to stress that one action must necessarily
happen before the other. (Remember that you cannot use future forms in clauses of
time and condition.)
I can’t go home before I’ve signed the letters. = I’ll go home only after I’ve
signed the letters.
I’ll phone you after I arrive. = I’m just saying when I’ll phone.
I’ll phone you after I’ve seen Jack. = It’s essential that I see Jack before I
phone. (Я тебе позвоню только после того, как увижусь с Джеком.)
The Simple Past Perfect Tense
1. The simple past perfect is used to express an action that happened before a given
moment in the past.
When I arrived at the party, Lucy had already gone home.
184
If a number of past actions are described, the past perfect is used to express priority
to the initial state or action, but if some details of the prior actions are given, the
past simple is used.
She adored her new house. She had been to many shops and had found the
right furniture. She bought it at a good price and had enough money left to buy
an antique painting. Since then she hadn’t seen anything half so beautiful.
See how the given actions are connected: ‘had been / found’ and ‘had seen’ are
prior to ‘adored’. ‘Bought’ and ‘had’ followed ‘had found’.
2. It is not necessary to use the past perfect in time clauses introduced by ‘after,
before, as soon as, etc.’ since it’s clear in which succession the events took place.
After he finished his exams he went to Paris.
As soon as I put the phone down it rang again.
However, if the speaker means to make the sentence emphatic, the past perfect
should be used.
As soon as I had put down the phone it rang again. = That very moment.
After he had done military service, he went to university. = It’s important
that when he went to university he had already done military service.
He went out before I had said a word. = Не успел я и слова сказать, как …
(Note that in sentences like the last one, a past perfect tense can refer to a time
later than the action of the main verb.)
3. The simple past perfect (similar to the simple present perfect) can be used in a
time clause introduced by ‘since’ when we mean ‘за тот период / за то время,
что …’
I knew Paul had had two accidents since he’d had the car.
If the time clause introduced by ‘since’ is used only to determine some time in the
past, the past simple is used.
I knew she had changed several jobs since she left school. = since 2002.
The Simple Future Perfect
The simple future perfect is used to express an action that will have been
completed by a certain time in the future.
Don’t try to get in touch with them in the evening. They will have left by then.
185
Perfect forms with state verbs
Normally the perfect forms are not used in sentences like:
I’ll be home by five o’clock. (meaning ‘I’ll be home at or before 5.’)
By the end of the meal they were friends. (meaning ‘They were friends at
the end of the meal and continued being friends later.’)
In these examples the state we are speaking about does not come to an end at the
given moment. Compare:
By September he’ll be in Paris. – К сентябрю он будет в Париже.
By September he’ll have been in Paris. – К сентябрю он побывает в
Париже.
However, if the duration of the given state is mentioned the perfect forms are used.
(These are examples of the perfect progressive forms with verbs not used in
continuous, though.)
By next Christmas we’ll have been here for eight years.
Unit 3
1.The Present Perfect Progressive
The present perfect progressive is used to talk about the situations which started in
the past and are still going on, or which have just stopped and have present results.
Sorry, I’m late. Have you been waiting long?
You look hot. – Yes, I’ve been running.
We cannot use the present perfect progressive in situations that refer to a finished
period of time.
I’ve been working in the garden the whole morning. (It’s still morning.)
I was working in the garden the whole morning. (It’s evening now.)
2. The present perfect simple versus the present perfect progressive
Both the present perfect simple and the present perfect progressive can be used to
talk about recent actions and situations that have present results. There is an
important difference. The present perfect progressive focuses on the action itself,
looking at it as a continuous activity (not necessarily finished). The simple present
perfect, on the other hand, focuses on the idea of completion and present result.
186
I must have a bath. I’ve been working all afternoon. (Focus on continuous
activity.)
I’ve planted a lot of rose bushes. (Focus on result.)
Who has been sleeping in my bed? (Emphasis on continuous activity –
makes the action sound longer and annoying.)
I think she’s slept enough. I’ll wake her up. (Focus on result.)
Note the way simple and progressive perfect forms are translated into Russian.
I’ve been reading your book. – Я читал твою книгу. (Что делал?)
I’ve read your book. – Я прочитал твою книгу. (Что сделал?)
I’ve been reading your book for a week now. – Я читаю твою книгу уже
неделю. (Что делаю?)
The present perfect progressive is used to talk about temporary actions and
situations. When we talk about long-lasting or permanent situations we use the
simple present perfect.
That man has been standing on the corner all day.
That castle has stood on the hill for 900 years.
However, both tenses are possible in such situations, with a slight difference in
emphasis.
My parents have lived in this house for 30 years. (Just a fact.)
My parents have been living in this house for 30 years. (Emphasis on
continuity, meaning to stress that they haven’t moved house even once.)
3. The present perfect progressive versus the present simple (progressive)
Both the present perfect progressive and the present simple (progressive) can be
used to talk about actions which started in the past and are still going on. The
difference is that the present perfect progressive has an ‘up to now’ focus, or is
used to show how long the action has lasted.
I have French lessons every week. (I had them before, have now and will
continue.)
I’ve been having French lessons every week, but I think I’ll make it twice a
week from now on.
I’ve been having French lessons since last year. (NOT ‘I’m having’.)
4. The Past Perfect Progressive
187
The past perfect progressive is used to talk about actions or situations which had
continued up to a given past moment, or shortly before it.
At that time we had been living in the caravan for 6 months.
When I found Mary, I could see she had been crying.
The past perfect progressive is used to talk about temporary actions or situations
and to emphasize the continuity of an activity. The past perfect simple is used to
talk about permanent situations or to emphasize the idea of completion.
My legs were stiff because I had been standing for a long time.
They lived in a castle that had stood on that hill for 800 years.
My mind was full of strange images because I had been reading science
fiction. (Emphasis on continuous activity.)
I had read all my magazines, and I was beginning to get bored. (Emphasis
on completion.)
5. The Future Perfect Progressive
The future perfect progressive is used to emphasize the continuity of a future
action that will be going on for some time before a given future moment. If the
completion of an action is emphasized the future perfect simple is used.
She’ll have been teaching for 2 years this summer.
The builders will have finished the roof by Tuesday.
Adjectives and Adverbs
Adjectives are normally used in two positions – before nouns and after link verbs:
be, seem, appear, become, feel, look, taste, sound, smell, get, etc.
Adverbs are used to modify verbs, adjectives, past participles and other adverbs.
She danced happily into the room.
It is terribly cold today.
The steak is badly cooked.
She drives unusually well.
Some adjectives and adverbs have the same form.
A fast car goes fast.
If you do hard work, you work hard.
There are also adverbs that have two forms, like ‘late’ and ‘lately’, which have a
different meaning. Here are some examples.
Dead = exactly, completely, very
dead certain, dead right, dead tired
188
Deadly (is an adjective) = fatal, causing death
Cyanide is a deadly poison.
Direct – is often used as an adverb referring to journeys
The plane goes direct from London to Houston.
Easy – is used as an adverb in some informal expressions
Take it easy! Go easy! Easier said than done. Easy come, easy go.
Fine = well – is used in some informal expressions
That suits me fine. You are doing fine.
(Compare: finely chopped onions)
Free = without payment
You can eat free in my restaurant.
Freely = without limit or restriction
You can talk freely now, I won’t tell anyone.
Hard – an adjective and an adverb
Hit it hard. These are hard times.
Hardly = almost not
I’ve hardly got any clean clothes left.
High – refers to height
He can jump very high.
Highly = very much
It is highly appropriate.
Low – is an adjective and an adverb
He spoke in a low voice. He bent low.
Quick – is often used instead of ‘quickly’ in informal style.
I’ll get back as quick as I can.
Real – is often used instead of ‘really’ before adjectives and adverbs in
informal style.
That was real nice. He cooks real well.
Right = just, exactly
She arrived right after breakfast. Turn the gas right down.
Right & rightly – can both be used to mean ‘correctly’. ‘Right’ is informal.
I rightly assumed that Henry wasn’t coming.
You guessed right. It serves you right.
Short – is used in expressions: to stop short (suddenly), to cut short (interrupt)
Shortly = soon
The others will arrive shortly.
Wide – is the normal adverb. ‘Widely’ suggests distance or separation.
The door was wide open. She has traveled widely.
For more information, check in a good dictionary.
Unit 4
Passives
189
Passive forms are made by using the auxiliary ‘be’ in any tense followed by the
past participle of the verb.
Tense
Structure
Simple Present
am (is/are) done
Present Progressive
is being done
Present Perfect
has been done
Past Simple
was (were) done
Past Progressive
was being done
Past Perfect
had been done
Future Simple
will be done
Future Perfect
will have been done
The forms of future progressive passive (will be being done) and perfect
progressive passive (has been being done) are not used.
The use of passive tense forms is similar to the use of active tense forms. There can
only be a slight difference in meaning with passive forms referring to states and
actions.
When we came to the office, our papers were already signed. (a state: наши
документы были уже подписаны.)
When we came, our documents had already been signed. (an action: наши
документы уже подписали.)
When a sentence is changed into passive, the object of the active construction
becomes the subject of the passive construction.
They built this house in 1900.
The house was built in 1900.
Thus, only the verbs that can take an object can have passive forms.
They arrived at the station. (But NOT: They were arrived.)
Passive forms are used when the speaker wants to talk about an action and is not
interested in saying who does it, so the agent of the action is normally not
mentioned. However, if the speaker means to lay certain emphasis on the agent, a
phrase beginning with ‘by’ is used.
All the trouble was caused by your mother. = It was your mother who caused
all the trouble.
Many verbs, such as ‘give, send, show, lend, pay, promise, offer’, etc. can be
followed by two objects and have two passive constructions.
They offered me a good job.
I was offered a good job. – Мне предложили хорошую работу.
A good job was offered to me. – Хорошую работу предложили мне.
The verbs ‘explain, dictate, describe, announce, repeat, point out, suggest’ can
take two objects (one referring to a thing, and the other referring to a person with
the preposition ‘to’) but form only one passive construction.
They explained the rule to me. – The rule was explained to me.
But NOT: I was explained … = Меня объяснили …
When these verbs take a direct object expressed by a clause or an infinitive phrase,
the construction beginning with ‘it’ is used.
190
They announced to us that the lecture would not take place.
It was announced to us that the lecture would not take place. (Нам
объявили, что лекция не состоится.)
They announced to us when to come.
It was announced to us when to come.
(Нам объявили, когда придти.)
He suggested that she should arrange a meeting.
It was suggested that she should arrange a meeting.
(Ей предложили организовать встречу.)
Unit 5
Conditionals, Wishes, Regrets, Subjunctives
1. When we talk about unreal or imaginary situations in the present or future, we
use the second conditional – a past tense in the if-clause and ‘would + infinitive’ in
the main clause. Continuous forms are also used here.
She would be perfectly happy if she had a car.
If they weren’t so busy they would be having a holiday now.
In the if-clause ‘were’ is often used instead of ‘was’. This is common both in
formal and informal styles.
If I were rich, I would spend a lot of time traveling.
To talk about unreal past situations we use the third conditional – a past perfect
tense in the if-clause, and ‘would + perfect infinitive’ in the main clause.
If you had worked harder, you would have passed your exam.
If one part of the sentence refers to the past and the other to the present or future,
mixed conditionals are used.
If you had told me the truth earlier, I would know what to do now.
If he were more intelligent, he wouldn’t have made such a mistake.
2. In unreal conditional sentences we can use ‘could’ to mean ‘would be able to’
or ‘might’ to mean ‘would perhaps …’
If I had another $1,500 I could buy a good car.
If you asked me nicely, I might get you an ice-cream.
3. We can suggest that something is unlikely by using ‘should’ in the if-clause.
The structure ‘if … happen to …’ has a similar meaning. The Russian equivalents
for these cases are: ‘если вдруг, случайно, все же, если окажется.’
If you should meet Peter, tell him he owes me a letter. – Если вдруг
(случайно) встретишь Питера, скажи ему …
‘Would’ is not normally used in the main clause in these structures.
If you should be late, we will have to start without you.
4. The verb ‘were’ can also be used to express imaginary future events which are
not very probable.
If the boss were to come in now, we would be in real trouble. – Если бы
начальник вдруг вошел …
It can also be used to make a suggestion sound less direct, and so more polite.
If you were to move your chair a bit, we could all sit down.
191
This structure is not used with state verbs.
If I knew her name, I would tell you. (NOT: ‘If I were to know …’)
5. The verb ‘was/were’ is used in the structure ‘If it wasn’t/weren’t for …’ which
is similar in meaning to ‘but for …’
If it wasn’t/weren’t for his wife’s money he’d never be a director. = But for
his wife’s money he’d never be …- Если бы не деньги его жены …
To talk about the past we use ‘If it hadn’t been for …’
If it hadn’t been for your help I don’t know what I’d have done. = But for
your help I don’t know what I’d have done.
6. In formal and literary styles ‘if’ can be dropped and an auxiliary verb put before
the subject. This happens mostly with ‘were, had, should’.
Were she my daughter, I would lock her up.
Had I realized what you intended to do, I would have got out of the deal.
Should you change your mind, let me know.
Negatives are not contracted in these structures.
Had we not changed our reservation, we’d all have been killed in the crash.
7. Conjunctions introducing conditional clauses are: ‘if, suppose (supposing), on
condition that, provided (providing) that’.
Suppose (supposing) he found out the truth, what would he do then?
You can be present at the meeting on condition (provided) that you don’t
interfere in the discussion.
For a negative condition we can use ‘unless’ which has the meaning of ‘if … not’,
though it is more emphatic.
He wouldn’t have come unless you had invited him.
= He wouldn’t
have come if you hadn’t invited him.
‘Unless’ is especially useful for introducing clauses which contain other negative
elements.
Don’t ask me to explain unless you really don’t understand it.
8. Wishes and regrets are expressed by structures with ‘I wish’ and ‘if only’.
Here past tenses are used to talk about the present and past perfect to refer to the
past.
If only I knew more people! I wish I knew more people.
If only she had told me the truth! I wish she had told me the truth.
‘Would’ is very common in that-clauses after ‘wish’. It usually expresses regret,
dissatisfaction, impatience or irritation that somebody will keep doing something,
or won’t do something.
I wish she would be quiet.
I wish you wouldn’t make that stupid noise.
‘Wish … would’ can be used like an order or a critical request. Compare:
I wish you wouldn’t drive so fast. (= Please don’t drive so fast.)
I wish you didn’t drive so fast. (= I’m sorry you drive so fast.)
I wish you wouldn’t work on Sundays. (= I’d like you to stop.)
I wish you didn’t work on Sundays. (= It’s a pity you work on Sundays.)
192
9. ‘Would rather’ is close in meaning to ‘I wish’. After ‘would rather’ past tenses
are used to talk about the present and future, and past perfect to refer to the past.
I’d rather you went home right now.
I’d rather you came next week.
I’d rather you hadn’t done that last week.
10. Subjunctives.
The subjunctive is a special form of the verb, mostly ‘should + infinitive’.
‘Should’, however, can be omitted.
The chairperson demanded that everybody should be quiet.
The chairperson demanded that everybody be quiet.
Most subjunctive forms are formal and are used after the verbs: suggest, propose,
insist, demand, require, order, request, recommend, arrange, advise and
certain adjectives: essential, necessary, advisable, important, desirable, odd,
strange, etc.
Why do you insist that she should be told the truth?
It is essential that every child should have the same educational
opportunities.
Note that the English subjunctive structures correspond to the Russian
constructions with the past tense. Compare:
It is important for you to be present when we sign the papers. – Тебе важно
присутствовать, когда мы будем подписывать бумаги.
It is important that you should be present when we sign the papers. –
Важно, чтобы вы присутствовали, когда мы будем подписывать
бумаги.
Unit 6
Emphasis
1. Emphasis is a way to strengthen a particular word or an expression in a sentence.
In oral speech it is achieved by giving words extra stress.
Jane phoned me yesterday. (Not somebody else.)
Jane phoned me yesterday. (She didn’t come to see me.)
Jane phoned me yesterday. (She didn’t phone you.) etc.
Speakers often stress auxiliary verbs. This can make the whole sentence sound
more emphatic.
It was a nice party!
I am telling the truth – you must believe me!
In emphatic sentences without auxiliary verbs we add ‘do’ to carry the stress.
She did like it.
Do sit down!
If he does decide to come, let me know.
193
2. We can emphasize particular words in a sentence by using cleft (divided)
sentences. They are useful in writing (because we cannot use intonation for
emphasis in written language), but they are also common in speech.
a) The words to be emphasized are joined to a relative clause by ‘is/was’ and an
expression like ‘the person who, the place where, the day when, the reason
why, what (= the thing that).
On Tuesday Jane revealed this information to help the investigation.
The person who revealed this information was Jane.
What Jane revealed was this information.
The day when Jane revealed this information was Tuesday.
The reason why Jane revealed this was to help the investigation.
What Jane did was to reveal this information.
Note that a what-clause is normally considered singular.
b) Preparatory ‘it’ is often used in cleft sentences. In this case, the words to be
emphasized are usually joined to the relative clause by ‘that’ (or sometimes by
‘who’). Compare:
My secretary sent the bill to Mr Harding yesterday.
It was my secretary who/that sent the bill.
It was the bill that my secretary sent to Mr Harding.
It was Mr Harding that my secretary sent the bill to yesterday.
It was yesterday that my secretary sent the bill to Mr Harding.
Negatives are also possible here.
It wasn’t I who sent the bill to Mr Harding.
Note the forms of the verb ‘be’ in this structure.
It was the students who were late.
It is I who am responsible.
It is you who are in the wrong.
Time expressions can be emphasized with ‘It was not until …’ and ‘It was only
when …’
It was not until I met you that I learned what friendship is.
It was only when I read her letter that I realized what was happening.
3. Negative adverbs and adverbial expressions are emphasized if they are put at the
beginning of a sentence. They are usually followed by an ‘auxiliary verb +
subject’. These sentences are mostly rather formal. Expressions and words used
here: ‘under no circumstances, at no time, not until, no sooner … than, hardly
… when, hardly ever, seldom, rarely, little, never’ and expressions with ‘only’
(only after, only then, only recently, not only … but, etc.)
Under no circumstances can you borrow money.
At no time was the President aware of danger.
Not until much later did she learn what had happened.
No sooner had I put the phone down than it rang again.
194
Hardly had I got my breath back when it was time to go again.
Little did he realize the danger.
Not only did we lose our money, but we were nearly killed.
4. Inversion is also used in negative sentences containing the structures ‘not …
nor’. These sentences, too, are formal or literary.
I don’t know much about this affair, nor do I care.
The negative meaning in the first part of the sentence can be implied.
We have many enemies, nor can we be sure of our friends.
Unit 7=4
The Infinitive
1. The infinitive has simple, continuous, passive and perfect forms which
correspond to the verb forms. Compare:
He is glad that he is attending this conference.
He is glad to be attending this conference.
He is glad he has attended this conference.
He is glad to have attended this conference.
He is glad he has been attending this conference.
He is glad to have been attending this conference.
He is glad he is invited to attend this conference.
He is glad to be invited to attend this conference.
He is glad he has been invited to attend this conference.
He is glad to have been invited to attend this conference.
2. Like the tenses of other verbals, the tenses of the infinitive are relative and
show whether the action named by the infinitive took place before the action
denoted by the finite verb or was simultaneous with it.
The boy was proud to be riding his father’s horse.
(Simultaneousness)
I’m glad to have finished the work in time. (Priority)
3. Negative infinitives are normally made by putting ‘not’ before the infinitive.
Try not to be late.
You were silly not to have locked the car.
4. Normally, the subject of the whole sentence is also the subject of the infinitive.
Ann will be happy to help you. (Ann will be happy. Ann will help.)
However, if the infinitive needs its own subject, it is introduced by ‘for’.
Ann will be happy for the children to help you.
Note that the pronouns are used in the object form.
Ann will be happy for them to help you.
This structure is very common in English. It is used after adjectives, nouns,
pronouns and verbs. ‘It’ can also be the subject of a clause here. It often has the
same meaning as a that-clause. Compare:
It’s important for the meeting to start in time.
It’s important that the meeting should start in time.
A that-clause is usually more formal than a for-structure.
Examples:
a) after adjectives
195
I’m anxious for the party to be a success.
She’s eager for us to see her play her part.
b) after nouns
It’s time for everybody to go to bed.
There’s a plan for Jack to spend a year in Japan.
c) after pronouns
Have you got something for me to do?
I must find somewhere for them to live.
d) after verbs
Ann asked for the designs to be ready on Friday.
I can’t wait for them to finish talking.
5. Many verbs can be used in passive structures with infinitives:
subject + passive verb + infinitive.
You are supposed to start work at 8.00 every morning.
The most common verbs used here are: see, hear, make, suppose, expect, think,
believe, know, consider, say, report, declare. Note that in this structure all
infinitives are used with ‘to’, and all infinitive tense forms occur here.
He was made to sign the statement.
The strike is reported to have come to an end.
The police are said to be investigating the case.
Since the infinitive has tense forms expressing simultaneousness and priority and
does not have a special form to express relative future, the given structure can refer
to a future action only if the main verb of the sentence suggests it.
The talks are expected to be completed tomorrow.
If the main verb does not have this meaning, a ‘that’-clause is used.
It is reported that they will have solved the problem by next week.
(NOT ‘They are reported to have solved the problem by next week.’)
6. Many verbs in English are followed by ‘object + infinitive’ rather than by a thatclause.
She didn’t want me to go.
The most common verbs used in this structure are: advise, allow, ask, beg,
command, compel, encourage, expect, forbid, force, get, hate, instruct, invite,
like, love, mean, order, permit, persuade, recommend, request, teach, tell,
want, wish. Some verbs (let, make, have, see, hear, feel, watch, notice) are
followed by object + infinitive without ‘to’.
I heard her open the door and come in.
Note that only simple active and passive infinitives or participles can be used here.
I want you to invite her.
I want her to be invited.
If the verbs ‘see’, ‘feel’ and ‘hear’ are used in the meaning of ‘understand’ or
‘people say’ they are followed by a that-clause.
I saw that Mary was dead tired.
I felt that she didn’t like the idea.
I hear that you’ve come here on business.
196
7. Other infinitive structures which are
follows.
A.
Somebody/something is
sure
certain
bound
likely
unlikely
quite common in English are as
to do smth
to be doing smth
to be done
to have been done
to have done smth
to have been doing smth
The Russian equivalents are: конечно, обязательно, вероятно, вряд ли.
This journalist is unlikely to have misinterpreted the statement. – Вряд ли
этот журналист неправильно истолковал заявление.
This statement is sure to attract attention.
– Конечно, это заявление привлечет внимание.
B.
It is easy to do something. This structure is similar to:
Something is easy to do.
With a preposition: It is easy to work with him.
He is easy to work with.
C.
To be the first (second, third, last) to do something.
He was the first to say it. – Он первый это сказал.
D.
There is something (nothing) to do (preposition).
There is nothing to discuss. – Обсуждать нечего.
There is something to think about. – Здесь есть, о чем подумать.
E.
A person (a thing) to do something.
He was not a man to get frightened. – Не такой это был человек, чтобы
испугаться.
It is the only thing to do. – Это единственное, что можно сделать.
Note that the structure ‘noun + infinitive’ can express the idea of obligation. Active
and passive forms are both possible. However, a passive infinitive may have a
reference to a future action.
I’ve got letters to write.
The carpets to be cleaned are in the garage.
There is an exception:
There is nothing to do here. – Здесь нечем заняться.
There is nothing to be done. – Ничего не поделаешь.
Unit 8=10
Modal Auxiliaries
Must and Have to
197
In affirmative sentences, we can use ‘must’ to say what is necessary, and to give
strong advice and orders to ourselves and others.
Plants must get enough light and water if they are to grow properly.
I really must stop smoking.
You must be here before eight o’clock tomorrow.
‘Must’ is common in emphatic sentences.
You really must come and see us soon.
In sentences about obligation with ‘must’, the obligation comes from the speaker.
To talk about obligation that comes from ‘outside’ (for instance a regulation, or an
order from somebody else), we usually prefer ‘have to’.
I have to work from nine to five.
In my job I have to travel a lot.
In questions, people use ‘must’ to ask about what the hearer thinks is necessary.
Must I clean all the rooms?
Why must you always leave the door open?
‘Must not’ is used to say that things should not be done, or to tell people not to do
things.
The government mustn’t expect people to work for no money.
You mustn’t open this parcel until Christmas Day.
Note that ‘mustn’t’ is not used to say that things are unnecessary. This idea is
expressed by ‘do not need to’ or ‘do not have to’.
You don’t need (don’t have) to get a visa to go to Scotland.
NB. There is a certain difference in the use of ‘must’ and ‘have to’ in British and
American English. In American English ‘have to’ is more common, particularly in
speech.
Must I clean all the rooms? (BrE)
Do I have to clean all the rooms? (AmE)
Plants must get enough light and water. (BrE)
Plants have to get enough light and water. (AmE)
Need
When ‘need’ is followed by another verb, it can have forms either of an ordinary
verb or of a modal auxiliary verb. If it is an ordinary verb it has ‘-s’ in the third
person singular and is followed by an infinitive with ‘to’. Questions and negatives
are made with ‘do’. It is used to express general necessity or its absence. It means
‘require’.
Everybody needs to rest sometimes.
Do we need to reserve seats on the train?
You don’t need to pay for emergency calls in most countries.
‘Will need to’ can be used to talk about future obligations, and give advice for the
future. It can make orders and instructions sound less direct.
You will need to fill in this form before you see the Inspector.
‘Need’ as a modal auxiliary is mostly used in negative sentences.
You needn’t reserve seats. There’ll be plenty of room.
198
‘Need not + perfect infinitive’ is used to say that somebody did something, but that
was unnecessary – a waste of time. On the other hand, if we say that somebody
‘did not need to do something’, we say that it was not necessary and most probably
it wasn’t done.
I needn’t have watered the flowers. Just after I finished it started raining.
It started raining, so I didn’t need to water the flowers.
Be + Infinitive
This structure is used in formal style to talk about plans and arrangements,
especially when they are official.
The President is to visit Nigeria next month.
We are to get a 10% wage rise in June.
I felt nervous because I was soon to leave home for the first time.
A perfect infinitive can be used to show that a planned event did not take place.
I was to have started work last week, but I changed my mind.
‘Be + passive infinitive’ is often used in notices and instructions.
This cover is not to be removed.
Note that this structure exists only in present and past tenses, not present perfect or
future.
Modal Verbs of Deduction
May and Might
‘May’ and ‘might’ are often used to say there is a chance that something is true or
that there is a possibility of it happening.
I think Labour are going to win. – You may be right.
(= It’s possible that you are right.)
Peter might phone. If he does, ask him to ring later.
In this meaning ‘might’ is not used as a past form of ‘may’: both ‘may’ and
‘might’ are used to talk about the present or future. ‘Might’ suggests a smaller
chance than ‘may’, it is used when people think that something is possible but not
very likely. Compare:
I may go to London tomorrow. (perhaps 50% chance)
I might go to London tomorrow. (perhaps 30% chance)
Note the difference between ‘may (might) not’ and ‘cannot’. ‘May (might) not’
means ‘It is possible that … not …’ while ‘cannot’ means ‘It is not possible that’.
It may (might) not be true. (= It’s possible that it is not true.)
It can’t be true. (= It is not possible that it is true.)
‘Might’ (but not ‘may’) can have a conditional meaning (=would perhaps).
If you went to bed for an hour you might feel better.
(= perhaps you would feel better.)
To say that it is possible that something happened or was true in the past, the
structure ‘may/might + perfect infinitive’ is used.
Polly is very late. She may (might) have missed the train.
(It is possible that she missed the train.)
199
Can and Could
‘Can’ is used in questions and negative sentences to talk about the logical
possibility that something is true or something is happening.
There’s the bell. Who can it be? – It can’t be your mother. She’s in Rome.
‘Can’ is not usually possible in affirmative sentences with this meaning. Instead,
‘could, may or might’ are used.
Where’s Sarah? – She could/may/might be at Joe’s place. (NOT She can be)
But ‘can’ is possible in affirmative sentences with words like ‘only, hardly’, which
have a limiting or negative meaning.
Who’s that at the door? – It can only be a postman.
The structure ‘can/could’ + perfect infinitive’ is used to talk about possibility in the
past.
Where can she have gone? – She can’t have gone to school. It’s Sunday.
Must
‘Must’ can be used to express the conclusion that something is certain.
You must be joking.
‘Must’ is not normally used in questions and negative clauses. ‘Can’ is used
instead.
That lady can’t be his mother – she isn’t old enough.
There is somebody at the door. Who can it be? (NOT ‘Who must it be?’)
But in question tags ‘mustn’t’ is normal.
It must be a nice place, mustn’t it?
‘Must + perfect infinitive’ is used to express certainty about the past.
Julie is late. She must have missed the train.
Will
‘Will’ can express certainty or confidence (greater than ‘must’) about present or
future situations.
Don’t phone them now. They will be having dinner.
‘Will + perfect infinitive’ can express certainty and confidence about the past.
We can’t go and see them now. They will have gone to bed.
Doubt about an action not taking place
To express strong or very strong doubt about an action not taking place
(неужели кто-то делает/не сделал что-то; не может быть, чтобы кто-то не
сделал что-то) we use the expression ‘to fail to do something’. It is generally
used with action verbs. With state verbs negative prefixes ‘dis-’ or ‘mis-’ or
antonyms are used.
She can’t have failed to recognize him. – Не может быть, чтобы она его не
узнала.
She can’t have mistrusted him. – Не может быть, чтобы она ему не
доверяла.
Unit 9
The Participle
200
1. There are two participles in the English language: Participle I (the ‘–ing’ form)
and Participle II (discussed, done). Participle I can have simple, perfect and passive
forms. The forms of Participle I correspond to the verb forms with the first element
taking the ‘-ing’ suffix. Compare:
When we read his poems, we feel …
Reading his poems, we feel …
When he has written the letter, he ...
Having written the letter, he …
As we had been asked to stay, we …
Having been asked to stay, we …
The man who is being interviewed is …
The man being interviewed is …
2. Participle II has only one form: interviewed, done, written.
The tenses of Participle I are relative and show whether the action named by the
participle took place before the action denoted by the finite verb or was
simultaneous with it.
They talked for hours trying to find a way out. (Simultaneousness)
Having found a way out, they issued a joint statement. (Priority)
3. Different forms of the participle can have different functions in the sentence.
Participle I active and passive can be used as an attribute or an adverbial modifier.
The police investigating the case refused to meet the reporters. (Attribute)
The case being investigated is quite complicated. (Attribute)
Being asked personal questions he refused to answer. (Adverbial modifier)
Perfect active and passive participles can only be adverbial modifiers.
Having avoided the accident he felt relieved.
Having been invited for a job interview she was happy.
Thus, the equivalents of Russian participles used as attributes are:
1. строящий – The architect building the theatre is very talented.
2. строящийся – The theatre being built is something special.
3. построивший – The architect who built the theater is very talented.
NB. Note the word order in structures with participles used as attributes. When the
participle is used like an adjective proper, it is placed before the noun.
falling leaves, developed states, English-speaking countries
When the participle is used more like a relative clause, it is placed after a noun.
We couldn’t agree on any of the problems discussed.
(= the problems that were discussed.)
I got the only ticket left. (NOT … the only left ticket.)
There can even be a change in meaning if some participles are placed before or
after a noun. Compare:
A concerned expression = a worried expression
The people concerned = the people who are involved
4. Participles can combine with other words into participle clauses. They can
replace relative clauses or adverbial clauses.
Who is the girl dancing with your brother? (= the girl who is dancing …)
Anyone touching the wire will get a shock. (= anyone who touches …)
201
Half the people invited to the party didn’t turn up. (= the people who were
invited …)
Used economically, one tin will last for six weeks. (= If it is used …)
Having failed my medical exam, I took up teaching. (= As I had failed …)
5. A participle clause can have its own subject. This happens most often in formal
style.
Nobody having any more to say, the meeting was closed.
(Так как никому больше нечего было сказать, совещание было
закрыто.)
All the money having been spent, we started looking for work. (Когда все
деньги были потрачены, мы начали искать работу.)
The subject is often introduced by ‘with’ when the clause expresses accompanying
circumstances.
She was coming down the slope with Buck following close behind her. (Она
спускалась по холму, а Бак следовал попятам.)
How can I do any work, with children making so much noise? ( …, когда
дети так шумят?)
6. The verbs ‘see, hear, feel, watch, notice’ can be followed by an object plus -ing
form or infinitive (without ‘to’).
I heard him go down the stairs.
I heard him going down the stairs.
The infinitive is used to say that we see or hear the whole of an action or event.
The participle is used to suggest that we see an action in progress.
I saw her cross the road. – Я видел, как она перешла улицу.
I saw her crossing the road. – Я видел, как она переходила улицу.
Participle I passive or Participle II can also be used in this structure.
I heard my name mentioned several times.
I watched the tree being cut down.
7. The structure ‘have (get) something done’ can be used to talk about arranging
things to be done by other people. ‘Have something done’ is more formal than ‘get
something done.’
I must have (get) my watch repaired. = I want my watch to be repaired. (Мне
нужно починить часы.)
I won’t have my house turned into a hotel. = I won’t allow
(Я не позволю, чтобы мой дом превратили в гостиницу.)
‘Get something done’ can also be used to mean ‘finish doing something’.
It’ll take another hour to get the job done.
Unit 10
The Gerund
§1. The gerund can have perfect and passive forms.
The soldier was accused of having betrayed his country. (The perfect form)
Nobody likes being criticized. (Passive)
He resented having been criticized by the manager. (Perfect Passive)
202
Note that passive and perfect forms mostly occur in written language and in oral
communication they are generally avoided.
In the examples given above the subject of the main verb is also the subject of the
gerund. However, if the actions of the main verb and the gerund are performed by
different people the gerund is used with a determiner – a noun or a pronoun.
Possessive ‘…’s’ forms are also possible. Compare:
I don’t mind saying I was wrong.
(I don’t mind, and I say.)
I don’t mind you (your) saying I was wrong.
(I don’t mind what you say.)
She was angry at Lena (Lena’s) trying to tell a lie.
Gerund or Infinitive
§2. There are verbs that can be followed only by an infinitive, and a group of
verbs that can be followed only by a gerund.
Verb + infinitive
Agree, aim, appear, arrange, ask, attempt, bother, care, choose, claim, consent,
decide, determine (be determined), fail, guarantee, happen, hesitate, hope, learn,
long, manage, neglect, offer, plan, prepare (be prepared), pretend, promise, prove,
refuse, seem, tend, threaten, trouble, volunteer.
The following word combinations are also followed by an infinitive: be about, do
one’s best, make an effort, make up one’s mind, set out, take the trouble, etc.
Verb + gerund
Admit, appreciate, avoid, consider, delay, deny, detest, dislike, dread, enjoy,
escape, excuse, forgive, imagine, involve, keep, loathe, mind, miss, postpone,
practise, prevent, propose, resent, resist, risk, suggest.
The gerund is also used after the expressions: can’t stand, can’t help, it’s no
use/good, it’s worth.
§3. The following verbs can take a gerund or an infinitive without any change in
meaning: begin, start, continue, cease, can’t bear, intend, prefer.
The verbs ‘advise, allow, permit, forbid’ take an infinitive in the structure ‘verb +
object + infinitive’, and a gerund when the object is not mentioned.
I wouldn’t advise taking the car. There is nowhere to park.
I wouldn’t advise you to take the car. …
§4. Some verbs take a gerund or an infinitive with a change in meaning.
Remember and forget
‘Remember (not forget) + gerund’ refers back to the past.
I still remember buying my first bicycle. – …помню, как покупал …
I’ll never forget going to the mountains. – …никогда не забуду, как ходил
‘Remember (not forget) + infinitive’ refers to forward in time.
Don’t forget (Remember) to send Mary a postcard. – Не забудь ...
Go on
‘Go on + gerund’ means ‘continue’.
203
She went on talking about her illness until we went to sleep. – …продолжала
говорить …
‘Go on + infinitive’ refers to a change in activity.
He told us about the internal situation in the country and then went on to
speak about some international problems. – … а далее он говорил о
некоторых международных проблемах.
Try
‘Try + gerund’ is used to talk about making an attempt to achieve some aim.
I tried sending her flowers, writing letters, giving her presents, but she
wouldn’t speak to me. (My aim was to make her speak to me, while
‘sending, writing, giving’ were the ways to achieve it.)
‘Try + infinitive’ is used to talk about making an effort to do something difficult.
I tried to change the wheel, but my hands were too cold.
Mean
‘Mean + infinitive’ is used in the sense of ‘intend’.
I mean to say that it’s too problematic. – Я хочу сказать, что …
‘Mean + gerund’ implies ‘involving/having a result’.
If you want to pass an exam it will mean studying hard. – … это будет
означать, что нужно …
Stop
‘Stop + gerund’ refers to an end in some activity.
I couldn’t solve the problem and stopped thinking about it. – … перестал
думать о ней.
‘Stop + infinitive’ refers to a purpose.
I was tired and stopped to rest. – … остановился, чтобы отдохнуть.
Regret
‘Regret + infinitive’ is used mostly in announcements of bad news.
We regret to say that we are unable to help you.
‘Regret + gerund’ refers back to the past, meaning that one is sorry to have done
something.
I regret leaving school at 14. It was a bad mistake.
Used …
Remember the difference in the following structures.
We used to go there on holiday. – Мы обычно (часто, бывало) ездили туда
отдыхать.
We are/got used to going there on holiday. – Мы привыкли ездить туда
отдыхать.
204